https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/get-new-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576006https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/427/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Isobel Marquardthttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f856c5164935386143fb334fa8c4e1d2.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/get-new-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576006Sat, 29 Mar 2025 06:06:23 +0000Isobel MarquardtIsobel Marquardtfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/427/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/427/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-age-of-revolutions-progress-and-backlash-from-1600-to-the-present-by-fareed-zakaria--65209312https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359806 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Revolutions: Progress and Backlash from 1600 to the Present Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The internationally bestselling author explores the revolutions—past and present—that define the chaotic, polarized, and unstable age in which we live. Populist rage, ideological fracture, economic and technological shocks, geopolitical dangers, and an international system studded with catastrophic risk—the early decades of the 21st century may be one of the most revolutionary periods in modern history. But they are not the first. Humans have lived, and thrived, through more than one great realignment. What makes an age a revolutionary one? And how do they end? In this major new work, Fareed Zakaria masterfully investigates eras that have shattered and shaped humanity. Four such periods hold profound lessons for today. First, in 17th-century Netherlands a series of transformations made that tiny land the richest in the world—and created modern politics as we know it today. The “Glorious Revolution” in Britain showed that major political change could happen peacefully. Next, the French Revolution, a dramatic decade and a half that devoured its ideological children and left a bloody legacy that haunts us to this day. Finally, the mother of all revolutions, the Industrial Revolution, which catapulted Britain and the US to global dominance and created the modern world. Against these paradigm-shifting historical eras, Zakaria describes our current situation, unpacking the four revolutions we are living through now; in globalization, technology, identity, and geopolitics. As few public intellectuals can, Zakaria combines intellectual range, deep historical insight, and uncanny prescience to reframe and illuminate a turbulent present.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359806Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359806 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Revolutions: Progress and Backlash from 1600 to the Present Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359806 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Revolutions: Progress and Backlash from 1600 to the Present Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The internationally bestselling author explores the revolutions—past and present—that define the chaotic, polarized, and unstable age in which we live. Populist rage, ideological fracture, economic and technological shocks, geopolitical dangers, and an international system studded with catastrophic risk—the early decades of the 21st century may be one of the most revolutionary periods in modern history. But they are not the first. Humans have lived, and thrived, through more than one great realignment. What makes an age a revolutionary one? And how do they end? In this major new work, Fareed Zakaria masterfully investigates eras that have shattered and shaped humanity. Four such periods hold profound lessons for today. First, in 17th-century Netherlands a series of transformations made that tiny land the richest in the world—and created modern politics as we know it today. The “Glorious Revolution” in Britain showed that major political change could happen peacefully. Next, the French Revolution, a dramatic decade and a half that devoured its ideological children and left a bloody legacy that haunts us to this day. Finally, the mother of all revolutions, the Industrial Revolution, which catapulted Britain and the US to global dominance and created the modern world. Against these paradigm-shifting historical eras, Zakaria describes our current situation, unpacking the four revolutions we are living through now; in globalization, technology, identity, and geopolitics. As few public intellectuals can, Zakaria combines intellectual range, deep historical insight, and uncanny prescience to reframe and illuminate a turbulent present.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rodchenkov-affair-how-i-brought-down-russia-s-secret-doping-empire-winner-of-the-william-hill-sports-book-of-the-year-2020-by-grigory--65209314https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rodchenkov Affair: How I Brought Down Russia’s Secret Doping Empire – Winner of the William Hill Sports Book of the Year 2020 Author: Grigory Rodchenkov Narrator: Andrew Byron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ***Winner of the William Hill Sports Book of the Year, 2020 - the inside story of the Russian doping programme by the man behind it all*** One of the Financial Times's 'Fifty people who shaped the decade' 'The biggest sports scandal the world has ever seen' In 2015, Russia's Anti-Doping Centre was suspended by the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) following revelations of an elaborate state-sponsored doping programme at the 2014 Sochi Winter Olympics. Involving a nearly undetectable steroid delivery system known as 'Duchesse cocktail', tampering and switching of urine samples, and a complex state-sanctioned cover-up, the programme was masterminded by Grigory Rodchenkov. The Rodchenkov Affair tells the full, unadulterated story that was first glimpsed in Bryan Fogel's award-winning documentary and still continues to captivate and shock the world. Charting the author's childhood growing up under the Iron Curtain, his first encounter with doping as a 22-year-old student athlete at Moscow State University, and his subsequent career working for the Soviet Olympic Committee, this breathtakingly candid journey reveals a rigged system of flawed individuals, brazen deceit and impossible moral choices. ©Grigory Rodchenkov 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360376Thu, 30 Jul 2020 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rodchenkov Affair: How I Brought Down Russia’s Secret Doping Empire – Winner of the William Hill Sports Book of the Year 2020 Author: Grigory...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rodchenkov Affair: How I Brought Down Russia’s Secret Doping Empire – Winner of the William Hill Sports Book of the Year 2020 Author: Grigory Rodchenkov Narrator: Andrew Byron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ***Winner of the William Hill Sports Book of the Year, 2020 - the inside story of the Russian doping programme by the man behind it all*** One of the Financial Times's 'Fifty people who shaped the decade' 'The biggest sports scandal the world has ever seen' In 2015, Russia's Anti-Doping Centre was suspended by the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) following revelations of an elaborate state-sponsored doping programme at the 2014 Sochi Winter Olympics. Involving a nearly undetectable steroid delivery system known as 'Duchesse cocktail', tampering and switching of urine samples, and a complex state-sanctioned cover-up, the programme was masterminded by Grigory Rodchenkov. The Rodchenkov Affair tells the full, unadulterated story that was first glimpsed in Bryan Fogel's award-winning documentary and still continues to captivate and shock the world. Charting the author's childhood growing up under the Iron Curtain, his first encounter with doping as a 22-year-old student athlete at Moscow State University, and his subsequent career working for the Soviet Olympic Committee, this breathtakingly candid journey reveals a rigged system of flawed individuals, brazen deceit and impossible moral choices. ©Grigory Rodchenkov 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-resistance-a-songwriter-s-story-of-hope-change-and-courage-by-tori-amos--65209319https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Resistance: A Songwriter's Story of Hope, Change, and Courage Author: Tori Amos Narrator: Tori Amos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A timely and passionate call to action for engaging with our current political moment, from the Grammy-nominated and multiplatinum singer-songwriter and New York Times bestselling author Tori Amos. Since the release of her first, career-defining solo album Little Earthquakes, Tori Amos has been one of the music industry’s most enduring and ingenious artists. From her unnerving depiction of sexual assault in “Me and a Gun” to her post-9/11 album, Scarlet’s Walk, to 2017’s Native Invader, her work has never shied away from intermingling the personal with the political. From her time as a teenager playing hotel bars in Washington, DC, for the politically powerful to the subsequent three decades of her formidable music career, Amos explains how she managed to create meaningful, politically resonant work against patriarchal power structures—and how her proud declarations of feminism and her fight for the marginalized always proved to be her guiding light. She teaches us to engage with intention in this tumultuous global climate and speaks directly to supporters of #MeToo and Time’s Up, as well as young people fighting for their rights and visibility in the world. Filled with compassionate guidance and actionable advice—and using some of the most powerful, political songs in Amos’s canon—Resistance is for anyone determined to steer the world back in the right direction.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521Tue, 05 May 2020 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Resistance: A Songwriter's Story of Hope, Change, and Courage Author: Tori Amos Narrator: Tori Amos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358521 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Resistance: A Songwriter's Story of Hope, Change, and Courage Author: Tori Amos Narrator: Tori Amos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A timely and passionate call to action for engaging with our current political moment, from the Grammy-nominated and multiplatinum singer-songwriter and New York Times bestselling author Tori Amos. Since the release of her first, career-defining solo album Little Earthquakes, Tori Amos has been one of the music industry’s most enduring and ingenious artists. From her unnerving depiction of sexual assault in “Me and a Gun” to her post-9/11 album, Scarlet’s Walk, to 2017’s Native Invader, her work has never shied away from intermingling the personal with the political. From her time as a teenager playing hotel bars in Washington, DC, for the politically powerful to the subsequent three decades of her formidable music career, Amos explains how she managed to create meaningful, politically resonant work against patriarchal power structures—and how her proud declarations of feminism and her fight for the marginalized always proved to be her guiding light. She teaches us to engage with intention in this tumultuous global climate and speaks directly to supporters of #MeToo and Time’s Up, as well as young people fighting for their rights and visibility in the world. Filled with compassionate guidance and actionable advice—and using some of the most powerful, political songs in Amos’s canon—Resistance is for anyone determined to steer the world back in the right direction.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-s-expiration-date-the-fall-of-empires-and-superpowers-and-the-future-of-the-united-states-by-cal-thomas--65209302https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Expiration Date: The Fall of Empires and Superpowers . . . and the Future of the United States Author: Cal Thomas Narrator: John Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A warning and a wake-up call to learn history so we are not doomed to repeat it. A must-read for anyone who longs for a promising future for our great nation. What is wrong with America today? Is it possible that America could crumble and our democracy fail? Questions like these plague Americans and cause us to be anxious about the future of the 'land that we love.' Individuals may come to different conclusions, but there seems to be a common thread - the deep-seated feeling that we need to improve our country. Our culture is increasingly immoral, the family structure is threatened from all sides, and government programs consistently overreach, creating massive debt. In this powerful and prophetic audiobook, nationally syndicated columnist and trusted political commentator Cal Thomas offers a diagnosis of what exactly is wrong with the United States by drawing parallels to once-great empires and nations that declined into oblivion. Citing the historically proven 250-year pattern of how superpowers rise and fall, he predicts that America's expiration date is just around the corner and shows us how to escape their fate. Through biblical insights and hard-hitting truth, he reminds us that real change comes when America looks to God instead of Washington. Scripture, rather than politics, is the GPS he uses to point listeners to the right road - a road of hope, life, and change. Because, he says, if we're willing to seek God first, learn from history, and make changes at the individual and community level, we can not only survive, but thrive, again. This powerful, timely, and much-needed perspective is a must-listen for anyone who longs for a promising future for our great nation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359708Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Expiration Date: The Fall of Empires and Superpowers . . . and the Future of the United States Author: Cal Thomas Narrator: John Dowd Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Expiration Date: The Fall of Empires and Superpowers . . . and the Future of the United States Author: Cal Thomas Narrator: John Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A warning and a wake-up call to learn history so we are not doomed to repeat it. A must-read for anyone who longs for a promising future for our great nation. What is wrong with America today? Is it possible that America could crumble and our democracy fail? Questions like these plague Americans and cause us to be anxious about the future of the 'land that we love.' Individuals may come to different conclusions, but there seems to be a common thread - the deep-seated feeling that we need to improve our country. Our culture is increasingly immoral, the family structure is threatened from all sides, and government programs consistently overreach, creating massive debt. In this powerful and prophetic audiobook, nationally syndicated columnist and trusted political commentator Cal Thomas offers a diagnosis of what exactly is wrong with the United States by drawing parallels to once-great empires and nations that declined into oblivion. Citing the historically proven 250-year pattern of how superpowers rise and fall, he predicts that America's expiration date is just around the corner and shows us how to escape their fate. Through biblical insights and hard-hitting truth, he reminds us that real change comes when America looks to God instead of Washington. Scripture, rather than politics, is the GPS he uses to point listeners to the right road - a road of hope, life, and change. Because, he says, if we're willing to seek God first, learn from history, and make changes at the individual and community level, we can not only survive, but thrive, again. This powerful, timely, and much-needed perspective is a must-listen for anyone who longs for a promising future for our great nation.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-society-a-new-history-by-amity-shlaes--65209406https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Society: A New History Author: Amity Shlaes Narrator: Terence Aselford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Forgotten Man and Coolidge offers a stunning revision of our last great period of idealism, the 1960s, with burning relevance for our contemporary challenges. ''Great Society is accurate history that reads like a novel, covering the high hopes and catastrophic missteps of our well-meaning leaders.''  —Alan Greenspan Today, a battle rages in our country. Many Americans are attracted to socialism and economic redistribution while opponents of those ideas argue for purer capitalism. In the 1960s, Americans sought the same goals many seek now: an end to poverty, higher standards of living for the middle class, a better environment and more access to health care and education. Then, too, we debated socialism and capitalism, public sector reform versus private sector advancement. Time and again, whether under John F. Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, or Richard Nixon, the country chose the public sector. Yet the targets of our idealism proved elusive. What’s more, Johnson’s and Nixon’s programs shackled millions of families in permanent government dependence. Ironically, Shlaes argues, the costs of entitlement commitments made a half century ago preclude the very reforms that Americans will need in coming decades. In Great Society, Shlaes offers a powerful companion to her legendary history of the 1930s, The Forgotten Man, and shows that in fact there was scant difference between two presidents we consider opposites: Johnson and Nixon. Just as technocratic military planning by “the Best and the Brightest” made failure in Vietnam inevitable, so planning by a team of the domestic best and brightest guaranteed fiasco at home. At once history and biography, Great Society sketches moving portraits of the characters in this transformative period, from U.S. Presidents to the visionary UAW leader Walter Reuther, the founders of Intel, and Federal Reserve chairmen William McChesney Martin and Arthur Burns. Great Society casts new light on other figures too, from Ronald Reagan, then governor of California, to the socialist Michael Harrington and the protest movement leader Tom Hayden. Drawing on her classic economic expertise and deep historical knowledge, Shlaes upends the traditional narrative of the era, providing a damning indictment of the consequences of thoughtless idealism with striking relevance for today. Great Society captures a dramatic contest with lessons both dark and bright for our own time. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347429Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Society: A New History Author: Amity Shlaes Narrator: Terence Aselford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Society: A New History Author: Amity Shlaes Narrator: Terence Aselford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Forgotten Man and Coolidge offers a stunning revision of our last great period of idealism, the 1960s, with burning relevance for our contemporary challenges. ''Great Society is accurate history that reads like a novel, covering the high hopes and catastrophic missteps of our well-meaning leaders.''  —Alan Greenspan Today, a battle rages in our country. Many Americans are attracted to socialism and economic redistribution while opponents of those ideas argue for purer capitalism. In the 1960s, Americans sought the same goals many seek now: an end to poverty, higher standards of living for the middle class, a better environment and more access to health care and education. Then, too, we debated socialism and capitalism, public sector reform versus private sector advancement. Time and again, whether under John F. Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, or Richard Nixon, the country chose the public sector. Yet the targets of our idealism proved elusive. What’s more, Johnson’s and Nixon’s programs shackled millions of families in permanent government dependence. Ironically, Shlaes argues, the costs of entitlement commitments made a half century ago preclude the very reforms that Americans will need in coming decades. In Great Society, Shlaes offers a powerful companion to her legendary history of the 1930s, The Forgotten Man, and shows that in fact there was scant difference between two presidents we consider opposites: Johnson and Nixon. Just as technocratic military planning by “the Best and the Brightest” made failure in Vietnam inevitable, so planning by a team of the domestic best and brightest guaranteed fiasco at home. At once history and biography, Great Society sketches moving portraits of the characters in this transformative period, from U.S. Presidents to the visionary UAW leader Walter Reuther, the founders of Intel, and Federal Reserve chairmen William McChesney Martin and Arthur Burns. Great Society casts new light on other figures too, from Ronald Reagan, then governor of California, to the socialist Michael Harrington and the protest movement leader Tom Hayden. Drawing on her classic economic expertise and deep historical knowledge, Shlaes upends the traditional narrative of the era, providing a damning indictment of the consequences of thoughtless idealism with striking relevance for today. Great Society captures a dramatic contest with lessons both dark and bright for our own time. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-first-how-to-think-about-hate-speech-campus-speech-religious-speech-fake-news-post-truth-and-donald-trump-by-stanley-fish--65209330https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First: How to Think About Hate Speech, Campus Speech, Religious Speech, Fake News, Post-Truth, and Donald Trump Author: Stanley Fish Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From celebrated public intellectual, New York Times bestselling author, and “America’s most famous professor” (BookPage) comes an urgent and sharply observed look at freedom of speech and the First Amendment offering a “nonpartisan take on what it does and doesn’t protect and what kind of speech it should and shouldn’t regulate” (Publishers Weekly). How does the First Amendment really work? Is it a principle or a value? What is hate speech and should it always be banned? Are we free to declare our religious beliefs in the public square? What role, if any, should companies like Facebook play in policing the exchange of thoughts, ideas, and opinions? With clarity and power, Stanley Fish explores these complex questions in The First. From the rise of fake news, to the role of tech companies in monitoring content (including the President’s tweets), to Colin Kaepernick’s kneeling protest, First Amendment controversies continue to dominate the news cycle. Across America, college campus administrators are being forced to balance free speech against demands for safe spaces and trigger warnings. With “thoughtful, dense provocations that will require close attention” (Kirkus Reviews), Fish ultimately argues that freedom of speech is a double-edged concept; it frees us from constraints, but it also frees us to say and do terrible things. Urgent and controversial, The First is sure to ruffle feathers, spark dialogue, and shine new light on one of America’s most cherished—and debated—constitutional rights.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356886Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First: How to Think About Hate Speech, Campus Speech, Religious Speech, Fake News, Post-Truth, and Donald Trump Author: Stanley Fish Narrator: Rick...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First: How to Think About Hate Speech, Campus Speech, Religious Speech, Fake News, Post-Truth, and Donald Trump Author: Stanley Fish Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From celebrated public intellectual, New York Times bestselling author, and “America’s most famous professor” (BookPage) comes an urgent and sharply observed look at freedom of speech and the First Amendment offering a “nonpartisan take on what it does and doesn’t protect and what kind of speech it should and shouldn’t regulate” (Publishers Weekly). How does the First Amendment really work? Is it a principle or a value? What is hate speech and should it always be banned? Are we free to declare our religious beliefs in the public square? What role, if any, should companies like Facebook play in policing the exchange of thoughts, ideas, and opinions? With clarity and power, Stanley Fish explores these complex questions in The First. From the rise of fake news, to the role of tech companies in monitoring content (including the President’s tweets), to Colin Kaepernick’s kneeling protest, First Amendment controversies continue to dominate the news cycle. Across America, college campus administrators are being forced to balance free speech against demands for safe spaces and trigger warnings. With “thoughtful, dense provocations that will require close attention” (Kirkus Reviews), Fish ultimately argues that freedom of speech is a double-edged concept; it frees us from constraints, but it also frees us to say and do terrible things. Urgent and controversial, The First is sure to ruffle feathers, spark dialogue, and shine new light on one of America’s most cherished—and debated—constitutional rights.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-enigma-of-clarence-thomas-by-corey-robin--65209408https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas Author: Corey Robin Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas is a groundbreaking revisionist take on the Supreme Court justice everyone knows about but no one knows. “One of the marvels of Robin’s razor-sharp book is how carefully he marshals his evidence.... It isn’t every day that reading about ideas can be both so gratifying and unsettling.” – The New York Times Most people can tell you two things about Clarence Thomas: Anita Hill accused him of sexual harassment, and he almost never speaks from the bench. Here are some things they don’t know: Thomas is a black nationalist. In college he memorized the speeches of Malcolm X. He believes white people are incurably racist. In the first examination of its kind, Corey Robin– one of the foremost analysts of the right (The Reactionary Mind) – delves deeply into both Thomas’s biography and his jurisprudence, masterfully reading his Supreme Court opinions against the backdrop of his autobiographical and political writings and speeches. The hidden source of Thomas’s conservative views, Robin shows, is a profound skepticism that racism can be overcome. Thomas is convinced that any government action on behalf of African-Americans will be tainted by racism; the most African-Americans can hope for is that white people will get out of their way. There’s a reason, Robin concludes, why liberals often complain that Thomas doesn’t speak but seldom pay attention when he does. Were they to listen, they’d hear a racial pessimism that often sounds similar to their own. Cutting across the ideological spectrum, this unacknowledged consensus about the impossibility of progress is key to understanding today’s political stalemate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas Author: Corey Robin Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas Author: Corey Robin Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Enigma of Clarence Thomas is a groundbreaking revisionist take on the Supreme Court justice everyone knows about but no one knows. “One of the marvels of Robin’s razor-sharp book is how carefully he marshals his evidence.... It isn’t every day that reading about ideas can be both so gratifying and unsettling.” – The New York Times Most people can tell you two things about Clarence Thomas: Anita Hill accused him of sexual harassment, and he almost never speaks from the bench. Here are some things they don’t know: Thomas is a black nationalist. In college he memorized the speeches of Malcolm X. He believes white people are incurably racist. In the first examination of its kind, Corey Robin– one of the foremost analysts of the right (The Reactionary Mind) – delves deeply into both Thomas’s biography and his jurisprudence, masterfully reading his Supreme Court opinions against the backdrop of his autobiographical and political writings and speeches. The hidden source of Thomas’s conservative views, Robin shows, is a profound skepticism that racism can be overcome. Thomas is convinced that any government action on behalf of African-Americans will be tainted by racism; the most African-Americans can hope for is that white people will get out of their way. There’s a reason, Robin concludes, why liberals often complain that Thomas doesn’t speak but seldom pay attention when he does. Were they to listen, they’d hear a racial pessimism that often sounds similar to their own. Cutting across the ideological spectrum, this unacknowledged consensus about the impossibility of progress is key to understanding today’s political stalemate.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-draw-a-map-by-alex-swanston-malcolm-swanston--65209442https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Draw a Map Author: Alex Swanston, Malcolm Swanston Narrator: Philip Bretherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How to Draw a Map is a fascinating meditation on the centuries-old art of map-making, from the first astronomical maps to the sophisticated GPS guides of today. Maps have influenced humanity in many unexpected ways: life, death, sexual reproduction, espionage, war and peace. How to Draw a Map traces the story of mapmaking – cartography – from the first scratchings on the cave wall to the detailed high-tech ‘navigator’. This is the story of human conceptions, often misconceptions, of our world. It is also a very personal story about a mapmaker’s journey through life – the exciting new perspectives and the occasional misadventures. Over the last 5,000 years societies and empires have risen and fallen; most, if not all, attempt to record their own visions of our world. In the 15th century, Europeans developed a global reach with their oceanic ships, exploring outward into the world, revealing new possibilities, peoples and opportunities. Mapmakers recorded this journey, revealing to us a window into past triumphs and disasters. The story continues into our own day when diplomats carve up our globe, presenting what we now see as the ‘modern’ world. In How to Draw a Map, father and son cartographers Alexander and Malcolm Swanston demonstrate the skill, creativity and care involved in the timeless art of creating maps – and what these artefacts reveal about the legion of mapmakers who went before us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348810Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Draw a Map Author: Alex Swanston, Malcolm Swanston Narrator: Philip Bretherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Draw a Map Author: Alex Swanston, Malcolm Swanston Narrator: Philip Bretherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How to Draw a Map is a fascinating meditation on the centuries-old art of map-making, from the first astronomical maps to the sophisticated GPS guides of today. Maps have influenced humanity in many unexpected ways: life, death, sexual reproduction, espionage, war and peace. How to Draw a Map traces the story of mapmaking – cartography – from the first scratchings on the cave wall to the detailed high-tech ‘navigator’. This is the story of human conceptions, often misconceptions, of our world. It is also a very personal story about a mapmaker’s journey through life – the exciting new perspectives and the occasional misadventures. Over the last 5,000 years societies and empires have risen and fallen; most, if not all, attempt to record their own visions of our world. In the 15th century, Europeans developed a global reach with their oceanic ships, exploring outward into the world, revealing new possibilities, peoples and opportunities. Mapmakers recorded this journey, revealing to us a window into past triumphs and disasters. The story continues into our own day when diplomats carve up our globe, presenting what we now see as the ‘modern’ world. In How to Draw a Map, father and son cartographers Alexander and Malcolm Swanston demonstrate the skill, creativity and care involved in the timeless art of creating maps – and what these artefacts reveal about the legion of mapmakers who went before us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stalin-the-court-of-the-red-tsar-by-simon-sebag-montefiore--65209344https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: Jonathan Aris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after his death, Stalin remains a figure of powerful and dark fascination. The almost unfathomable scale of his crimes–as many as 20 million Soviets died in his purges and infamous Gulag–has given him the lasting distinction as a personification of evil in the twentieth century. But though the facts of Stalin’s reign are well known, this remarkable biography reveals a Stalin we have never seen before as it illuminates the vast foundation–human, psychological and physical–that supported and encouraged him, the men and women who did his bidding, lived in fear of him and, more often than not, were betrayed by him. In a seamless meshing of exhaustive research, brilliant synthesis and narrative élan, Simon Sebag Montefiore chronicles the life and lives of Stalin’s court from the time of his acclamation as “leader” in 1929, five years after Lenin’s death, until his own death in 1953 at the age of seventy-three. Through the lens of personality–Stalin’s as well as those of his most notorious henchmen, Molotov, Beria and Yezhov among them–the author sheds new light on the oligarchy that attempted to create a new world by exterminating the old. He gives us the details of their quotidian and monstrous lives: Stalin’s favorites in music, movies, literature (Hemmingway, The Forsyte Saga and The Last of the Mohicans were at the top of his list), food and history (he took Ivan the Terrible as his role model and swore by Lenin’s dictum, “A revolution without firing squads is meaningless”). We see him among his courtiers, his informal but deadly game of power played out at dinners and parties at Black Sea villas and in the apartments of the Kremlin. We see the debauchery, paranoia and cravenness that ruled the lives of Stalin’s inner court, and we see how the dictator played them one against the other in order to hone the awful efficiency of his killing machine. With stunning attention to detail, Montefiore documents the crimes, small and large, of all the members of Stalin’s court. And he traces the intricate and shifting web of their relationships as the relative warmth of Stalin’s rule in the early 1930s gives way to the Great Terror of the late 1930s, the upheaval of World War II (there has never been as acute an account of Stalin’s meeting at Yalta with Churchill and Roosevelt) and the horrific postwar years when he terrorized his closest associates as unrelentingly as he did the rest of his country. Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar gives an unprecedented understanding of Stalin’s dictatorship, and, as well, a Stalin as human and complicated as he is brutal. It is a galvanizing portrait: razor-sharp, sensitive and unforgiving.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350858Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: Jonathan Aris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 53 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: Jonathan Aris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after his death, Stalin remains a figure of powerful and dark fascination. The almost unfathomable scale of his crimes–as many as 20 million Soviets died in his purges and infamous Gulag–has given him the lasting distinction as a personification of evil in the twentieth century. But though the facts of Stalin’s reign are well known, this remarkable biography reveals a Stalin we have never seen before as it illuminates the vast foundation–human, psychological and physical–that supported and encouraged him, the men and women who did his bidding, lived in fear of him and, more often than not, were betrayed by him. In a seamless meshing of exhaustive research, brilliant synthesis and narrative élan, Simon Sebag Montefiore chronicles the life and lives of Stalin’s court from the time of his acclamation as “leader” in 1929, five years after Lenin’s death, until his own death in 1953 at the age of seventy-three. Through the lens of personality–Stalin’s as well as those of his most notorious henchmen, Molotov, Beria and Yezhov among them–the author sheds new light on the oligarchy that attempted to create a new world by exterminating the old. He gives us the details of their quotidian and monstrous lives: Stalin’s favorites in music, movies, literature (Hemmingway, The Forsyte Saga and The Last of the Mohicans were at the top of his list), food and history (he took Ivan the Terrible as his role model and swore by Lenin’s dictum, “A revolution without firing squads is meaningless”). We see him among his courtiers, his informal but deadly game of power played out at dinners and parties at Black Sea villas and in the apartments of the Kremlin. We see the debauchery, paranoia and cravenness that ruled the lives of Stalin’s inner court, and we see how the dictator played them one against the other in order to hone the awful efficiency of his killing machine. With stunning attention to detail, Montefiore documents the crimes, small and large, of all the members of Stalin’s court. And he traces the intricate and shifting web of their relationships as the relative warmth of Stalin’s rule in the early 1930s gives way to the Great Terror of the late 1930s, the upheaval of World War II (there has never been as acute an account of Stalin’s meeting at Yalta with Churchill and Roosevelt) and the horrific postwar years when he terrorized his closest associates as unrelentingly as he did the rest of his country. Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar gives an unprecedented understanding of Stalin’s dictatorship, and, as well, a Stalin as human and complicated as he is brutal. It is a galvanizing portrait: razor-sharp, sensitive and unforgiving.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/caligula-the-mad-emperor-of-rome-by-stephen-dando-collins--65209321https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Caligula: The Mad Emperor of Rome Author: Stephen Dando-Collins Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Explore all of the murder, madness and mayhem in Ancient Rome during the reign of the mad emperor, Caligula. In this book about Rome’s most infamous emperor, expert author, Stephen Dando-Collins chronicles all the palace intrigues and murders that led to Caligula becoming emperor, and details the horrors of his manic reign and the murderous consequences brought about at the hand of his sister Agrippina the Younger, his uncle Claudius and his nephew Nero. Skillfully researched, Dando-Collins puts the jigsaw pieces together to form an accurate picture of Caligula’s life and influences. Dando-Collins’ precise and thorough examination of the emperor’s life puts Caligula’s paranoid reign into perspective, examining the betrayals and deaths he experienced prior to his time in power and the onset of a near-fatal illness believed to have affected his mental-health.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359574Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Caligula: The Mad Emperor of Rome Author: Stephen Dando-Collins Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Caligula: The Mad Emperor of Rome Author: Stephen Dando-Collins Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Explore all of the murder, madness and mayhem in Ancient Rome during the reign of the mad emperor, Caligula. In this book about Rome’s most infamous emperor, expert author, Stephen Dando-Collins chronicles all the palace intrigues and murders that led to Caligula becoming emperor, and details the horrors of his manic reign and the murderous consequences brought about at the hand of his sister Agrippina the Younger, his uncle Claudius and his nephew Nero. Skillfully researched, Dando-Collins puts the jigsaw pieces together to form an accurate picture of Caligula’s life and influences. Dando-Collins’ precise and thorough examination of the emperor’s life puts Caligula’s paranoid reign into perspective, examining the betrayals and deaths he experienced prior to his time in power and the onset of a near-fatal illness believed to have affected his mental-health.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/proud-boys-and-the-white-ethnostate-how-the-alt-right-is-warping-the-american-imagination-by-alexandra-minna-stern--65209372https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proud Boys and the White Ethnostate: How the Alt-Right Is Warping the American Imagination Author: Alexandra Minna Stern Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is the alt-right? What do they believe, and how did they take center stage in the American social and political consciousness? Historian Alexandra Minna Stern excavates the alt-right memes that have erupted online and digs to the root of the far right’s motivations: their deep-seated fear of an oncoming “white genocide” that can only be remedied through aggressive action to reclaim white power. The alt-right has expanded significantly throughout America’s cultural, political, and digital landscapes: racist, sexist, and homophobic beliefs that were previously unspeakable have become commonplace, normalized, and accepted—endangering American democracy and society as a whole. When asked to address the Proud Boys and growing far right violence, President Trump directed the group to “stand back and stand by;” and just two weeks before President Joe Biden’s inauguration, a white supremacist mob breached the US Capitol—earning praise from the Proud Boys leader amongst threats of future violence. In order to dismantle the destructive movement that has invaded our public consciousness and threatens American democracy, we must first understand the core beliefs that drive the alt-right. Through careful analysis, Stern brings awareness to the underlying concepts that guide the alt-right and its overlapping forms of racism, xenophobia, and transphobia. She explains the key ideas of “red-pilling,” strategic trolling, gender essentialism, and the alt-right’s ultimate fantasy: a future where minorities have been “cleansed” from the body politic and a white ethnostate is established in the United States. By unearthing the hidden mechanisms that power white nationalism, Stern reveals just how pervasive the far right truly is.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proud Boys and the White Ethnostate: How the Alt-Right Is Warping the American Imagination Author: Alexandra Minna Stern Narrator: Frankie Corzo...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355099 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proud Boys and the White Ethnostate: How the Alt-Right Is Warping the American Imagination Author: Alexandra Minna Stern Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is the alt-right? What do they believe, and how did they take center stage in the American social and political consciousness? Historian Alexandra Minna Stern excavates the alt-right memes that have erupted online and digs to the root of the far right’s motivations: their deep-seated fear of an oncoming “white genocide” that can only be remedied through aggressive action to reclaim white power. The alt-right has expanded significantly throughout America’s cultural, political, and digital landscapes: racist, sexist, and homophobic beliefs that were previously unspeakable have become commonplace, normalized, and accepted—endangering American democracy and society as a whole. When asked to address the Proud Boys and growing far right violence, President Trump directed the group to “stand back and stand by;” and just two weeks before President Joe Biden’s inauguration, a white supremacist mob breached the US Capitol—earning praise from the Proud Boys leader amongst threats of future violence. In order to dismantle the destructive movement that has invaded our public consciousness and threatens American democracy, we must first understand the core beliefs that drive the alt-right. Through careful analysis, Stern brings awareness to the underlying concepts that guide the alt-right and its overlapping forms of racism, xenophobia, and transphobia. She explains the key ideas of “red-pilling,” strategic trolling, gender essentialism, and the alt-right’s ultimate fantasy: a future where minorities have been “cleansed” from the body politic and a white ethnostate is established in the United States. By unearthing the hidden mechanisms that power white nationalism, Stern reveals just how pervasive the far right truly is.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fifth-domain-defending-our-country-our-companies-and-ourselves-in-the-age-of-cyber-threats-by-richard-a-clarke-robert-k-knake--65209324https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifth Domain: Defending Our Country, Our Companies, and Ourselves in the Age of Cyber Threats Author: Richard A. Clarke, Robert K. Knake Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent new warning from two bestselling security experts--and a gripping inside look at how governments, firms, and ordinary citizens can confront and contain the tyrants, hackers, and criminals bent on turning the digital realm into a war zone. 'In the battle raging between offense and defense in cyberspace, Clarke and Knake have some important ideas about how we can avoid cyberwar for our country, prevent cybercrime against our companies, and in doing so, reduce resentment, division, and instability at home and abroad.'--Bill Clinton There is much to fear in the dark corners of cyberspace. From well-covered stories like the Stuxnet attack which helped slow Iran's nuclear program, to lesser-known tales like EternalBlue, the 2017 cyber battle that closed hospitals in Britain and froze shipping crates in Germany in midair, we have entered an age in which online threats carry real-world consequences. But we do not have to let autocrats and criminals run amok in the digital realm. We now know a great deal about how to make cyberspace far less dangerous--and about how to defend our security, economy, democracy, and privacy from cyber attack. This is a book about the realm in which nobody should ever want to fight a war: the fifth domain, the Pentagon's term for cyberspace. Our guides are two of America's top cybersecurity experts, seasoned practitioners who are as familiar with the White House Situation Room as they are with Fortune 500 boardrooms. Richard A. Clarke and Robert K. Knake offer a vivid, engrossing tour of the often unfamiliar terrain of cyberspace, introducing us to the scientists, executives, and public servants who have learned through hard experience how government agencies and private firms can fend off cyber threats. Clarke and Knake take us inside quantum-computing labs racing to develop cyber superweapons; bring us into the boardrooms of the many firms that have been hacked and the few that have not; and walk us through the corridors of the U.S. intelligence community with officials working to defend America's elections from foreign malice. With a focus on solutions over scaremongering, they make a compelling case for 'cyber resilience'--building systems that can resist most attacks, raising the costs on cyber criminals and the autocrats who often lurk behind them, and avoiding the trap of overreaction to digital attacks. Above all, Clarke and Knake show us how to keep the fifth domain a humming engine of economic growth and human progress by not giving in to those who would turn it into a wasteland of conflict. Backed by decades of high-level experience in the White House and the private sector, The Fifth Domain delivers a riveting, agenda-setting insider look at what works in the struggle to avoid cyberwar.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358583Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifth Domain: Defending Our Country, Our Companies, and Ourselves in the Age of Cyber Threats Author: Richard A. Clarke, Robert K. Knake Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifth Domain: Defending Our Country, Our Companies, and Ourselves in the Age of Cyber Threats Author: Richard A. Clarke, Robert K. Knake Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent new warning from two bestselling security experts--and a gripping inside look at how governments, firms, and ordinary citizens can confront and contain the tyrants, hackers, and criminals bent on turning the digital realm into a war zone. 'In the battle raging between offense and defense in cyberspace, Clarke and Knake have some important ideas about how we can avoid cyberwar for our country, prevent cybercrime against our companies, and in doing so, reduce resentment, division, and instability at home and abroad.'--Bill Clinton There is much to fear in the dark corners of cyberspace. From well-covered stories like the Stuxnet attack which helped slow Iran's nuclear program, to lesser-known tales like EternalBlue, the 2017 cyber battle that closed hospitals in Britain and froze shipping crates in Germany in midair, we have entered an age in which online threats carry real-world consequences. But we do not have to let autocrats and criminals run amok in the digital realm. We now know a great deal about how to make cyberspace far less dangerous--and about how to defend our security, economy, democracy, and privacy from cyber attack. This is a book about the realm in which nobody should ever want to fight a war: the fifth domain, the Pentagon's term for cyberspace. Our guides are two of America's top cybersecurity experts, seasoned practitioners who are as familiar with the White House Situation Room as they are with Fortune 500 boardrooms. Richard A. Clarke and Robert K. Knake offer a vivid, engrossing tour of the often unfamiliar terrain of cyberspace, introducing us to the scientists, executives, and public servants who have learned through hard experience how government agencies and private firms can fend off cyber threats. Clarke and Knake take us inside quantum-computing labs racing to develop cyber superweapons; bring us into the boardrooms of the many firms that have been hacked and the few that have not; and walk us through the corridors of the U.S. intelligence community with officials working to defend America's elections from foreign malice. With a focus on solutions over scaremongering, they make a compelling case for 'cyber resilience'--building systems that can resist most attacks, raising the costs on cyber criminals and the autocrats who often lurk behind them, and avoiding the trap of overreaction to digital attacks. Above all, Clarke and Knake show us how to keep the fifth domain a humming engine of economic growth and human progress by not giving in to those who would turn it into a wasteland of conflict. Backed by decades of high-level experience in the White House and the private sector, The Fifth Domain delivers a riveting, agenda-setting insider look at what works in the struggle to avoid cyberwar.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beneath-the-tamarind-tree-a-story-of-courage-family-and-the-lost-schoolgirls-of-boko-haram-by-isha-sesay--65209335https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beneath the Tamarind Tree: A Story of Courage, Family, and the Lost Schoolgirls of Boko Haram Author: Isha Sesay Narrator: Isha Sesay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first definitive account of Boko Haram’s abduction of the Chibok schoolgirls, their years in captivity, and why this story still matters - by celebrated international journalist Isha Sesay.  The kidnapping of 276 schoolgirls by Boko Haram in 2014 made global headlines. From poor Nigerian families, these girls had defied the odds and pursued an education, but daring to dream resulted in one of the most high-profile abductions in modern history. Award-winning CNN anchor Isha Sesay was on the front lines as the story broke, and when 21 of the girls were released, she was the only journalist to accompany them on their dangerous journey back home. In Beneath the Tamarind Tree, having developed unprecedented access to the Chibok girls, Sesay shares an intimate account of the night Boko Haram attacked, exclusive details about their years in captivity, and their daring tales of escape. We meet Priscilla who dreamt of becoming a doctor, Saa who juggled schoolwork with family obligations, Mary who fought constant homesickness to stay in school, and Dorcas who planned to be the first in her family to get a college degree. Sesay delves into the inadequate Nigerian government response to the kidnapping, while synthesizing lessons about global national security. She also reminds us of the personal sacrifice required of journalists to bring us the truth, at a time of growing mistrust of the media. Beneath the Tamarind Tree is a gripping listen and a story of resilience with a soaring message of hope at its core, reminding us of the ever-present truth that progress for all of us hinges on unleashing the potential of women.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356486Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beneath the Tamarind Tree: A Story of Courage, Family, and the Lost Schoolgirls of Boko Haram Author: Isha Sesay Narrator: Isha Sesay Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beneath the Tamarind Tree: A Story of Courage, Family, and the Lost Schoolgirls of Boko Haram Author: Isha Sesay Narrator: Isha Sesay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first definitive account of Boko Haram’s abduction of the Chibok schoolgirls, their years in captivity, and why this story still matters - by celebrated international journalist Isha Sesay.  The kidnapping of 276 schoolgirls by Boko Haram in 2014 made global headlines. From poor Nigerian families, these girls had defied the odds and pursued an education, but daring to dream resulted in one of the most high-profile abductions in modern history. Award-winning CNN anchor Isha Sesay was on the front lines as the story broke, and when 21 of the girls were released, she was the only journalist to accompany them on their dangerous journey back home. In Beneath the Tamarind Tree, having developed unprecedented access to the Chibok girls, Sesay shares an intimate account of the night Boko Haram attacked, exclusive details about their years in captivity, and their daring tales of escape. We meet Priscilla who dreamt of becoming a doctor, Saa who juggled schoolwork with family obligations, Mary who fought constant homesickness to stay in school, and Dorcas who planned to be the first in her family to get a college degree. Sesay delves into the inadequate Nigerian government response to the kidnapping, while synthesizing lessons about global national security. She also reminds us of the personal sacrifice required of journalists to bring us the truth, at a time of growing mistrust of the media. Beneath the Tamarind Tree is a gripping listen and a story of resilience with a soaring message of hope at its core, reminding us of the ever-present truth that progress for all of us hinges on unleashing the potential of women.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-read-the-constitution-and-why-by-kim-wehle--65209419https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355086 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read the Constitution--and Why Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Kim Wehle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''A must-read for this era.”—Jake Tapper, CNN Anchor and Chief Washington Correspondent  An insightful, urgent, and perennially relevant handbook that lays out in common sense language how the United States Constitution works, and how its protections are eroding before our eyes—essential reading for anyone who wants to understand and parse the constantly breaking news about the backbone of American government. The Constitution is the most significant document in America. But do you fully understand what this valuable document means to you? In How to Read the Constitution--and Why, legal expert and educator Kimberly Wehle spells out in clear, simple, and common sense terms what is in the Constitution, and most importantly, what it means. In compelling terms and including text from the United States Constitution, she describes how the Constitution’s protections are eroding—not only in express terms but by virtue of the many legal and social norms that no longer shore up its legitimacy—and why every American needs to heed to this “red flag” moment in our democracy. This invaluable—and timely—resource includes the Constitution in its entirety and covers nearly every significant aspect of the text,  from the powers of the President and how the three branches of government are designed to hold each other accountable, to what it means to have individual rights—including free speech, the right to bear arms, the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures, and the right to an abortion. Finally, the book explains why it has never been more important than now for all Americans to know how our Constitution works—and why, if we don’t step in to protect it now, we could lose its protections forever. How to Read the Constitution--and Why is essential reading for anyone who cares about maintaining an accountable government and the individual freedoms that the Constitution enshrines for everyone in America—regardless of political party.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355086Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355086 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read the Constitution--and Why Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Kim Wehle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355086 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read the Constitution--and Why Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Kim Wehle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''A must-read for this era.”—Jake Tapper, CNN Anchor and Chief Washington Correspondent  An insightful, urgent, and perennially relevant handbook that lays out in common sense language how the United States Constitution works, and how its protections are eroding before our eyes—essential reading for anyone who wants to understand and parse the constantly breaking news about the backbone of American government. The Constitution is the most significant document in America. But do you fully understand what this valuable document means to you? In How to Read the Constitution--and Why, legal expert and educator Kimberly Wehle spells out in clear, simple, and common sense terms what is in the Constitution, and most importantly, what it means. In compelling terms and including text from the United States Constitution, she describes how the Constitution’s protections are eroding—not only in express terms but by virtue of the many legal and social norms that no longer shore up its legitimacy—and why every American needs to heed to this “red flag” moment in our democracy. This invaluable—and timely—resource includes the Constitution in its entirety and covers nearly every significant aspect of the text,  from the powers of the President and how the three branches of government are designed to hold each other accountable, to what it means to have individual rights—including free speech, the right to bear arms, the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures, and the right to an abortion. Finally, the book explains why it has never been more important than now for all Americans to know how our Constitution works—and why, if we don’t step in to protect it now, we could lose its protections forever. How to Read the Constitution--and Why is essential reading for anyone who cares about maintaining an accountable government and the individual freedoms that the Constitution enshrines for everyone in America—regardless of political party.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/confirmation-bias-inside-washington-s-war-over-the-supreme-court-from-scalia-s-death-to-justice-kavanaugh-by-carl-hulse--65209362https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confirmation Bias: Inside Washington's War Over the Supreme Court, from Scalia's Death to Justice Kavanaugh Author: Carl Hulse Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Chief Washington Correspondent for the New York Times presents a richly detailed, news-breaking, and conversation-changing look at the unprecedented political fight to fill the Supreme Court seat made vacant by Antonin Scalia’s death—using it to explain the paralyzing and all but irreversible dysfunction across all three branches in the nation’s capital. The embodiment of American conservative thought and jurisprudence, Antonin Scalia cast an expansive shadow over the Supreme Court for three decades. His unexpected death in February 2016 created a vacancy that precipitated a pitched political fight. That battle would not only change the tilt of the court, but the course of American history. It would help decide a presidential election, fundamentally alter longstanding protocols of the United States Senate, and transform the Supreme Court—which has long held itself as a neutral arbiter above politics—into another branch of the federal government riven by partisanship. In an unprecedented move, the Republican-controlled Senate, led by majority leader, Mitch McConnell, refused to give Democratic President Barack Obama’s nominee, Merrick Garland, a confirmation hearing. Not one Republican in the Senate would meet with him. Scalia’s seat would be held open until Donald Trump’s nominee, Neil M. Gorsuch, was confirmed in April 2017. Carl Hulse has spent more than thirty years covering the machinations of the beltway. In Confirmation Bias he tells the story of this history-making battle to control the Supreme Court through exclusive interviews with McConnell, Harry Reid, Chuck Schumer, and other top officials, Trump campaign operatives, court activists, and legal scholars, as well as never-before-reported details and developments. Richly textured and deeply informative, Confirmation Bias provides much-needed context, revisiting the judicial wars of the past two decades to show how those conflicts have led to our current polarization. He examines the politicization of the federal bench and the implications for public confidence in the courts, and takes us behind the scenes to explore how many long-held democratic norms and entrenched, bipartisan procedures have been erased across all three branches of government.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355080Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confirmation Bias: Inside Washington's War Over the Supreme Court, from Scalia's Death to Justice Kavanaugh Author: Carl Hulse Narrator: Fred Sanders...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confirmation Bias: Inside Washington's War Over the Supreme Court, from Scalia's Death to Justice Kavanaugh Author: Carl Hulse Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Chief Washington Correspondent for the New York Times presents a richly detailed, news-breaking, and conversation-changing look at the unprecedented political fight to fill the Supreme Court seat made vacant by Antonin Scalia’s death—using it to explain the paralyzing and all but irreversible dysfunction across all three branches in the nation’s capital. The embodiment of American conservative thought and jurisprudence, Antonin Scalia cast an expansive shadow over the Supreme Court for three decades. His unexpected death in February 2016 created a vacancy that precipitated a pitched political fight. That battle would not only change the tilt of the court, but the course of American history. It would help decide a presidential election, fundamentally alter longstanding protocols of the United States Senate, and transform the Supreme Court—which has long held itself as a neutral arbiter above politics—into another branch of the federal government riven by partisanship. In an unprecedented move, the Republican-controlled Senate, led by majority leader, Mitch McConnell, refused to give Democratic President Barack Obama’s nominee, Merrick Garland, a confirmation hearing. Not one Republican in the Senate would meet with him. Scalia’s seat would be held open until Donald Trump’s nominee, Neil M. Gorsuch, was confirmed in April 2017. Carl Hulse has spent more than thirty years covering the machinations of the beltway. In Confirmation Bias he tells the story of this history-making battle to control the Supreme Court through exclusive interviews with McConnell, Harry Reid, Chuck Schumer, and other top officials, Trump campaign operatives, court activists, and legal scholars, as well as never-before-reported details and developments. Richly textured and deeply informative, Confirmation Bias provides much-needed context, revisiting the judicial wars of the past two decades to show how those conflicts have led to our current polarization. He examines the politicization of the federal bench and the implications for public confidence in the courts, and takes us behind the scenes to explore how many long-held democratic norms and entrenched, bipartisan procedures have been erased across all three branches of government.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/panic-attack-young-radicals-in-the-age-of-trump-by-robby-soave--65209456https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Panic Attack: Young Radicals in the Age of Trump Author: Robby Soave Narrator: Robby Soave Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the 2016 election, college campuses have erupted in violent protests, demands for safe spaces, and the silencing of views that activist groups find disagreeable. Who are the leaders behind these protests, and what do they want? In Panic Attack, libertarian journalist Robby Soave answers these questions by profiling young radicals from across the political spectrum. Millennial activism has risen to new heights in the age of Trump. Although Soave may not personally agree with their motivations and goals, he takes their ideas seriously, approaching his interviews with a mixture of respect and healthy skepticism. The result is a faithful cross-section of today's radical youth, which will appeal to libertarians, conservatives, centrist liberals, and anyone who is alarmed by the trampling of free speech and due process in the name of social justice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348255Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Panic Attack: Young Radicals in the Age of Trump Author: Robby Soave Narrator: Robby Soave Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Panic Attack: Young Radicals in the Age of Trump Author: Robby Soave Narrator: Robby Soave Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the 2016 election, college campuses have erupted in violent protests, demands for safe spaces, and the silencing of views that activist groups find disagreeable. Who are the leaders behind these protests, and what do they want? In Panic Attack, libertarian journalist Robby Soave answers these questions by profiling young radicals from across the political spectrum. Millennial activism has risen to new heights in the age of Trump. Although Soave may not personally agree with their motivations and goals, he takes their ideas seriously, approaching his interviews with a mixture of respect and healthy skepticism. The result is a faithful cross-section of today's radical youth, which will appeal to libertarians, conservatives, centrist liberals, and anyone who is alarmed by the trampling of free speech and due process in the name of social justice.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ill-winds-saving-democracy-from-russian-rage-chinese-ambition-and-american-complacency-by-larry-diamond--65209318https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355681 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ill Winds: Saving Democracy from Russian Rage, Chinese Ambition, and American Complacency Author: Larry Diamond Narrator: Larry Diamond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Shortlisted for the 2020 Arthur Ross Book Award* From America’s leading scholar of democracy, a personal, passionate call to action against the rising authoritarianism that challenges our world order—and the very value of liberty Larry Diamond has made it his life's work to secure democracy's future by understanding its past and by advising dissidents fighting autocracy around the world. Deeply attuned to the cycles of democratic expansion and decay that determine the fates of nations, he watched with mounting unease as illiberal rulers rose in Hungary, Poland, Turkey, the Philippines, and beyond, while China and Russia grew increasingly bold and bullying. Then, with Trump's election at home, the global retreat from freedom spread from democracy's margins to its heart. Ill Winds' core argument is stark: the defense and advancement of democratic ideals relies on U.S. global leadership. If we do not reclaim our traditional place as the keystone of democracy, today's authoritarian swell could become a tsunami, providing an opening for Vladimir Putin, Xi Jinping, and their admirers to turn the twenty-first century into a dark time of despotism. We are at a hinge in history, between a new era of tyranny and an age of democratic renewal. Free governments can defend their values; free citizens can exercise their rights. We can make the internet safe for liberal democracy, exploit the soft, kleptocratic underbelly of dictatorships, and revive America's degraded democracy. Ill Winds offers concrete, deeply informed suggestions to fight polarization, reduce the influence of money in politics, and make every vote count. In 2020, freedom's last line of defense still remains 'We the people.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355681Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355681 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ill Winds: Saving Democracy from Russian Rage, Chinese Ambition, and American Complacency Author: Larry Diamond Narrator: Larry Diamond Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355681 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ill Winds: Saving Democracy from Russian Rage, Chinese Ambition, and American Complacency Author: Larry Diamond Narrator: Larry Diamond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Shortlisted for the 2020 Arthur Ross Book Award* From America’s leading scholar of democracy, a personal, passionate call to action against the rising authoritarianism that challenges our world order—and the very value of liberty Larry Diamond has made it his life's work to secure democracy's future by understanding its past and by advising dissidents fighting autocracy around the world. Deeply attuned to the cycles of democratic expansion and decay that determine the fates of nations, he watched with mounting unease as illiberal rulers rose in Hungary, Poland, Turkey, the Philippines, and beyond, while China and Russia grew increasingly bold and bullying. Then, with Trump's election at home, the global retreat from freedom spread from democracy's margins to its heart. Ill Winds' core argument is stark: the defense and advancement of democratic ideals relies on U.S. global leadership. If we do not reclaim our traditional place as the keystone of democracy, today's authoritarian swell could become a tsunami, providing an opening for Vladimir Putin, Xi Jinping, and their admirers to turn the twenty-first century into a dark time of despotism. We are at a hinge in history, between a new era of tyranny and an age of democratic renewal. Free governments can defend their values; free citizens can exercise their rights. We can make the internet safe for liberal democracy, exploit the soft, kleptocratic underbelly of dictatorships, and revive America's degraded democracy. Ill Winds offers concrete, deeply informed suggestions to fight polarization, reduce the influence of money in politics, and make every vote count. In 2020, freedom's last line of defense still remains 'We the people.']]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inside-the-five-sided-box-lessons-from-a-lifetime-of-leadership-in-the-pentagon-by-ash-carter--65209298https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Five-Sided Box: Lessons from a Lifetime of Leadership in the Pentagon Author: Ash Carter Narrator: Ash Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The twenty-fifth Secretary of Defense takes readers behind the scenes to reveal the inner workings of the Pentagon, its vital mission, and what it takes to lead it.   The Pentagon is the headquarters of the single largest institution in America: the Department of Defense. The D.O.D. employs millions of Americans. It owns and operates more real estate, and spends more money, than any other entity. It manages the world’s largest and most complex information network and performs more R&D than Apple, Google, and Microsoft combined. Most important, the policies it carries out, in war and peace, impact the security and freedom of billions of people around the globe.   Yet to most Americans, the dealings of the D.O.D. are a mystery, and the Pentagon nothing more than an opaque five-sided box that they regard with a mixture of awe and suspicion.   In this new book, former Secretary of Defense Ash Carter demystifies the Pentagon and sheds light on all that happens inside one of the nation’s most iconic, and most closely guarded, buildings. Drawn from Carter’s thirty-six years of leadership experience in the D.O.D., this is the essential book for understanding the challenge of defending America in a dangerous world—and imparting a trove of incisive lessons that can guide leaders in any complex organization.   In these times of great disruption and danger, the need for Ash Carter’s authoritative and pragmatic account is more urgent than ever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359600Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Five-Sided Box: Lessons from a Lifetime of Leadership in the Pentagon Author: Ash Carter Narrator: Ash Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Five-Sided Box: Lessons from a Lifetime of Leadership in the Pentagon Author: Ash Carter Narrator: Ash Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The twenty-fifth Secretary of Defense takes readers behind the scenes to reveal the inner workings of the Pentagon, its vital mission, and what it takes to lead it.   The Pentagon is the headquarters of the single largest institution in America: the Department of Defense. The D.O.D. employs millions of Americans. It owns and operates more real estate, and spends more money, than any other entity. It manages the world’s largest and most complex information network and performs more R&D than Apple, Google, and Microsoft combined. Most important, the policies it carries out, in war and peace, impact the security and freedom of billions of people around the globe.   Yet to most Americans, the dealings of the D.O.D. are a mystery, and the Pentagon nothing more than an opaque five-sided box that they regard with a mixture of awe and suspicion.   In this new book, former Secretary of Defense Ash Carter demystifies the Pentagon and sheds light on all that happens inside one of the nation’s most iconic, and most closely guarded, buildings. Drawn from Carter’s thirty-six years of leadership experience in the D.O.D., this is the essential book for understanding the challenge of defending America in a dangerous world—and imparting a trove of incisive lessons that can guide leaders in any complex organization.   In these times of great disruption and danger, the need for Ash Carter’s authoritative and pragmatic account is more urgent than ever.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-seditious-heart-by-arundhati-roy--65209394https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Seditious Heart Author: Arundhati Roy Narrator: Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of My Seditious Heart by Arundhati Roy, read by Tania Rodrigues. My Seditious Heart collects the work of a two-decade period when Arundhati Roy devoted herself to the political essay as a way of opening up space for justice, rights and freedoms in an increasingly hostile environment. Taken together, the essays speak in a uniquely spirited voice, marked by compassion, clarity and courage. Radical and superbly readable, they speak always in defence of the collective, of the individual and of the land, in the face of the destructive logic of financial, social, religious, military and governmental elites. In constant conversation with the themes and settings of her novels, the essays form a near-unbroken memoir of Arundhati Roy's journey as both a writer and a citizen, of both India and the world, from 'The End of Imagination', which begins this book, to 'My Seditious Heart', with which it ends.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350922Thu, 06 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Seditious Heart Author: Arundhati Roy Narrator: Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Seditious Heart Author: Arundhati Roy Narrator: Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of My Seditious Heart by Arundhati Roy, read by Tania Rodrigues. My Seditious Heart collects the work of a two-decade period when Arundhati Roy devoted herself to the political essay as a way of opening up space for justice, rights and freedoms in an increasingly hostile environment. Taken together, the essays speak in a uniquely spirited voice, marked by compassion, clarity and courage. Radical and superbly readable, they speak always in defence of the collective, of the individual and of the land, in the face of the destructive logic of financial, social, religious, military and governmental elites. In constant conversation with the themes and settings of her novels, the essays form a near-unbroken memoir of Arundhati Roy's journey as both a writer and a citizen, of both India and the world, from 'The End of Imagination', which begins this book, to 'My Seditious Heart', with which it ends.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dignity-seeking-respect-in-back-row-america-by-chris-arnade--65209395https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity: Seeking Respect in Back Row America Author: Chris Arnade Narrator: Donte Bonner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Candid, empathetic portraits of silenced men, women, and children.' --Kirkus Widely acclaimed photographer and writer Chris Arnade shines new light on America's poor, drug-addicted, and forgotten--both urban and rural, blue state and red state--and indicts the elitists who've left them behind. Like Jacob Riis in the 1890s, Walker Evans in the 1930s, or Michael Harrington in the 1960s, Chris Arnade bares the reality of our current class divide in unforgettable true stories. Arnade's raw, deeply reported accounts cut through today's clickbait media headlines and indict the elitists who misunderstood poverty and addiction in America for decades. After abandoning his Wall Street career, Arnade decided to document poverty and addiction in the Bronx. He began interviewing, photographing, and becoming close friends with homeless addicts, and spent hours in drug dens and McDonald's. Then he started driving across America to see how the rest of the country compared. He found the same types of stories everywhere, across lines of race, ethnicity, religion, and geography.  The people he got to know, from Alabama and California to Maine and Nevada, gave Arnade a new respect for the dignity and resilience of what he calls America's Back Row--those who lack the credentials and advantages of the so-called meritocratic upper class. The strivers in the Front Row, with their advanced degrees and upward mobility, see the Back Row's values as worthless. They scorn anyone who stays in a dying town or city as foolish, and mock anyone who clings to religion or tradition as naïve. As Takeesha, a woman in the Bronx, told Arnade, she wants to be seen she sees herself: 'a prostitute, a mother of six, and a child of God.' This book is his attempt to help the rest of us truly see, hear, and respect millions of people who've been left behind.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity: Seeking Respect in Back Row America Author: Chris Arnade Narrator: Donte Bonner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity: Seeking Respect in Back Row America Author: Chris Arnade Narrator: Donte Bonner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Candid, empathetic portraits of silenced men, women, and children.' --Kirkus Widely acclaimed photographer and writer Chris Arnade shines new light on America's poor, drug-addicted, and forgotten--both urban and rural, blue state and red state--and indicts the elitists who've left them behind. Like Jacob Riis in the 1890s, Walker Evans in the 1930s, or Michael Harrington in the 1960s, Chris Arnade bares the reality of our current class divide in unforgettable true stories. Arnade's raw, deeply reported accounts cut through today's clickbait media headlines and indict the elitists who misunderstood poverty and addiction in America for decades. After abandoning his Wall Street career, Arnade decided to document poverty and addiction in the Bronx. He began interviewing, photographing, and becoming close friends with homeless addicts, and spent hours in drug dens and McDonald's. Then he started driving across America to see how the rest of the country compared. He found the same types of stories everywhere, across lines of race, ethnicity, religion, and geography.  The people he got to know, from Alabama and California to Maine and Nevada, gave Arnade a new respect for the dignity and resilience of what he calls America's Back Row--those who lack the credentials and advantages of the so-called meritocratic upper class. The strivers in the Front Row, with their advanced degrees and upward mobility, see the Back Row's values as worthless. They scorn anyone who stays in a dying town or city as foolish, and mock anyone who clings to religion or tradition as naïve. As Takeesha, a woman in the Bronx, told Arnade, she wants to be seen she sees herself: 'a prostitute, a mother of six, and a child of God.' This book is his attempt to help the rest of us truly see, hear, and respect millions of people who've been left behind.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tell-me-who-you-are-sharing-our-stories-of-race-culture-identity-by-priya-vulchi-winona-guo--65209346https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me Who You Are: Sharing Our Stories of Race, Culture, & Identity Author: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo Narrator: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo, Elizabeth Liang, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening exploration of race in America In this deeply inspiring audiobook, Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi recount their experiences talking to people from all walks of life about race and identity on a cross-country tour of America. Spurred by the realization that they had nearly completed high school without hearing any substantive discussion about racism in school, the two young women deferred college admission for a year to collect first-person accounts of how racism plays out in this country every day--and often in unexpected ways.  In Tell Me Who You Are, Guo and Vulchi reveal the lines that separate us based on race or other perceived differences and how telling our stories--and listening deeply to the stories of others--are the first and most crucial steps we can take towards negating racial inequity in our culture. Featuring interviews with over 150 Americans, this intimate toolkit also offers a deep examination of the seeds of racism and strategies for effecting change. This groundbreaking audiobook will inspire readers to join Guo and Vulchi in imagining an America in which we can fully understand and appreciate who we are. Read by Elizabeth Liang and Dominic Hoffman with authors Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me Who You Are: Sharing Our Stories of Race, Culture, & Identity Author: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo Narrator: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me Who You Are: Sharing Our Stories of Race, Culture, & Identity Author: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo Narrator: Priya Vulchi, Winona Guo, Elizabeth Liang, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening exploration of race in America In this deeply inspiring audiobook, Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi recount their experiences talking to people from all walks of life about race and identity on a cross-country tour of America. Spurred by the realization that they had nearly completed high school without hearing any substantive discussion about racism in school, the two young women deferred college admission for a year to collect first-person accounts of how racism plays out in this country every day--and often in unexpected ways.  In Tell Me Who You Are, Guo and Vulchi reveal the lines that separate us based on race or other perceived differences and how telling our stories--and listening deeply to the stories of others--are the first and most crucial steps we can take towards negating racial inequity in our culture. Featuring interviews with over 150 Americans, this intimate toolkit also offers a deep examination of the seeds of racism and strategies for effecting change. This groundbreaking audiobook will inspire readers to join Guo and Vulchi in imagining an America in which we can fully understand and appreciate who we are. Read by Elizabeth Liang and Dominic Hoffman with authors Winona Guo and Priya Vulchi]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-death-of-politics-how-to-heal-our-frayed-republic-after-trump-by-peter-wehner--65209337https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump Author: Peter Wehner Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times opinion writer, media commentator, outspoken Republican and Christian critic of the Trump presidency offers a spirited defense of politics and its virtuous and critical role in maintaining our democracy and what we must do to save it before it is too late. “Any nation that elects Donald Trump to be its president has a remarkably low view of politics.” Frustrated and feeling betrayed, Americans have come to loathe politics with disastrous results, argues Peter Wehner. In this timely manifesto, the veteran of three Republican administrations and man of faith offers a reasoned and persuasive argument for restoring “politics” as a worthy calling to a cynical and disillusioned generation of Americans. Wehner has long been one of the leading conservative critics of Donald Trump and his effect on the Republican Party. In this impassioned book, he makes clear that unless we overcome the despair that has caused citizens to abandon hope in the primary means for improving our world—the political process—we will not only fall victim to despots but hasten the decline of what has truly made America great. Drawing on history and experience, he reminds us of the hard lessons we have learned about how we rule ourselves—why we have checks and balances, why no one is above the law, why we defend the rights of even those we disagree with. Wehner believes we can turn the country around, but only if we abandon our hatred and learn to appreciate and honor the unique and noble American tradition of doing “politics.” If we want the great American experiment to continue and to once again prosper, we must once more take up the responsibility each and every one of us as citizens share.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump Author: Peter Wehner Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump Author: Peter Wehner Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times opinion writer, media commentator, outspoken Republican and Christian critic of the Trump presidency offers a spirited defense of politics and its virtuous and critical role in maintaining our democracy and what we must do to save it before it is too late. “Any nation that elects Donald Trump to be its president has a remarkably low view of politics.” Frustrated and feeling betrayed, Americans have come to loathe politics with disastrous results, argues Peter Wehner. In this timely manifesto, the veteran of three Republican administrations and man of faith offers a reasoned and persuasive argument for restoring “politics” as a worthy calling to a cynical and disillusioned generation of Americans. Wehner has long been one of the leading conservative critics of Donald Trump and his effect on the Republican Party. In this impassioned book, he makes clear that unless we overcome the despair that has caused citizens to abandon hope in the primary means for improving our world—the political process—we will not only fall victim to despots but hasten the decline of what has truly made America great. Drawing on history and experience, he reminds us of the hard lessons we have learned about how we rule ourselves—why we have checks and balances, why no one is above the law, why we defend the rights of even those we disagree with. Wehner believes we can turn the country around, but only if we abandon our hatred and learn to appreciate and honor the unique and noble American tradition of doing “politics.” If we want the great American experiment to continue and to once again prosper, we must once more take up the responsibility each and every one of us as citizens share.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/defying-jihad-the-dramatic-true-story-of-a-woman-who-volunteered-to-kill-infidels-and-then-faced-death-for-becoming-one-by-esther-ahmad--65209328https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defying Jihad: The Dramatic True Story of a Woman Who Volunteered to Kill Infidels—and Then Faced Death for Becoming One Author: Esther Ahmad Narrator: Julia Farhat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you truly love Allah, you will die for him.Your death will mean much reward for you and your family in heaven.Only death will prove your love. It was the final test. A chance to win not only the love of Allah, but the love of her father—something she had never been able to earn. Esther took a deep breath and raised her hand in the air. At the age of eighteen, she had just volunteered to become a suicide bomber. Defying Jihad is the true story of a girl growing up under radical Islamic rule, trained to believe her ultimate purpose was to serve Allah by dying as a jihadist. But two nights before she was to leave forever, she had a dream … one that would change the course of her destiny. Against all odds, Esther became a follower of Jesus—even though leaving Islam meant her death sentence. But rather than kill her immediately, Esther’s furious father challenged her to a series of public debates with Muslim scholars: the Bible versus the Quran. If Esther won, she might yet survive. But if the Muslim clerics won, Esther must renounce her Christian faith. For an entire month—if she lived that long—Esther would be brought before the mob daily to defend her newfound faith. Would God give her the words to argue against Muslim leaders, former friends, and even her own family? Defying Jihad is an amazing story of a woman prepared to surrender all for Jesus—and whose life transformed from terror to overwhelming love.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356516Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defying Jihad: The Dramatic True Story of a Woman Who Volunteered to Kill Infidels—and Then Faced Death for Becoming One Author: Esther Ahmad Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defying Jihad: The Dramatic True Story of a Woman Who Volunteered to Kill Infidels—and Then Faced Death for Becoming One Author: Esther Ahmad Narrator: Julia Farhat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you truly love Allah, you will die for him.Your death will mean much reward for you and your family in heaven.Only death will prove your love. It was the final test. A chance to win not only the love of Allah, but the love of her father—something she had never been able to earn. Esther took a deep breath and raised her hand in the air. At the age of eighteen, she had just volunteered to become a suicide bomber. Defying Jihad is the true story of a girl growing up under radical Islamic rule, trained to believe her ultimate purpose was to serve Allah by dying as a jihadist. But two nights before she was to leave forever, she had a dream … one that would change the course of her destiny. Against all odds, Esther became a follower of Jesus—even though leaving Islam meant her death sentence. But rather than kill her immediately, Esther’s furious father challenged her to a series of public debates with Muslim scholars: the Bible versus the Quran. If Esther won, she might yet survive. But if the Muslim clerics won, Esther must renounce her Christian faith. For an entire month—if she lived that long—Esther would be brought before the mob daily to defend her newfound faith. Would God give her the words to argue against Muslim leaders, former friends, and even her own family? Defying Jihad is an amazing story of a woman prepared to surrender all for Jesus—and whose life transformed from terror to overwhelming love.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fight-like-a-mother-how-a-grassroots-movement-took-on-the-gun-lobby-and-why-women-will-change-the-world-by-shannon-watts--65209317https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight like a Mother: How a Grassroots Movement Took on the Gun Lobby and Why Women Will Change the World Author: Shannon Watts Narrator: Shannon Watts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shannon Watts was a stay-at-home mom folding laundry when news broke of the tragic shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary. In one moment, she went from outraged to engaged and decided to do something about it. What started as a simple Facebook group to connect with other frustrated parents grew into Moms Demand Action, a national movement with millions of supporters and a powerful grassroots network of local chapters in all 50 states. Shannon has been called ''the NRA’s Worst Nightmare”—and her army of moms have bravely gone up against the gun lobby, showing up in their signature red shirts, blocking the hallways of congress with their strollers, electing gun sense candidates and running for office themselves, and proving that if the 80 million moms in this country come together, they can put an end to gun violence. Fight like a Mother is the incredible account how one mother’s cry for change became the driving force behind gun safety progress. Along with stories of perseverance, courage, and compassion, Watts shines a light on the unique power of women—starting with what they have, leading with their maternal strengths, and doubling down instead of backing down. While not everyone can be on the front lines lobbying congress, every mom is already a multi-tasking organizer, and Shannon explains how to go from amateur activist to having a real impact in your community and beyond. Fight like a Mother will inspire everyone—mothers and fathers, students and teachers, lawmakers, and anyone motivated to enact change—to get to work transforming hearts and minds, and passing laws that save lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356503Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight like a Mother: How a Grassroots Movement Took on the Gun Lobby and Why Women Will Change the World Author: Shannon Watts Narrator: Shannon Watts...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight like a Mother: How a Grassroots Movement Took on the Gun Lobby and Why Women Will Change the World Author: Shannon Watts Narrator: Shannon Watts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shannon Watts was a stay-at-home mom folding laundry when news broke of the tragic shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary. In one moment, she went from outraged to engaged and decided to do something about it. What started as a simple Facebook group to connect with other frustrated parents grew into Moms Demand Action, a national movement with millions of supporters and a powerful grassroots network of local chapters in all 50 states. Shannon has been called ''the NRA’s Worst Nightmare”—and her army of moms have bravely gone up against the gun lobby, showing up in their signature red shirts, blocking the hallways of congress with their strollers, electing gun sense candidates and running for office themselves, and proving that if the 80 million moms in this country come together, they can put an end to gun violence. Fight like a Mother is the incredible account how one mother’s cry for change became the driving force behind gun safety progress. Along with stories of perseverance, courage, and compassion, Watts shines a light on the unique power of women—starting with what they have, leading with their maternal strengths, and doubling down instead of backing down. While not everyone can be on the front lines lobbying congress, every mom is already a multi-tasking organizer, and Shannon explains how to go from amateur activist to having a real impact in your community and beyond. Fight like a Mother will inspire everyone—mothers and fathers, students and teachers, lawmakers, and anyone motivated to enact change—to get to work transforming hearts and minds, and passing laws that save lives.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-impeachers-the-trial-of-andrew-johnson-and-the-dream-of-a-just-nation-by-brenda-wineapple--65209356https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachers: The Trial of Andrew Johnson and the Dream of a Just Nation Author: Brenda Wineapple Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times; The New York Times Book Review; NPR; Publishers Weekly “This absorbing and important book recounts the titanic struggle over the implications of the Civil War amid the impeachment of a defiant and temperamentally erratic American president.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America When Abraham Lincoln was assassinated and Vice-President Andrew Johnson became “the Accidental President,” it was a dangerous time in America. Congress was divided over how the Union should be reunited: when and how the secessionist South should regain full status, whether former Confederates should be punished, and when and whether black men should be given the vote. Devastated by war and resorting to violence, many white Southerners hoped to restore a pre–Civil War society, if without slavery, and the pugnacious Andrew Johnson seemed to share their goals. With the unchecked power of executive orders, Johnson ignored Congress, pardoned rebel leaders, promoted white supremacy, opposed civil rights, and called Reconstruction unnecessary. It fell to Congress to stop the American president who acted like a king. With profound insights and making use of extensive research, Brenda Wineapple dramatically evokes this pivotal period in American history, when the country was rocked by the first-ever impeachment of a sitting American president. And she brings to vivid life the extraordinary characters who brought that impeachment forward: the willful Johnson and his retinue of advocates—including complicated men like Secretary of State William Seward—as well as the equally complicated visionaries committed to justice and equality for all, like Thaddeus Stevens, Charles Sumner, Frederick Douglass, and Ulysses S. Grant. Theirs was a last-ditch, patriotic, and Constitutional effort to render the goals of the Civil War into reality and to make the Union free, fair, and whole. Praise for The Impeachers “In this superbly lyrical work, Brenda Wineapple has plugged a glaring hole in our historical memory through her vivid and sweeping portrayal of President Andrew Johnson’s 1868 impeachment. She serves up not simply food for thought but a veritable feast of observations on that most trying decision for a democracy: whether to oust a sitting president. Teeming with fiery passions and unforgettable characters, The Impeachers will be devoured by contemporary readers seeking enlightenment on this issue. . . . A landmark study.”—Ron Chernow, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Grant]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350161Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachers: The Trial of Andrew Johnson and the Dream of a Just Nation Author: Brenda Wineapple Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachers: The Trial of Andrew Johnson and the Dream of a Just Nation Author: Brenda Wineapple Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times; The New York Times Book Review; NPR; Publishers Weekly “This absorbing and important book recounts the titanic struggle over the implications of the Civil War amid the impeachment of a defiant and temperamentally erratic American president.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America When Abraham Lincoln was assassinated and Vice-President Andrew Johnson became “the Accidental President,” it was a dangerous time in America. Congress was divided over how the Union should be reunited: when and how the secessionist South should regain full status, whether former Confederates should be punished, and when and whether black men should be given the vote. Devastated by war and resorting to violence, many white Southerners hoped to restore a pre–Civil War society, if without slavery, and the pugnacious Andrew Johnson seemed to share their goals. With the unchecked power of executive orders, Johnson ignored Congress, pardoned rebel leaders, promoted white supremacy, opposed civil rights, and called Reconstruction unnecessary. It fell to Congress to stop the American president who acted like a king. With profound insights and making use of extensive research, Brenda Wineapple dramatically evokes this pivotal period in American history, when the country was rocked by the first-ever impeachment of a sitting American president. And she brings to vivid life the extraordinary characters who brought that impeachment forward: the willful Johnson and his retinue of advocates—including complicated men like Secretary of State William Seward—as well as the equally complicated visionaries committed to justice and equality for all, like Thaddeus Stevens, Charles Sumner, Frederick Douglass, and Ulysses S. Grant. Theirs was a last-ditch, patriotic, and Constitutional effort to render the goals of the Civil War into reality and to make the Union free, fair, and whole. Praise for The Impeachers “In this superbly lyrical work, Brenda Wineapple has plugged a glaring hole in our historical memory through her vivid and sweeping portrayal of President Andrew Johnson’s 1868 impeachment. She serves up not simply food for thought but a veritable feast of observations on that most trying decision for a democracy: whether to oust a sitting president. Teeming with fiery passions and unforgettable characters, The Impeachers will be devoured by contemporary readers seeking enlightenment on this issue. . . . A landmark study.”—Ron Chernow, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Grant]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-shadow-war-inside-russia-s-and-china-s-secret-operations-to-defeat-america-by-jim-sciutto--65209396https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow War: Inside Russia's and China's Secret Operations to Defeat America Author: Jim Sciutto Narrator: Jim Sciutto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CNN’s Chief National Security Correspondent reveals the invisible fronts of twenty-first century warfare and identifies the ongoing battles being waged—often without the public’s full knowledge—from disinformation campaigns to advanced satellite weaponry. The United States is currently under attack from multiple adversaries—yet most Americans have no idea of the dangers threatening us. In this eye-opening audiobook, military and intelligence expert and seasoned reporter Jim Sciutto traces the expanding web of attacks that together amount to an undeclared but deeply dangerous war on America. With in-depth reporting from Ukraine to the South China Sea, Cuba to the earth’s atmosphere, unprecedented access to America’s Space Command, and new information from inside the intelligence agencies tracking election interference, Sciutto draws on his deep knowledge, high-level contacts, and personal experience as a journalist and diplomat to paint the most comprehensive and vivid picture of a nation targeted by a new and disturbing brand of warfare. America is engaged in a Shadow War on multiple fronts, with multiple enemies. The practitioners include America’s most familiar adversaries: Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran. But unlike conventional warfare, these conflicts are conducted in the shadows, with no formal declaration and often use multiple sources, from influential businessmen and lawyers to hackers. And it is happening today. But America is adapting and fighting back. In The Shadow War, Sciutto introduces the dizzying array of soldiers, sailors, submariners and their commanders, space engineers, computer scientists, and civilians who are on the front lines of this new kind of forever war. Intensive and disturbing, this invaluable and important work opens our eyes and makes clear that future war is here.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355084Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow War: Inside Russia's and China's Secret Operations to Defeat America Author: Jim Sciutto Narrator: Jim Sciutto Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow War: Inside Russia's and China's Secret Operations to Defeat America Author: Jim Sciutto Narrator: Jim Sciutto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CNN’s Chief National Security Correspondent reveals the invisible fronts of twenty-first century warfare and identifies the ongoing battles being waged—often without the public’s full knowledge—from disinformation campaigns to advanced satellite weaponry. The United States is currently under attack from multiple adversaries—yet most Americans have no idea of the dangers threatening us. In this eye-opening audiobook, military and intelligence expert and seasoned reporter Jim Sciutto traces the expanding web of attacks that together amount to an undeclared but deeply dangerous war on America. With in-depth reporting from Ukraine to the South China Sea, Cuba to the earth’s atmosphere, unprecedented access to America’s Space Command, and new information from inside the intelligence agencies tracking election interference, Sciutto draws on his deep knowledge, high-level contacts, and personal experience as a journalist and diplomat to paint the most comprehensive and vivid picture of a nation targeted by a new and disturbing brand of warfare. America is engaged in a Shadow War on multiple fronts, with multiple enemies. The practitioners include America’s most familiar adversaries: Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran. But unlike conventional warfare, these conflicts are conducted in the shadows, with no formal declaration and often use multiple sources, from influential businessmen and lawyers to hackers. And it is happening today. But America is adapting and fighting back. In The Shadow War, Sciutto introduces the dizzying array of soldiers, sailors, submariners and their commanders, space engineers, computer scientists, and civilians who are on the front lines of this new kind of forever war. Intensive and disturbing, this invaluable and important work opens our eyes and makes clear that future war is here.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-right-a-journey-to-the-fringe-of-american-politics-by-michael-malice--65209382https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Right: A Journey to the Fringe of American Politics Author: Michael Malice Narrator: Michael Malice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. The definitive firsthand account of the movement that permanently broke the American political consensus. What do internet trolls, economic populists, white nationalists, techno-anarchists and Alex Jones have in common? Nothing, except for an unremitting hatred of evangelical progressivism and the so-called “Cathedral” from whence it pours forth. Contrary to the dissembling explanations from the corporate press, this movement did not emerge overnight—nor are its varied subgroups in any sense interchangeable with one another. As united by their opposition as they are divided by their goals, the members of the New Right are willfully suspicious of those in the mainstream who would seek to tell their story. Fortunately, author Michael Malice was there from the very inception, and in The New Right recounts their tale from the beginning. Malice provides an authoritative and unbiased portrait of the New Right as a movement of ideas—ideas that he traces to surprisingly diverse ideological roots. From the heterodox right wing of the 1940s to the Buchanan/Rothbard alliance of 1992 and all the way through to what he witnessed personally in Charlottesville, The New Right is a thorough firsthand accounting of the concepts, characters and chronology of this widely misunderstood sociopolitical phenomenon. Today’s fringe is tomorrow’s orthodoxy. As entertaining as it is informative, The New Right is required listening for every American across the spectrum who would like to learn more about the past, present and future of our divided political culture.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348243Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Right: A Journey to the Fringe of American Politics Author: Michael Malice Narrator: Michael Malice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Right: A Journey to the Fringe of American Politics Author: Michael Malice Narrator: Michael Malice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. The definitive firsthand account of the movement that permanently broke the American political consensus. What do internet trolls, economic populists, white nationalists, techno-anarchists and Alex Jones have in common? Nothing, except for an unremitting hatred of evangelical progressivism and the so-called “Cathedral” from whence it pours forth. Contrary to the dissembling explanations from the corporate press, this movement did not emerge overnight—nor are its varied subgroups in any sense interchangeable with one another. As united by their opposition as they are divided by their goals, the members of the New Right are willfully suspicious of those in the mainstream who would seek to tell their story. Fortunately, author Michael Malice was there from the very inception, and in The New Right recounts their tale from the beginning. Malice provides an authoritative and unbiased portrait of the New Right as a movement of ideas—ideas that he traces to surprisingly diverse ideological roots. From the heterodox right wing of the 1940s to the Buchanan/Rothbard alliance of 1992 and all the way through to what he witnessed personally in Charlottesville, The New Right is a thorough firsthand accounting of the concepts, characters and chronology of this widely misunderstood sociopolitical phenomenon. Today’s fringe is tomorrow’s orthodoxy. As entertaining as it is informative, The New Right is required listening for every American across the spectrum who would like to learn more about the past, present and future of our divided political culture.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/become-america-civic-sermons-on-love-responsibility-and-democracy-by-eric-liu--65209338https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become America: Civic Sermons on Love, Responsibility, and Democracy Author: Eric Liu Narrator: Eric Liu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to be an engaged American in today's divided political landscape, and how do we restore hope in our country? In a collection of 'civic sermons' delivered at gatherings around the nation, popular advocate for active citizenship Eric Liu takes on these thorny questions and provides inspiration and solace in a time of anger, fear, and dismay over the state of the Union. Here are 19 stirring explorations of current and timeless topics about democracy, liberty, equal justice, and powerful citizenship. This book will energize you to get involved, in ways both large and small, to help rebuild a country that you're proud to call home. Become America will challenge you to rehumanize our politics and rekindle a spirit of love in civic life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357095Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become America: Civic Sermons on Love, Responsibility, and Democracy Author: Eric Liu Narrator: Eric Liu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become America: Civic Sermons on Love, Responsibility, and Democracy Author: Eric Liu Narrator: Eric Liu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to be an engaged American in today's divided political landscape, and how do we restore hope in our country? In a collection of 'civic sermons' delivered at gatherings around the nation, popular advocate for active citizenship Eric Liu takes on these thorny questions and provides inspiration and solace in a time of anger, fear, and dismay over the state of the Union. Here are 19 stirring explorations of current and timeless topics about democracy, liberty, equal justice, and powerful citizenship. This book will energize you to get involved, in ways both large and small, to help rebuild a country that you're proud to call home. Become America will challenge you to rehumanize our politics and rekindle a spirit of love in civic life.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-good-american-family-the-red-scare-and-my-father-by-david-maraniss--65209306https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356639 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good American Family: The Red Scare and My Father Author: David Maraniss Narrator: David Maraniss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize–winning author and “one of our most talented biographers and historians” (The New York Times) David Maraniss delivers a “thoughtful, poignant, and historically valuable story of the Red Scare of the 1950s” (The Wall Street Journal) through the chilling yet affirming story of his family’s ordeal, from blacklisting to vindication. Elliott Maraniss, David’s father, a WWII veteran who had commanded an all-black company in the Pacific, was spied on by the FBI, named as a communist by an informant, called before the House Un-American Activities Committee in 1952, fired from his newspaper job, and blacklisted for five years. Yet he never lost faith in America and emerged on the other side with his family and optimism intact. In a sweeping drama that moves from the Depression and Spanish Civil War to the HUAC hearings and end of the McCarthy era, Maraniss weaves his father’s story through the lives of his inquisitors and defenders as they struggle with the vital 20th-century issues of race, fascism, communism, and first amendment freedoms. “Remarkably balanced, forthright, and unwavering in its search for the truth” (The New York Times), A Good American Family evokes the political dysfunctions of the 1950s while underscoring what it really means to be an American. It is “clear-eyed and empathetic” (Publishers Weekly, starred review) tribute from a brilliant writer to his father and the family he protected in dangerous times.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356639Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356639 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good American Family: The Red Scare and My Father Author: David Maraniss Narrator: David Maraniss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356639 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good American Family: The Red Scare and My Father Author: David Maraniss Narrator: David Maraniss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize–winning author and “one of our most talented biographers and historians” (The New York Times) David Maraniss delivers a “thoughtful, poignant, and historically valuable story of the Red Scare of the 1950s” (The Wall Street Journal) through the chilling yet affirming story of his family’s ordeal, from blacklisting to vindication. Elliott Maraniss, David’s father, a WWII veteran who had commanded an all-black company in the Pacific, was spied on by the FBI, named as a communist by an informant, called before the House Un-American Activities Committee in 1952, fired from his newspaper job, and blacklisted for five years. Yet he never lost faith in America and emerged on the other side with his family and optimism intact. In a sweeping drama that moves from the Depression and Spanish Civil War to the HUAC hearings and end of the McCarthy era, Maraniss weaves his father’s story through the lives of his inquisitors and defenders as they struggle with the vital 20th-century issues of race, fascism, communism, and first amendment freedoms. “Remarkably balanced, forthright, and unwavering in its search for the truth” (The New York Times), A Good American Family evokes the political dysfunctions of the 1950s while underscoring what it really means to be an American. It is “clear-eyed and empathetic” (Publishers Weekly, starred review) tribute from a brilliant writer to his father and the family he protected in dangerous times.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sacred-liberty-america-s-long-bloody-and-ongoing-struggle-for-religious-freedom-by-steven-waldman--65209315https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Liberty: America's Long, Bloody, and Ongoing Struggle for Religious Freedom Author: Steven Waldman Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sacred Liberty offers a dramatic, sweeping survey of how America built a unique model of religious freedom, perhaps the nation’s “greatest invention.” Steven Waldman, the bestselling author of Founding Faith, shows how early ideas about religious liberty were tested and refined amidst the brutal persecution of Catholics, Baptists, Mormons, Quakers, African slaves, Native Americans, Muslims, Jews and Jehovah’s Witnesses. American leaders drove religious freedom forward--figures like James Madison, George Washington, the World War II presidents (Roosevelt, Truman, and Eisenhower) and even George W. Bush.  But the biggest heroes were the regular Americans – people like Mary Dyer, Marie Barnett and W.D. Mohammed -- who risked their lives or reputations by demanding to practice their faiths freely.  Just as the documentary Eyes on the Prize captured the rich drama of the civil rights movement, Sacred Liberty brings to life the remarkable story of how America became one of the few nations in world history that has religious freedom, diversity and high levels of piety at the same time. Finally, Sacred Liberty provides a roadmap for how, in the face of modern threats to religious freedom, this great achievement can be preserved.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355796Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Liberty: America's Long, Bloody, and Ongoing Struggle for Religious Freedom Author: Steven Waldman Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Liberty: America's Long, Bloody, and Ongoing Struggle for Religious Freedom Author: Steven Waldman Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sacred Liberty offers a dramatic, sweeping survey of how America built a unique model of religious freedom, perhaps the nation’s “greatest invention.” Steven Waldman, the bestselling author of Founding Faith, shows how early ideas about religious liberty were tested and refined amidst the brutal persecution of Catholics, Baptists, Mormons, Quakers, African slaves, Native Americans, Muslims, Jews and Jehovah’s Witnesses. American leaders drove religious freedom forward--figures like James Madison, George Washington, the World War II presidents (Roosevelt, Truman, and Eisenhower) and even George W. Bush.  But the biggest heroes were the regular Americans – people like Mary Dyer, Marie Barnett and W.D. Mohammed -- who risked their lives or reputations by demanding to practice their faiths freely.  Just as the documentary Eyes on the Prize captured the rich drama of the civil rights movement, Sacred Liberty brings to life the remarkable story of how America became one of the few nations in world history that has religious freedom, diversity and high levels of piety at the same time. Finally, Sacred Liberty provides a roadmap for how, in the face of modern threats to religious freedom, this great achievement can be preserved.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-owns-england-how-we-lost-our-green-and-pleasant-land-and-how-to-take-it-back-by-guy-shrubsole--65209309https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359728 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns England?: How We Lost Our Green and Pleasant Land, and How to Take It Back Author: Guy Shrubsole Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘A formidable, brave and important book’ Robert Macfarlane Who owns England? Behind this simple question lies this country’s oldest and best-kept secret. This is the history of how England’s elite came to own our land, and an inspiring manifesto for how to open up our countryside once more. This book has been a long time coming. Since 1086, in fact. For centuries, England’s elite have covered up how they got their hands on millions of acres of our land, by constructing walls, burying surveys and more recently, sheltering behind offshore shell companies. But with the dawn of digital mapping and the Freedom of Information Act, it’s becoming increasingly difficult for them to hide. Trespassing through tightly-guarded country estates, ecologically ravaged grouse moors and empty Mayfair mansions, writer and activist Guy Shrubsole has used these 21st century tools to uncover a wealth of never-before-seen information about the people who own our land, to create the most comprehensive map of land ownership in England that has ever been made public. From secret military islands to tunnels deep beneath London, Shrubsole unearths truths concealed since the Domesday Book about who is really in charge of this country – at a time when Brexit is meant to be returning sovereignty to the people. Melding history, politics and polemic, he vividly demonstrates how taking control of land ownership is key to tackling everything from the housing crisis to climate change – and even halting the erosion of our very democracy. It’s time to expose the truth about who owns England – and finally take back our green and pleasant land. *Guy's next book The Lie of the Land is out 12 September 2024*]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359728Thu, 02 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359728 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns England?: How We Lost Our Green and Pleasant Land, and How to Take It Back Author: Guy Shrubsole Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359728 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns England?: How We Lost Our Green and Pleasant Land, and How to Take It Back Author: Guy Shrubsole Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘A formidable, brave and important book’ Robert Macfarlane Who owns England? Behind this simple question lies this country’s oldest and best-kept secret. This is the history of how England’s elite came to own our land, and an inspiring manifesto for how to open up our countryside once more. This book has been a long time coming. Since 1086, in fact. For centuries, England’s elite have covered up how they got their hands on millions of acres of our land, by constructing walls, burying surveys and more recently, sheltering behind offshore shell companies. But with the dawn of digital mapping and the Freedom of Information Act, it’s becoming increasingly difficult for them to hide. Trespassing through tightly-guarded country estates, ecologically ravaged grouse moors and empty Mayfair mansions, writer and activist Guy Shrubsole has used these 21st century tools to uncover a wealth of never-before-seen information about the people who own our land, to create the most comprehensive map of land ownership in England that has ever been made public. From secret military islands to tunnels deep beneath London, Shrubsole unearths truths concealed since the Domesday Book about who is really in charge of this country – at a time when Brexit is meant to be returning sovereignty to the people. Melding history, politics and polemic, he vividly demonstrates how taking control of land ownership is key to tackling everything from the housing crisis to climate change – and even halting the erosion of our very democracy. It’s time to expose the truth about who owns England – and finally take back our green and pleasant land. *Guy's next book The Lie of the Land is out 12 September 2024*]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-global-age-europe-1950-2017-by-ian-kershaw--65209426https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global Age: Europe 1950-2017 Series: #9 of The Penguin History of Europe Author: Ian Kershaw Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The final chapter in the Penguin History of Europe series from the acclaimed scholar and author of To Hell and Back After the overwhelming horrors of the first half of the twentieth century, described by Ian Kershaw in his previous book as being 'to Hell and back,' the years from 1950 to 2017 brought peace and relative prosperity to most of Europe. Enormous economic improvements transformed the continent. The catastrophic era of the world wars receded into an ever more distant past, though its long shadow continued to shape mentalities. Yet Europe was now a divided continent, living under the nuclear threat in a period intermittently fraught with anxiety. There were, by most definitions, striking successes: the Soviet bloc melted away, dictatorships vanished, and Germany was successfully reunited. But accelerating globalization brought new fragilities. The interlocking crises after 2008 were the clearest warnings to Europeans that there was no guarantee of peace and stability, and, even today, the continent threatens further fracturing. In this remarkable book, Ian Kershaw has created a grand panorama of the world we live in and where it came from. Drawing on examples from all across Europe, The Global Age is an endlessly fascinating portrait of the recent past and present, and a cautious look into our future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348093Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global Age: Europe 1950-2017 Series: #9 of The Penguin History of Europe Author: Ian Kershaw Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global Age: Europe 1950-2017 Series: #9 of The Penguin History of Europe Author: Ian Kershaw Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The final chapter in the Penguin History of Europe series from the acclaimed scholar and author of To Hell and Back After the overwhelming horrors of the first half of the twentieth century, described by Ian Kershaw in his previous book as being 'to Hell and back,' the years from 1950 to 2017 brought peace and relative prosperity to most of Europe. Enormous economic improvements transformed the continent. The catastrophic era of the world wars receded into an ever more distant past, though its long shadow continued to shape mentalities. Yet Europe was now a divided continent, living under the nuclear threat in a period intermittently fraught with anxiety. There were, by most definitions, striking successes: the Soviet bloc melted away, dictatorships vanished, and Germany was successfully reunited. But accelerating globalization brought new fragilities. The interlocking crises after 2008 were the clearest warnings to Europeans that there was no guarantee of peace and stability, and, even today, the continent threatens further fracturing. In this remarkable book, Ian Kershaw has created a grand panorama of the world we live in and where it came from. Drawing on examples from all across Europe, The Global Age is an endlessly fascinating portrait of the recent past and present, and a cautious look into our future.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-father-left-me-ireland-an-american-son-s-search-for-home-by-michael-brendan-dougherty--65209353https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Father Left Me Ireland: An American Son's Search For Home Author: Michael Brendan Dougherty Narrator: Michael Brendan Dougherty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The perfect gift for parents this Father’s Day: a beautiful, gut-wrenching memoir of Irish identity, fatherhood, and what we owe to the past.   “A heartbreaking and redemptive book, written with courage and grace.” –J.D. Vance, author of Hillbilly Elegy “…a lovely little book.” –Ross Douthat, The New York Times The child of an Irish man and an Irish-American woman who split up before he was born, Michael Brendan Dougherty grew up with an acute sense of absence. He was raised in New Jersey by his hard-working single mother, who gave him a passion for Ireland, the land of her roots and the home of Michael's father. She put him to bed using little phrases in the Irish language, sang traditional songs, and filled their home with a romantic vision of a homeland over the horizon. Every few years, his father returned from Dublin for a visit, but those encounters were never long enough. Devastated by his father's departures, Michael eventually consoled himself by believing that fatherhood was best understood as a check in the mail. Wearied by the Irish kitsch of the 1990s, he began to reject his mother's Irish nationalism as a romantic myth. Years later, when Michael found out that he would soon be a father himself, he could no longer afford to be jaded; he would need to tell his daughter who she is and where she comes from. He immediately re-immersed himself in the biographies of firebrands like Patrick Pearse and studied the Irish language. And he decided to reconnect with the man who had left him behind, and the nation just over the horizon. He began writing letters to his father about what he remembered, missed, and longed for. Those letters would become this book. Along the way, Michael realized that his longings were shared by many Americans of every ethnicity and background. So many of us these days lack a clear sense of our cultural origins or even a vocabulary for expressing this lack--so we avoid talking about our roots altogether. As a result, the traditional sense of pride has started to feel foreign and dangerous; we've become great consumers of cultural kitsch, but useless conservators of our true history. In these deeply felt and fascinating letters, Dougherty goes beyond his family's story to share a fascinating meditation on the meaning of identity in America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347232Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Father Left Me Ireland: An American Son's Search For Home Author: Michael Brendan Dougherty Narrator: Michael Brendan Dougherty Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Father Left Me Ireland: An American Son's Search For Home Author: Michael Brendan Dougherty Narrator: Michael Brendan Dougherty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The perfect gift for parents this Father’s Day: a beautiful, gut-wrenching memoir of Irish identity, fatherhood, and what we owe to the past.   “A heartbreaking and redemptive book, written with courage and grace.” –J.D. Vance, author of Hillbilly Elegy “…a lovely little book.” –Ross Douthat, The New York Times The child of an Irish man and an Irish-American woman who split up before he was born, Michael Brendan Dougherty grew up with an acute sense of absence. He was raised in New Jersey by his hard-working single mother, who gave him a passion for Ireland, the land of her roots and the home of Michael's father. She put him to bed using little phrases in the Irish language, sang traditional songs, and filled their home with a romantic vision of a homeland over the horizon. Every few years, his father returned from Dublin for a visit, but those encounters were never long enough. Devastated by his father's departures, Michael eventually consoled himself by believing that fatherhood was best understood as a check in the mail. Wearied by the Irish kitsch of the 1990s, he began to reject his mother's Irish nationalism as a romantic myth. Years later, when Michael found out that he would soon be a father himself, he could no longer afford to be jaded; he would need to tell his daughter who she is and where she comes from. He immediately re-immersed himself in the biographies of firebrands like Patrick Pearse and studied the Irish language. And he decided to reconnect with the man who had left him behind, and the nation just over the horizon. He began writing letters to his father about what he remembered, missed, and longed for. Those letters would become this book. Along the way, Michael realized that his longings were shared by many Americans of every ethnicity and background. So many of us these days lack a clear sense of our cultural origins or even a vocabulary for expressing this lack--so we avoid talking about our roots altogether. As a result, the traditional sense of pride has started to feel foreign and dangerous; we've become great consumers of cultural kitsch, but useless conservators of our true history. In these deeply felt and fascinating letters, Dougherty goes beyond his family's story to share a fascinating meditation on the meaning of identity in America.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/white-by-bret-easton-ellis--65209369https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Author: Bret Easton Ellis Narrator: Bret Easton Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Own it, snowflakes: you've lost everything you claim to hold dear. White is Bret Easton Ellis's first work of nonfiction. Already the bad boy of American literature, from Less Than Zero to American Psycho, Ellis has also earned the wrath of right-thinking people everywhere with his provocations on social media, and here he escalates his admonishment of received truths as expressed by today's version of 'the left.' Eschewing convention, he embraces views that will make many in literary and media communities cringe, as he takes aim at the relentless anti-Trump fixation, coastal elites, corporate censorship, Hollywood, identity politics, Generation Wuss, 'woke' cultural watchdogs, the obfuscation of ideals once both cherished and clear, and the fugue state of American democracy. In a young century marked by hysterical correctness and obsessive fervency on both sides of an aisle that's taken on the scale of the Grand Canyon, White is a clarion call for freedom of speech and artistic freedom. 'The central tension in Ellis's art—or his life, for that matter—is that while [his] aesthetic is the cool reserve of his native California, detachment over ideology, he can't stop generating heat.... He's hard-wired to break furniture.'—Karen Heller, The Washington Post 'Sweating with rage . . . humming with paranoia.'—Anna Leszkiewicz, The Guardian 'Snowflakes on both coasts in withdrawal from Rachel Maddow's nightly Kremlinology lesson can purchase a whole book to inspire paroxysms of rage . . . a veritable thirst trap for the easily microaggressed. It's all here. Rants about Trump derangement syndrome; MSNBC; #MeToo; safe spaces.'—Bari Weiss, The New York Times Look for Bret Easton Ellis’s new novel, The Shards!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Author: Bret Easton Ellis Narrator: Bret Easton Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Author: Bret Easton Ellis Narrator: Bret Easton Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Own it, snowflakes: you've lost everything you claim to hold dear. White is Bret Easton Ellis's first work of nonfiction. Already the bad boy of American literature, from Less Than Zero to American Psycho, Ellis has also earned the wrath of right-thinking people everywhere with his provocations on social media, and here he escalates his admonishment of received truths as expressed by today's version of 'the left.' Eschewing convention, he embraces views that will make many in literary and media communities cringe, as he takes aim at the relentless anti-Trump fixation, coastal elites, corporate censorship, Hollywood, identity politics, Generation Wuss, 'woke' cultural watchdogs, the obfuscation of ideals once both cherished and clear, and the fugue state of American democracy. In a young century marked by hysterical correctness and obsessive fervency on both sides of an aisle that's taken on the scale of the Grand Canyon, White is a clarion call for freedom of speech and artistic freedom. 'The central tension in Ellis's art—or his life, for that matter—is that while [his] aesthetic is the cool reserve of his native California, detachment over ideology, he can't stop generating heat.... He's hard-wired to break furniture.'—Karen Heller, The Washington Post 'Sweating with rage . . . humming with paranoia.'—Anna Leszkiewicz, The Guardian 'Snowflakes on both coasts in withdrawal from Rachel Maddow's nightly Kremlinology lesson can purchase a whole book to inspire paroxysms of rage . . . a veritable thirst trap for the easily microaggressed. It's all here. Rants about Trump derangement syndrome; MSNBC; #MeToo; safe spaces.'—Bari Weiss, The New York Times Look for Bret Easton Ellis’s new novel, The Shards!]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-mighty-long-way-my-journey-to-justice-at-little-rock-central-high-school-by-lisa-frazier-page-carlotta-walls-lanier--65209336https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mighty Long Way: My Journey to Justice at Little Rock Central High School Author: Lisa Frazier Page, Carlotta Walls Lanier Narrator: Carlotta Walls Lanier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When fourteen-year-old Carlotta Walls walked up the stairs of Little Rock Central High School on September 25, 1957, she and eight other black students only wanted to make it to class. But the journey of the “Little Rock Nine,” as they came to be known, would lead the nation on an even longer and much more turbulent path, one that would challenge prevailing attitudes, break down barriers, and forever change the landscape of America. Descended from a line of proud black landowners and businessmen, Carlotta was raised to believe that education was the key to success. She embraced learning and excelled in her studies at the black schools she attended throughout the 1950s. With Brown v. Board of Education erasing the color divide in classrooms across the country, the teenager volunteered to be among the first black students–of whom she was the youngest–to integrate nearby Central High School, considered one of the nation’s best academic institutions. But for Carlotta and her eight comrades, simply getting through the door was the first of many trials. Angry mobs of white students and their parents hurled taunts, insults, and threats. Arkansas’s governor used the National Guard to bar the black students from entering the school. Finally, President Dwight D. Eisenhower was forced to send in the 101st Airborne to establish order and escort the Nine into the building. That was just the start of a heartbreaking three-year journey for Carlotta, who would see her home bombed, a crime for which her own father was a suspect and for which a friend of Carlotta’s was ultimately jailed–albeit wrongly, in Carlotta’s eyes. But she persevered to the victorious end: her graduation from Central. Breaking her silence at last and sharing her story for the first time, Carlotta Walls has written an inspiring, thoroughly engrossing memoir that is not only a testament to the power of one to make a difference but also of the sacrifices made by families and communities that found themselves a part of history. A Mighty Long Way shines a light on this watershed moment in civil rights history and shows that determination, fortitude, and the ability to change the world are not exclusive to a few special people but are inherent within us all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357096Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mighty Long Way: My Journey to Justice at Little Rock Central High School Author: Lisa Frazier Page, Carlotta Walls Lanier Narrator: Carlotta Walls...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mighty Long Way: My Journey to Justice at Little Rock Central High School Author: Lisa Frazier Page, Carlotta Walls Lanier Narrator: Carlotta Walls Lanier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When fourteen-year-old Carlotta Walls walked up the stairs of Little Rock Central High School on September 25, 1957, she and eight other black students only wanted to make it to class. But the journey of the “Little Rock Nine,” as they came to be known, would lead the nation on an even longer and much more turbulent path, one that would challenge prevailing attitudes, break down barriers, and forever change the landscape of America. Descended from a line of proud black landowners and businessmen, Carlotta was raised to believe that education was the key to success. She embraced learning and excelled in her studies at the black schools she attended throughout the 1950s. With Brown v. Board of Education erasing the color divide in classrooms across the country, the teenager volunteered to be among the first black students–of whom she was the youngest–to integrate nearby Central High School, considered one of the nation’s best academic institutions. But for Carlotta and her eight comrades, simply getting through the door was the first of many trials. Angry mobs of white students and their parents hurled taunts, insults, and threats. Arkansas’s governor used the National Guard to bar the black students from entering the school. Finally, President Dwight D. Eisenhower was forced to send in the 101st Airborne to establish order and escort the Nine into the building. That was just the start of a heartbreaking three-year journey for Carlotta, who would see her home bombed, a crime for which her own father was a suspect and for which a friend of Carlotta’s was ultimately jailed–albeit wrongly, in Carlotta’s eyes. But she persevered to the victorious end: her graduation from Central. Breaking her silence at last and sharing her story for the first time, Carlotta Walls has written an inspiring, thoroughly engrossing memoir that is not only a testament to the power of one to make a difference but also of the sacrifices made by families and communities that found themselves a part of history. A Mighty Long Way shines a light on this watershed moment in civil rights history and shows that determination, fortitude, and the ability to change the world are not exclusive to a few special people but are inherent within us all.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hill-to-die-on-the-battle-for-congress-and-the-future-of-trump-s-america-by-jake-sherman-anna-palmer--65209417https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355139 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hill to Die On: The Battle for Congress and the Future of Trump's America Author: Jake Sherman, Anna Palmer Narrator: Jake Sherman, Anna Palmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The inside story of Donald Trump’s first two years in Washington as viewed from Capitol Hill, a startling account that turns “Congress into a Game of Thrones book” (Trevor Noah, The Daily Show).   Taking readers into secret strategy calls and closed-door meetings from the House to the White House, Politico Playbook writers Jake Sherman and Anna Palmer trace the gamesmanship and the impulsiveness, the dealmaking and the backstabbing, in a blow-by-blow account of the power struggle that roiled Congress. Moving from the fights for advantage between Donald Trump, Nancy Pelosi, and Chuck Schumer; to Mitch McConnell’s merciless, Machiavellian handling of the sexual assault accusations against Supreme Court nominee Brett Kavanaugh; to Paul Ryan’s desperate, failed attempts to keep Mark Meadows from pushing Trump into a government shutdown over immigration, The Hill to Die On bristles with fresh news and tells the story of what really happened in some of the most defining moments our era. Like The West Wing for Congress, or Shattered meets This Town, The Hill to Die On tells an unforgettable story of politics and power, where the stakes going forward are nothing less than the future of America and the lives of millions of ordinary Americans. Praise for The Hill to Die On “[Sherman and Palmer] go deep inside the halls of Congress to document the deal making, backstabbing, power struggles and political knife fights that have roiled the nation’s capital during President Donald Trump’s first two years in office. . . . Anything but boring.”—USA Today, “5 Books Not to Miss” “[The Hill to Die On] painstakingly chronicles the return to divided government and the restoration of an institutional check on a mercurial chief executive. . . . The book depicts a foul-mouthed president in love with his own reflection, a House GOP encased in the amber of self-delusion, and Nancy Pelosi’s unblinking focus on twin prizes: recapturing the House and returning to the speaker’s chair.”—The Guardian “If you are one of the many Americans who hates Congress, this book is for you. In the Washington depicted in Jake Sherman and Anna Palmer’s new book, there are no heroes—only winners and losers. . . . With these lawmakers, Sherman and Palmer get inside their heads and capture what they’re thinking in real time.”—The Washington Post]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355139Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355139 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hill to Die On: The Battle for Congress and the Future of Trump's America Author: Jake Sherman, Anna Palmer Narrator: Jake Sherman, Anna Palmer...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355139 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hill to Die On: The Battle for Congress and the Future of Trump's America Author: Jake Sherman, Anna Palmer Narrator: Jake Sherman, Anna Palmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The inside story of Donald Trump’s first two years in Washington as viewed from Capitol Hill, a startling account that turns “Congress into a Game of Thrones book” (Trevor Noah, The Daily Show).   Taking readers into secret strategy calls and closed-door meetings from the House to the White House, Politico Playbook writers Jake Sherman and Anna Palmer trace the gamesmanship and the impulsiveness, the dealmaking and the backstabbing, in a blow-by-blow account of the power struggle that roiled Congress. Moving from the fights for advantage between Donald Trump, Nancy Pelosi, and Chuck Schumer; to Mitch McConnell’s merciless, Machiavellian handling of the sexual assault accusations against Supreme Court nominee Brett Kavanaugh; to Paul Ryan’s desperate, failed attempts to keep Mark Meadows from pushing Trump into a government shutdown over immigration, The Hill to Die On bristles with fresh news and tells the story of what really happened in some of the most defining moments our era. Like The West Wing for Congress, or Shattered meets This Town, The Hill to Die On tells an unforgettable story of politics and power, where the stakes going forward are nothing less than the future of America and the lives of millions of ordinary Americans. Praise for The Hill to Die On “[Sherman and Palmer] go deep inside the halls of Congress to document the deal making, backstabbing, power struggles and political knife fights that have roiled the nation’s capital during President Donald Trump’s first two years in office. . . . Anything but boring.”—USA Today, “5 Books Not to Miss” “[The Hill to Die On] painstakingly chronicles the return to divided government and the restoration of an institutional check on a mercurial chief executive. . . . The book depicts a foul-mouthed president in love with his own reflection, a House GOP encased in the amber of self-delusion, and Nancy Pelosi’s unblinking focus on twin prizes: recapturing the House and returning to the speaker’s chair.”—The Guardian “If you are one of the many Americans who hates Congress, this book is for you. In the Washington depicted in Jake Sherman and Anna Palmer’s new book, there are no heroes—only winners and losers. . . . With these lawmakers, Sherman and Palmer get inside their heads and capture what they’re thinking in real time.”—The Washington Post]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/accidental-presidents-eight-men-who-changed-america-by-jared-cohen--65209400https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accidental Presidents: Eight Men Who Changed America Author: Jared Cohen Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestselling “deep dive into the terms of eight former presidents is chock-full of political hijinks—and déjà vu” (Vanity Fair) and provides a fascinating look at the men who came to the office without being elected to it, showing how each affected the nation and world. The strength and prestige of the American presidency has waxed and waned since George Washington. Eight men have succeeded to the presidency when the incumbent died in office. In one way or another they vastly changed our history. Only Theodore Roosevelt would have been elected in his own right. Only TR, Truman, Coolidge, and LBJ were re-elected. John Tyler succeeded William Henry Harrison who died 30 days into his term. He was kicked out of his party and became the first president threatened with impeachment. Millard Fillmore succeeded esteemed General Zachary Taylor. He immediately sacked the entire cabinet and delayed an inevitable Civil War by standing with Henry Clay’s compromise of 1850. Andrew Johnson, who succeeded our greatest president, sided with remnants of the Confederacy in Reconstruction. Chester Arthur, the embodiment of the spoils system, was so reviled as James Garfield’s successor that he had to defend himself against plotting Garfield’s assassination; but he reformed the civil service. Theodore Roosevelt broke up the trusts. Calvin Coolidge silently cooled down the Harding scandals and preserved the White House for the Republican Herbert Hoover and the Great Depression. Harry Truman surprised everybody when he succeeded the great FDR and proved an able and accomplished president. Lyndon B. Johnson was named to deliver Texas electorally. He led the nation forward on Civil Rights but failed on Vietnam. Accidental Presidents shows that “history unfolds in death as well as in life” (The Wall Street Journal) and adds immeasurably to our understanding of the power and limits of the American presidency in critical times.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350733Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accidental Presidents: Eight Men Who Changed America Author: Jared Cohen Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 59...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accidental Presidents: Eight Men Who Changed America Author: Jared Cohen Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestselling “deep dive into the terms of eight former presidents is chock-full of political hijinks—and déjà vu” (Vanity Fair) and provides a fascinating look at the men who came to the office without being elected to it, showing how each affected the nation and world. The strength and prestige of the American presidency has waxed and waned since George Washington. Eight men have succeeded to the presidency when the incumbent died in office. In one way or another they vastly changed our history. Only Theodore Roosevelt would have been elected in his own right. Only TR, Truman, Coolidge, and LBJ were re-elected. John Tyler succeeded William Henry Harrison who died 30 days into his term. He was kicked out of his party and became the first president threatened with impeachment. Millard Fillmore succeeded esteemed General Zachary Taylor. He immediately sacked the entire cabinet and delayed an inevitable Civil War by standing with Henry Clay’s compromise of 1850. Andrew Johnson, who succeeded our greatest president, sided with remnants of the Confederacy in Reconstruction. Chester Arthur, the embodiment of the spoils system, was so reviled as James Garfield’s successor that he had to defend himself against plotting Garfield’s assassination; but he reformed the civil service. Theodore Roosevelt broke up the trusts. Calvin Coolidge silently cooled down the Harding scandals and preserved the White House for the Republican Herbert Hoover and the Great Depression. Harry Truman surprised everybody when he succeeded the great FDR and proved an able and accomplished president. Lyndon B. Johnson was named to deliver Texas electorally. He led the nation forward on Civil Rights but failed on Vietnam. Accidental Presidents shows that “history unfolds in death as well as in life” (The Wall Street Journal) and adds immeasurably to our understanding of the power and limits of the American presidency in critical times.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/small-is-beautiful-a-study-of-economics-as-if-people-mattered-by-e-f-schumacher--65209311https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered Author: E F Schumacher Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Small is Beautiful by E F Schumacher. How does our economic system impact the way we live? Does it really affect what we truly care about? Oxford economist E. F. Schumacher provides an enlightening study of our economic system and its purpose, challenging the current state of excessive consumption in our society. Offering a crucial message for the modern world struggling to balance economic growth with the human costs of globalisation, Small Is Beautiful puts forward the revolutionary yet viable case for building our economies around the needs of communities, not corporations. ‘One of the 100 most influential books published since World War II’ The Times Literary Supplement]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360381Thu, 04 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered Author: E F Schumacher Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered Author: E F Schumacher Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Small is Beautiful by E F Schumacher. How does our economic system impact the way we live? Does it really affect what we truly care about? Oxford economist E. F. Schumacher provides an enlightening study of our economic system and its purpose, challenging the current state of excessive consumption in our society. Offering a crucial message for the modern world struggling to balance economic growth with the human costs of globalisation, Small Is Beautiful puts forward the revolutionary yet viable case for building our economies around the needs of communities, not corporations. ‘One of the 100 most influential books published since World War II’ The Times Literary Supplement]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/villains-of-all-nations-atlantic-pirates-in-the-golden-age-by-marcus-rediker--65209384https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Villains of All Nations: Atlantic Pirates in the Golden Age Author: Marcus Rediker Narrator: Cornell Womack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Villains of All Nations explores the 'Golden Age' of Atlantic piracy (1716-1726) and the infamous generation whose images underlie our modern, romanticized view of pirates. Rediker introduces us to the dreaded black flag, the Jolly Roger; swashbuckling figures such as Edward Teach, better known as Blackbeard; and the unnamed, unlimbed pirate who was likely Robert Louis Stevenson's model for Long John Silver in Treasure Island. This history shows from the bottom up how sailors emerged from deadly working conditions on merchant and naval ships, turned pirate, and created a starkly different reality aboard their own ships, electing their officers, dividing their booty equitably, and maintaining a multinational social order. The real lives of this motley crew-which included cross-dressing women, people of color, and the'outcasts of all nations'-are far more compelling than contemporary myth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Villains of All Nations: Atlantic Pirates in the Golden Age Author: Marcus Rediker Narrator: Cornell Womack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355101 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Villains of All Nations: Atlantic Pirates in the Golden Age Author: Marcus Rediker Narrator: Cornell Womack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Villains of All Nations explores the 'Golden Age' of Atlantic piracy (1716-1726) and the infamous generation whose images underlie our modern, romanticized view of pirates. Rediker introduces us to the dreaded black flag, the Jolly Roger; swashbuckling figures such as Edward Teach, better known as Blackbeard; and the unnamed, unlimbed pirate who was likely Robert Louis Stevenson's model for Long John Silver in Treasure Island. This history shows from the bottom up how sailors emerged from deadly working conditions on merchant and naval ships, turned pirate, and created a starkly different reality aboard their own ships, electing their officers, dividing their booty equitably, and maintaining a multinational social order. The real lives of this motley crew-which included cross-dressing women, people of color, and the'outcasts of all nations'-are far more compelling than contemporary myth.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-silk-roads-the-present-and-future-of-the-world-by-peter-frankopan--65209350https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359206 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Silk Roads: The Present and Future of the World Author: Peter Frankopan Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Silk Roads comes an updated, timely, and visionary book about the dramatic and profound changes our world is undergoing right now—as seen from the perspective of the rising powers of the East.   'All roads used to lead to Rome. Today they lead to Beijing.' So argues Peter Frankopan in this revelatory new book. In the age of Brexit and Trump, the West is buffeted by the tides of isolationism and fragmentation. Yet to the East, this is a moment of optimism as a new network of relationships takes shape along the ancient trade routes. In The New Silk Roads, Peter Frankopan takes us on an eye-opening journey through the region, from China's breathtaking infrastructure investments to the flood of trade deals among Central Asian republics to the growing rapprochement between Turkey and Russia. This important book asks us to put aside our preconceptions and see the world from a new—and ultimately hopeful—perspective.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359206Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359206 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Silk Roads: The Present and Future of the World Author: Peter Frankopan Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359206 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Silk Roads: The Present and Future of the World Author: Peter Frankopan Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Silk Roads comes an updated, timely, and visionary book about the dramatic and profound changes our world is undergoing right now—as seen from the perspective of the rising powers of the East.   'All roads used to lead to Rome. Today they lead to Beijing.' So argues Peter Frankopan in this revelatory new book. In the age of Brexit and Trump, the West is buffeted by the tides of isolationism and fragmentation. Yet to the East, this is a moment of optimism as a new network of relationships takes shape along the ancient trade routes. In The New Silk Roads, Peter Frankopan takes us on an eye-opening journey through the region, from China's breathtaking infrastructure investments to the flood of trade deals among Central Asian republics to the growing rapprochement between Turkey and Russia. This important book asks us to put aside our preconceptions and see the world from a new—and ultimately hopeful—perspective.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-a-woman-a-bbc-radio-4-dramatisation-by-caitlin-moran--65209391https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be A Woman: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dramatisation of Caitlin Moran's bestseller, the book that brought feminism into the mainstream again. Adapted and narrated by Caitlin Moran, this brand new radio adaptation intersperses dramatised scenes from Moran's life (from her teenage years in a crowded council house in Wolverhampton, to setting out as a music journalist, to getting married and having children) with her thoughts on subjects that range from the necessity of big knickers, to the experience of giving birth and having an abortion. Provocative, controversial and very funny - this book is the gateway drug to the feminist resurgence. Produced by Mary Peate]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195Thu, 21 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be A Woman: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be A Woman: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dramatisation of Caitlin Moran's bestseller, the book that brought feminism into the mainstream again. Adapted and narrated by Caitlin Moran, this brand new radio adaptation intersperses dramatised scenes from Moran's life (from her teenage years in a crowded council house in Wolverhampton, to setting out as a music journalist, to getting married and having children) with her thoughts on subjects that range from the necessity of big knickers, to the experience of giving birth and having an abortion. Provocative, controversial and very funny - this book is the gateway drug to the feminist resurgence. Produced by Mary Peate]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-sandra-day-o-connor-by-evan-thomas--65209458https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First: Sandra Day O'Connor Author: Evan Thomas Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The intimate, inspiring, and authoritative biography of Sandra Day O’Connor, America’s first female Supreme Court justice, drawing on exclusive interviews and first-time access to Justice O’Connor’s archives—as seen on PBS’s American Experience “She’s a hero for our time, and this is the biography for our time.”—Walter Isaacson Finalist for the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by NPR and The Washington Post She was born in 1930 in El Paso and grew up on a cattle ranch in Arizona. At a time when women were expected to be homemakers, she set her sights on Stanford University. When she graduated near the top of her law school class in 1952, no firm would even interview her. But Sandra Day O’Connor’s story is that of a woman who repeatedly shattered glass ceilings—doing so with a blend of grace, wisdom, humor, understatement, and cowgirl toughness. She became the first ever female majority leader of a state senate. As a judge on the Arizona Court of Appeals, she stood up to corrupt lawyers and humanized the law. When she arrived at the United States Supreme Court, appointed by President Ronald Reagan in 1981, she began a quarter-century tenure on the Court, hearing cases that ultimately shaped American law. Diagnosed with cancer at fifty-eight, and caring for a husband with Alzheimer’s, O’Connor endured every difficulty with grit and poise. Women and men who want to be leaders and be first in their own lives—who want to learn when to walk away and when to stand their ground—will be inspired by O’Connor’s example. This is a remarkably vivid and personal portrait of a woman who loved her family, who believed in serving her country, and who, when she became the most powerful woman in America, built a bridge forward for all women. Praise for First “Cinematic . . . poignant . . . illuminating and eminently readable . . . First gives us a real sense of Sandra Day O’Connor the human being. . . . Thomas gives O’Connor the credit she deserves.”—The Washington Post “[A] fascinating and revelatory biography . . . a richly detailed picture of [O’Connor’s] personal and professional life . . . Evan Thomas’s book is not just a biography of a remarkable woman, but an elegy for a worldview that, in law as well as politics, has disappeared from the nation’s main stages.”—The New York Times Book Review]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346860Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First: Sandra Day O'Connor Author: Evan Thomas Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: March...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First: Sandra Day O'Connor Author: Evan Thomas Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The intimate, inspiring, and authoritative biography of Sandra Day O’Connor, America’s first female Supreme Court justice, drawing on exclusive interviews and first-time access to Justice O’Connor’s archives—as seen on PBS’s American Experience “She’s a hero for our time, and this is the biography for our time.”—Walter Isaacson Finalist for the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by NPR and The Washington Post She was born in 1930 in El Paso and grew up on a cattle ranch in Arizona. At a time when women were expected to be homemakers, she set her sights on Stanford University. When she graduated near the top of her law school class in 1952, no firm would even interview her. But Sandra Day O’Connor’s story is that of a woman who repeatedly shattered glass ceilings—doing so with a blend of grace, wisdom, humor, understatement, and cowgirl toughness. She became the first ever female majority leader of a state senate. As a judge on the Arizona Court of Appeals, she stood up to corrupt lawyers and humanized the law. When she arrived at the United States Supreme Court, appointed by President Ronald Reagan in 1981, she began a quarter-century tenure on the Court, hearing cases that ultimately shaped American law. Diagnosed with cancer at fifty-eight, and caring for a husband with Alzheimer’s, O’Connor endured every difficulty with grit and poise. Women and men who want to be leaders and be first in their own lives—who want to learn when to walk away and when to stand their ground—will be inspired by O’Connor’s example. This is a remarkably vivid and personal portrait of a woman who loved her family, who believed in serving her country, and who, when she became the most powerful woman in America, built a bridge forward for all women. Praise for First “Cinematic . . . poignant . . . illuminating and eminently readable . . . First gives us a real sense of Sandra Day O’Connor the human being. . . . Thomas gives O’Connor the credit she deserves.”—The Washington Post “[A] fascinating and revelatory biography . . . a richly detailed picture of [O’Connor’s] personal and professional life . . . Evan Thomas’s book is not just a biography of a remarkable woman, but an elegy for a worldview that, in law as well as politics, has disappeared from the nation’s main stages.”—The New York Times Book Review]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/truth-in-our-times-inside-the-fight-for-press-freedom-in-the-age-of-alternative-facts-by-david-e-mccraw--65209476https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth in Our Times: Inside the Fight for Press Freedom in the Age of Alternative Facts Author: David E. Mccraw Narrator: David E. Mccraw, Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “[Truth in Our Times] is spirited and hopeful and even, at times, lighthearted. It is, in a way, a love letter to the First Amendment.' — The New York Times Book Review This program includes an introduction read by the author. David E. McCraw recounts his experiences as the top newsroom lawyer for the New York Times during the most turbulent era for journalism in generations. In October 2016, when Donald Trump's lawyer demanded that The New York Times retract an article focused on two women that accused Trump of touching them inappropriately, David McCraw's scathing letter of refusal went viral and he became a hero of press freedom everywhere. But as you'll see in Truth in Our Times, for the top newsroom lawyer at the paper of record, it was just another day at the office. McCraw has worked at the Times since 2002, leading the paper's fight for freedom of information, defending it against libel suits, and providing legal counsel to the reporters breaking the biggest stories of the year. In short: if you've read a controversial story in the paper since the Bush administration, it went across his desk first. From Chelsea Manning's leaks to Trump's tax returns, McCraw is at the center of the paper's decisions about what news is fit to print. In Truth in Our Times, McCraw recounts the hard legal decisions behind the most impactful stories of the last decade with candor and style. The audiobook is simultaneously a rare peek behind the curtain of the celebrated organization, a love letter to freedom of the press, and a decisive rebuttal of Trump's fake news slur through a series of hard cases. It is an absolute must-have for any dedicated fan of The New York Times.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348210Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth in Our Times: Inside the Fight for Press Freedom in the Age of Alternative Facts Author: David E. Mccraw Narrator: David E. Mccraw, Stephen...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth in Our Times: Inside the Fight for Press Freedom in the Age of Alternative Facts Author: David E. Mccraw Narrator: David E. Mccraw, Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “[Truth in Our Times] is spirited and hopeful and even, at times, lighthearted. It is, in a way, a love letter to the First Amendment.' — The New York Times Book Review This program includes an introduction read by the author. David E. McCraw recounts his experiences as the top newsroom lawyer for the New York Times during the most turbulent era for journalism in generations. In October 2016, when Donald Trump's lawyer demanded that The New York Times retract an article focused on two women that accused Trump of touching them inappropriately, David McCraw's scathing letter of refusal went viral and he became a hero of press freedom everywhere. But as you'll see in Truth in Our Times, for the top newsroom lawyer at the paper of record, it was just another day at the office. McCraw has worked at the Times since 2002, leading the paper's fight for freedom of information, defending it against libel suits, and providing legal counsel to the reporters breaking the biggest stories of the year. In short: if you've read a controversial story in the paper since the Bush administration, it went across his desk first. From Chelsea Manning's leaks to Trump's tax returns, McCraw is at the center of the paper's decisions about what news is fit to print. In Truth in Our Times, McCraw recounts the hard legal decisions behind the most impactful stories of the last decade with candor and style. The audiobook is simultaneously a rare peek behind the curtain of the celebrated organization, a love letter to freedom of the press, and a decisive rebuttal of Trump's fake news slur through a series of hard cases. It is an absolute must-have for any dedicated fan of The New York Times.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/love-your-enemies-how-decent-people-can-save-america-from-the-culture-of-contempt-by-arthur-c-brooks--65209462https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Your Enemies: How Decent People Can Save America from the Culture of Contempt Author: Arthur C. Brooks Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: To get ahead today, you have to be a jerk, right? Divisive politicians. Screaming heads on television. Angry campus activists. Twitter trolls. Today in America, there is an “outrage industrial complex” that prospers by setting American against American. Meanwhile, one in six Americans have stopped talking to close friends and family members over politics. Millions are organizing their social lives and curating their news and information to avoid hearing viewpoints differing from their own. Ideological polarization is at higher levels than at any time since the Civil War. America has developed a “culture of contempt”—a habit of seeing people who disagree with us not as merely incorrect or misguided, but as worthless. Maybe you dislike it—more than nine out of ten Americans say they are tired of how divided we have become as a country. But hey, either you play along, or you’ll be left behind, right? Wrong. In Love Your Enemies, New York Times bestselling author and social scientist Arthur C. Brooks shows that treating others with contempt and out-outraging the other side is not a formula for lasting success. Blending cutting-edge behavioral research, ancient wisdom, and a decade of experience leading one of America’s top policy think tanks, Love Your Enemies offers a new way to lead based not on attacking others, but on bridging national divides and mending personal relationships. Brooks’ prescriptions are unconventional. To bring America together, he argues, we shouldn’t try to agree more. There is no need for mushy moderation, because disagreement is the secret to excellence. Civility and tolerance shouldn’t be our goals, because they are hopelessly low standards. And our feelings toward our foes are irrelevant; what matters is how we choose to act. Love Your Enemies is not just a guide to being a better person. It offers a clear strategy for victory for a new generation of leaders. It is a rallying cry for people hoping for a new era of American progress. And most of all, it is a roadmap to arrive at the happiness that comes when we choose to love one another, despite our differences.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347504Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Your Enemies: How Decent People Can Save America from the Culture of Contempt Author: Arthur C. Brooks Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Your Enemies: How Decent People Can Save America from the Culture of Contempt Author: Arthur C. Brooks Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: To get ahead today, you have to be a jerk, right? Divisive politicians. Screaming heads on television. Angry campus activists. Twitter trolls. Today in America, there is an “outrage industrial complex” that prospers by setting American against American. Meanwhile, one in six Americans have stopped talking to close friends and family members over politics. Millions are organizing their social lives and curating their news and information to avoid hearing viewpoints differing from their own. Ideological polarization is at higher levels than at any time since the Civil War. America has developed a “culture of contempt”—a habit of seeing people who disagree with us not as merely incorrect or misguided, but as worthless. Maybe you dislike it—more than nine out of ten Americans say they are tired of how divided we have become as a country. But hey, either you play along, or you’ll be left behind, right? Wrong. In Love Your Enemies, New York Times bestselling author and social scientist Arthur C. Brooks shows that treating others with contempt and out-outraging the other side is not a formula for lasting success. Blending cutting-edge behavioral research, ancient wisdom, and a decade of experience leading one of America’s top policy think tanks, Love Your Enemies offers a new way to lead based not on attacking others, but on bridging national divides and mending personal relationships. Brooks’ prescriptions are unconventional. To bring America together, he argues, we shouldn’t try to agree more. There is no need for mushy moderation, because disagreement is the secret to excellence. Civility and tolerance shouldn’t be our goals, because they are hopelessly low standards. And our feelings toward our foes are irrelevant; what matters is how we choose to act. Love Your Enemies is not just a guide to being a better person. It offers a clear strategy for victory for a new generation of leaders. It is a rallying cry for people hoping for a new era of American progress. And most of all, it is a roadmap to arrive at the happiness that comes when we choose to love one another, despite our differences.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-back-channel-a-memoir-of-american-diplomacy-and-the-case-for-its-renewal-by-william-j-burns--65209424https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Back Channel: A Memoir of American Diplomacy and the Case for Its Renewal Author: William J. Burns Narrator: William J. Burns, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A masterful diplomatic memoir” (The Washington Post) from CIA director and career ambassador William J. Burns, from his service under five presidents to his personal encounters with Vladimir Putin and other world leaders—an impassioned argument for the enduring value of diplomacy in an increasingly volatile world. Over the course of more than three decades as an American diplomat, William J. Burns played a central role in the most consequential diplomatic episodes of his time—from the bloodless end of the Cold War to the collapse of post–Cold War relations with Putin’s Russia, from post–9/11 tumult in Afghanistan, Iraq, and the Middle East to the secret nuclear talks with Iran. In The Back Channel, Burns recounts, with novelistic detail and incisive analysis, some of the seminal moments of his career. Drawing on a trove of newly declassified cables and memos, he gives readers a rare inside look at American diplomacy in action. His dispatches from war-torn Chechnya and Qaddafi’s bizarre camp in the Libyan desert and his warnings of the “Perfect Storm” that would be unleashed by the Iraq War will reshape our understanding of history—and inform the policy debates of the future. Burns sketches the contours of effective American leadership in a world that resembles neither the zero-sum Cold War contest of his early years as a diplomat nor the “unipolar moment” of American primacy that followed. Ultimately, The Back Channel is an eloquent, deeply informed, and timely story of a life spent in service of American interests abroad. It is also a powerful reminder, in a time of great turmoil, of the enduring importance of diplomacy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347246Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Back Channel: A Memoir of American Diplomacy and the Case for Its Renewal Author: William J. Burns Narrator: William J. Burns, Mark Bramhall...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Back Channel: A Memoir of American Diplomacy and the Case for Its Renewal Author: William J. Burns Narrator: William J. Burns, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A masterful diplomatic memoir” (The Washington Post) from CIA director and career ambassador William J. Burns, from his service under five presidents to his personal encounters with Vladimir Putin and other world leaders—an impassioned argument for the enduring value of diplomacy in an increasingly volatile world. Over the course of more than three decades as an American diplomat, William J. Burns played a central role in the most consequential diplomatic episodes of his time—from the bloodless end of the Cold War to the collapse of post–Cold War relations with Putin’s Russia, from post–9/11 tumult in Afghanistan, Iraq, and the Middle East to the secret nuclear talks with Iran. In The Back Channel, Burns recounts, with novelistic detail and incisive analysis, some of the seminal moments of his career. Drawing on a trove of newly declassified cables and memos, he gives readers a rare inside look at American diplomacy in action. His dispatches from war-torn Chechnya and Qaddafi’s bizarre camp in the Libyan desert and his warnings of the “Perfect Storm” that would be unleashed by the Iraq War will reshape our understanding of history—and inform the policy debates of the future. Burns sketches the contours of effective American leadership in a world that resembles neither the zero-sum Cold War contest of his early years as a diplomat nor the “unipolar moment” of American primacy that followed. Ultimately, The Back Channel is an eloquent, deeply informed, and timely story of a life spent in service of American interests abroad. It is also a powerful reminder, in a time of great turmoil, of the enduring importance of diplomacy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-the-myth-from-the-frontier-to-the-border-wall-in-the-mind-of-america-by-greg-grandin--65209473https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348197 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of the Myth: From the Frontier to the Border Wall in the Mind of America Author: Greg Grandin Narrator: Eric Pollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE FOR GENERAL NONFICTION* From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a new and eye-opening interpretation of the meaning of the frontier, from early westward expansion to Trump’s border wall. Ever since this nation’s inception, the idea of an open and ever-expanding frontier has been central to American identity. Symbolizing a future of endless promise, it was the foundation of the United States’ belief in itself as an exceptional nation—democratic, individualistic, forward-looking. Today, though, America has a new symbol: the border wall. In The End of the Myth, acclaimed historian Greg Grandin explores the meaning of the frontier throughout the full sweep of U.S. history—from the American Revolution to the War of 1898, the New Deal to the election of 2016. For centuries, he shows, America’s constant expansion—fighting wars and opening markets—served as a “gate of escape,” helping to deflect domestic political and economic conflicts outward. But this deflection meant that the country’s problems, from racism to inequality, were never confronted directly. And now, the combined catastrophe of the 2008 financial meltdown and our unwinnable wars in the Middle East have slammed this gate shut, bringing political passions that had long been directed elsewhere back home. It is this new reality, Grandin says, that explains the rise of reactionary populism and racist nationalism, the extreme anger and polarization that catapulted Trump to the presidency. The border wall may or may not be built, but it will survive as a rallying point, an allegorical tombstone marking the end of American exceptionalism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348197Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348197 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of the Myth: From the Frontier to the Border Wall in the Mind of America Author: Greg Grandin Narrator: Eric Pollins Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348197 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of the Myth: From the Frontier to the Border Wall in the Mind of America Author: Greg Grandin Narrator: Eric Pollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE FOR GENERAL NONFICTION* From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a new and eye-opening interpretation of the meaning of the frontier, from early westward expansion to Trump’s border wall. Ever since this nation’s inception, the idea of an open and ever-expanding frontier has been central to American identity. Symbolizing a future of endless promise, it was the foundation of the United States’ belief in itself as an exceptional nation—democratic, individualistic, forward-looking. Today, though, America has a new symbol: the border wall. In The End of the Myth, acclaimed historian Greg Grandin explores the meaning of the frontier throughout the full sweep of U.S. history—from the American Revolution to the War of 1898, the New Deal to the election of 2016. For centuries, he shows, America’s constant expansion—fighting wars and opening markets—served as a “gate of escape,” helping to deflect domestic political and economic conflicts outward. But this deflection meant that the country’s problems, from racism to inequality, were never confronted directly. And now, the combined catastrophe of the 2008 financial meltdown and our unwinnable wars in the Middle East have slammed this gate shut, bringing political passions that had long been directed elsewhere back home. It is this new reality, Grandin says, that explains the rise of reactionary populism and racist nationalism, the extreme anger and polarization that catapulted Trump to the presidency. The border wall may or may not be built, but it will survive as a rallying point, an allegorical tombstone marking the end of American exceptionalism.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/era-of-ignition-coming-of-age-in-a-time-of-rage-and-revolution-by-amber-tamblyn--65209387https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Era of Ignition: Coming of Age in a Time of Rage and Revolution Author: Amber Tamblyn Narrator: Airea D. Matthews, Meredith Talusan, Amber Tamblyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A passionate and deeply personal exploration of feminism during divisive times from one of the founders of Time’s Up: actor, filmmaker, and activist Amber Tamblyn. “A work of personal upheaval and political reckoning.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad   Amber Tamblyn has emerged as an outspoken advocate for women’s rights. But she wasn’t always so bold and self-possessed. In her late twenties, after a particularly low period fueled by rejection and disillusionment, she grabbed hold of her own destiny and entered into what she calls an Era of Ignition—a time of self-reflection that follows in the wake of personal upheaval and leads us to challenge the status quo. In the process of undergoing this metamorphosis, she realized that our country is going through an Era of Ignition of its own, and she set about agitating for change by initiating a dialogue about gender inequality.   In this deeply personal exploration of modern feminism, she addresses misogyny and discrimination, reproductive rights and sexual assault, white feminism and pay parity—all through the lens of her own experiences as well as those of her Sisters in Solidarity. At once an intimate meditation and a public reckoning, Era of Ignition is a galvanizing feminist manifesto that is required reading for anyone who wants to help change the world for the better.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Era of Ignition: Coming of Age in a Time of Rage and Revolution Author: Amber Tamblyn Narrator: Airea D. Matthews, Meredith Talusan, Amber Tamblyn...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Era of Ignition: Coming of Age in a Time of Rage and Revolution Author: Amber Tamblyn Narrator: Airea D. Matthews, Meredith Talusan, Amber Tamblyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A passionate and deeply personal exploration of feminism during divisive times from one of the founders of Time’s Up: actor, filmmaker, and activist Amber Tamblyn. “A work of personal upheaval and political reckoning.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad   Amber Tamblyn has emerged as an outspoken advocate for women’s rights. But she wasn’t always so bold and self-possessed. In her late twenties, after a particularly low period fueled by rejection and disillusionment, she grabbed hold of her own destiny and entered into what she calls an Era of Ignition—a time of self-reflection that follows in the wake of personal upheaval and leads us to challenge the status quo. In the process of undergoing this metamorphosis, she realized that our country is going through an Era of Ignition of its own, and she set about agitating for change by initiating a dialogue about gender inequality.   In this deeply personal exploration of modern feminism, she addresses misogyny and discrimination, reproductive rights and sexual assault, white feminism and pay parity—all through the lens of her own experiences as well as those of her Sisters in Solidarity. At once an intimate meditation and a public reckoning, Era of Ignition is a galvanizing feminist manifesto that is required reading for anyone who wants to help change the world for the better.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/radical-transformational-leadership-strategic-action-for-change-agents-by-monica-sharma--65209345https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Transformational Leadership: Strategic Action for Change Agents Author: Monica Sharma Narrator: Robert Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Monica Sharma describes how we can source our inner capacities and wisdom to manifest change that embodies universal values such as dignity, compassion, fairness, and courage. Drawing on more than twenty years of work for the United Nations and elsewhere, she presents a radical new approach to transformational leadership, one that creates systems of change where everyone can engage—not just analysts and policy-makers. Demonstrating that we all can be architects of a new humanity, Monica demystifies policy-making, planning, and implementation so that everyone can play an informed and strategic part in eradicating the world’s most intractable problems. Using real-life examples from around the world, she shows how our innate characteristics of universal compassion, equity impulse, and human capability can create new patterns that effectively address major challenges such as gross inequality, unbridled hate, conflicts based on social identity, and the never-enough mindset of greed. Written in a straightforward, accessible style, Radical Transformational Leadership outlines a path-breaking paradigm shift that is already generating equitable and sustainable results across the globe. Winner of the Nautilus Gold Award for Business and Leadership]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Transformational Leadership: Strategic Action for Change Agents Author: Monica Sharma Narrator: Robert Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Transformational Leadership: Strategic Action for Change Agents Author: Monica Sharma Narrator: Robert Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Monica Sharma describes how we can source our inner capacities and wisdom to manifest change that embodies universal values such as dignity, compassion, fairness, and courage. Drawing on more than twenty years of work for the United Nations and elsewhere, she presents a radical new approach to transformational leadership, one that creates systems of change where everyone can engage—not just analysts and policy-makers. Demonstrating that we all can be architects of a new humanity, Monica demystifies policy-making, planning, and implementation so that everyone can play an informed and strategic part in eradicating the world’s most intractable problems. Using real-life examples from around the world, she shows how our innate characteristics of universal compassion, equity impulse, and human capability can create new patterns that effectively address major challenges such as gross inequality, unbridled hate, conflicts based on social identity, and the never-enough mindset of greed. Written in a straightforward, accessible style, Radical Transformational Leadership outlines a path-breaking paradigm shift that is already generating equitable and sustainable results across the globe. Winner of the Nautilus Gold Award for Business and Leadership]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-mouth-full-of-blood-essays-speeches-meditations-by-toni-morrison--65209331https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mouth Full of Blood: Essays, Speeches, Meditations Author: Toni Morrison Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Mouth Full of Blood by Toni Morrison, read by Bahni Turpin. A vital new non-fiction collection from one of the most celebrated and revered writers of our time ‘Word-work is sublime, she thinks, because it is generative; it makes meaning that secures our difference, our human difference—the way in which we are like no other life. We die. That may be the meaning of life. But we do language. That may be the measure of our lives.’ The Nobel Lecture in Literature, 1993 Spanning four decades, these essays, speeches and meditations interrogate the world around us. They are concerned with race, gender and globalisation. The sweep of American history and the current state of politics. The duty of the press and the role of the artist. Throughout A Mouth Full of Blood our search for truth, moral integrity and expertise is met by Toni Morrison with controlled anger, elegance and literary excellence. The collection is structured in three parts and these are heart-stoppingly introduced by a prayer for the dead of 9/11, a meditation on Martin Luther King and a eulogy for James Baldwin. Morrison’s Nobel lecture, on the power of language, is accompanied by lectures to Amnesty International and the Newspaper Association of America. She speaks to graduating students and visitors to both the Louvre and America’s Black Holocaust Museum. She revisits The Bluest Eye, Sula and Beloved; reassessing the novels that have become touchstones for generations of readers. A Mouth Full of Blood is a powerful, erudite and essential gathering of ideas that speaks to us all. ‘To what do we pay greatest allegiance? Family, language group, culture, country, gender? Religion, race? And, if none of these matter, are we urbane, cosmopolitan or simply lonely? In other words, how do we decide where we belong? What convinces us that we do?’ The Alexander Lecture series, 2002]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359026Thu, 21 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mouth Full of Blood: Essays, Speeches, Meditations Author: Toni Morrison Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mouth Full of Blood: Essays, Speeches, Meditations Author: Toni Morrison Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Mouth Full of Blood by Toni Morrison, read by Bahni Turpin. A vital new non-fiction collection from one of the most celebrated and revered writers of our time ‘Word-work is sublime, she thinks, because it is generative; it makes meaning that secures our difference, our human difference—the way in which we are like no other life. We die. That may be the meaning of life. But we do language. That may be the measure of our lives.’ The Nobel Lecture in Literature, 1993 Spanning four decades, these essays, speeches and meditations interrogate the world around us. They are concerned with race, gender and globalisation. The sweep of American history and the current state of politics. The duty of the press and the role of the artist. Throughout A Mouth Full of Blood our search for truth, moral integrity and expertise is met by Toni Morrison with controlled anger, elegance and literary excellence. The collection is structured in three parts and these are heart-stoppingly introduced by a prayer for the dead of 9/11, a meditation on Martin Luther King and a eulogy for James Baldwin. Morrison’s Nobel lecture, on the power of language, is accompanied by lectures to Amnesty International and the Newspaper Association of America. She speaks to graduating students and visitors to both the Louvre and America’s Black Holocaust Museum. She revisits The Bluest Eye, Sula and Beloved; reassessing the novels that have become touchstones for generations of readers. A Mouth Full of Blood is a powerful, erudite and essential gathering of ideas that speaks to us all. ‘To what do we pay greatest allegiance? Family, language group, culture, country, gender? Religion, race? And, if none of these matter, are we urbane, cosmopolitan or simply lonely? In other words, how do we decide where we belong? What convinces us that we do?’ The Alexander Lecture series, 2002]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-uninhabitable-earth-life-after-warming-by-david-wallace-wells--65209409https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The Uninhabitable Earth hits you like a comet, with an overflow of insanely lyrical prose about our pending Armageddon.”—Andrew Solomon, author of The Noonday Demon With a new afterword It is worse, much worse, than you think. If your anxiety about global warming is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible—food shortages, refugee emergencies, climate wars and economic devastation. An “epoch-defining book” (The Guardian) and “this generation’s Silent Spring” (The Washington Post), The Uninhabitable Earth is both a travelogue of the near future and a meditation on how that future will look to those living through it—the ways that warming promises to transform global politics, the meaning of technology and nature in the modern world, the sustainability of capitalism and the trajectory of human progress. The Uninhabitable Earth is also an impassioned call to action. For just as the world was brought to the brink of catastrophe within the span of a lifetime, the responsibility to avoid it now belongs to a single generation—today’s. Praise for The Uninhabitable Earth “The Uninhabitable Earth is the most terrifying book I have ever read. Its subject is climate change, and its method is scientific, but its mode is Old Testament. The book is a meticulously documented, white-knuckled tour through the cascading catastrophes that will soon engulf our warming planet.”—Farhad Manjoo, The New York Times “Riveting. . . . Some readers will find Mr. Wallace-Wells’s outline of possible futures alarmist. He is indeed alarmed. You should be, too.”—The Economist “Potent and evocative. . . . Wallace-Wells has resolved to offer something other than the standard narrative of climate change. . . . He avoids the ‘eerily banal language of climatology’ in favor of lush, rolling prose.”—Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times “The book has potential to be this generation’s Silent Spring.”—The Washington Post “The Uninhabitable Earth, which has become a best seller, taps into the underlying emotion of the day: fear. . . . I encourage people to read this book.”—Alan Weisman, The New York Review of Books]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The Uninhabitable Earth hits you like a comet, with an overflow of insanely lyrical prose about our pending Armageddon.”—Andrew Solomon, author of The Noonday Demon With a new afterword It is worse, much worse, than you think. If your anxiety about global warming is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible—food shortages, refugee emergencies, climate wars and economic devastation. An “epoch-defining book” (The Guardian) and “this generation’s Silent Spring” (The Washington Post), The Uninhabitable Earth is both a travelogue of the near future and a meditation on how that future will look to those living through it—the ways that warming promises to transform global politics, the meaning of technology and nature in the modern world, the sustainability of capitalism and the trajectory of human progress. The Uninhabitable Earth is also an impassioned call to action. For just as the world was brought to the brink of catastrophe within the span of a lifetime, the responsibility to avoid it now belongs to a single generation—today’s. Praise for The Uninhabitable Earth “The Uninhabitable Earth is the most terrifying book I have ever read. Its subject is climate change, and its method is scientific, but its mode is Old Testament. The book is a meticulously documented, white-knuckled tour through the cascading catastrophes that will soon engulf our warming planet.”—Farhad Manjoo, The New York Times “Riveting. . . . Some readers will find Mr. Wallace-Wells’s outline of possible futures alarmist. He is indeed alarmed. You should be, too.”—The Economist “Potent and evocative. . . . Wallace-Wells has resolved to offer something other than the standard narrative of climate change. . . . He avoids the ‘eerily banal language of climatology’ in favor of lush, rolling prose.”—Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times “The book has potential to be this generation’s Silent Spring.”—The Washington Post “The Uninhabitable Earth, which has become a best seller, taps into the underlying emotion of the day: fear. . . . I encourage people to read this book.”—Alan Weisman, The New York Review of Books]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-threat-how-the-fbi-protects-america-in-the-age-of-terror-and-trump-by-andrew-g-mccabe--65209361https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Threat: How the FBI Protects America in the Age of Terror and Trump Author: Andrew G. Mccabe Narrator: Andrew G. Mccabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller! This program is read by the author. On March 16, 2018, just twenty-six hours before his scheduled retirement from the organization he had served with distinction for more than two decades, Andrew G. McCabe was fired from his position as deputy director of the FBI. President Donald Trump celebrated on Twitter: 'Andrew McCabe FIRED, a great day for the hard working men and women of the FBI - A great day for Democracy.' In The Threat: How the FBI Protects America in the Age of Terror and Trump, Andrew G. McCabe offers a dramatic and candid account of his career, and an impassioned defense of the FBI's agents, and of the institution's integrity and independence in protecting America and upholding our Constitution. McCabe started as a street agent in the FBI's New York field office, serving under director Louis Freeh. He became an expert in two kinds of investigations that are critical to American national security: Russian organized crime—which is inextricably linked to the Russian state—and terrorism. Under Director Robert Mueller, McCabe led the investigations of major attacks on American soil, including the Boston Marathon bombing, a plot to bomb the New York subways, and several narrowly averted bombings of aircraft. And under James Comey, McCabe was deeply involved in the controversial investigations of the Benghazi attack, the Clinton Foundation's activities, and Hillary Clinton's use of a private email server when she was secretary of state. The Threat recounts in compelling detail the time between Donald Trump's November 2016 election and McCabe's firing, set against a page-turning narrative spanning two decades when the FBI's mission shifted to a new goal: preventing terrorist attacks on Americans. But as McCabe shows, right now the greatest threat to the United States comes from within, as President Trump and his administration ignore the law, attack democratic institutions, degrade human rights, and undermine the U.S. Constitution that protects every citizen. Important, revealing, and powerfully argued, The Threat tells the true story of what the FBI is, how it works, and why it will endure as an institution of integrity that protects America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354610Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Threat: How the FBI Protects America in the Age of Terror and Trump Author: Andrew G. Mccabe Narrator: Andrew G. Mccabe Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Threat: How the FBI Protects America in the Age of Terror and Trump Author: Andrew G. Mccabe Narrator: Andrew G. Mccabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller! This program is read by the author. On March 16, 2018, just twenty-six hours before his scheduled retirement from the organization he had served with distinction for more than two decades, Andrew G. McCabe was fired from his position as deputy director of the FBI. President Donald Trump celebrated on Twitter: 'Andrew McCabe FIRED, a great day for the hard working men and women of the FBI - A great day for Democracy.' In The Threat: How the FBI Protects America in the Age of Terror and Trump, Andrew G. McCabe offers a dramatic and candid account of his career, and an impassioned defense of the FBI's agents, and of the institution's integrity and independence in protecting America and upholding our Constitution. McCabe started as a street agent in the FBI's New York field office, serving under director Louis Freeh. He became an expert in two kinds of investigations that are critical to American national security: Russian organized crime—which is inextricably linked to the Russian state—and terrorism. Under Director Robert Mueller, McCabe led the investigations of major attacks on American soil, including the Boston Marathon bombing, a plot to bomb the New York subways, and several narrowly averted bombings of aircraft. And under James Comey, McCabe was deeply involved in the controversial investigations of the Benghazi attack, the Clinton Foundation's activities, and Hillary Clinton's use of a private email server when she was secretary of state. The Threat recounts in compelling detail the time between Donald Trump's November 2016 election and McCabe's firing, set against a page-turning narrative spanning two decades when the FBI's mission shifted to a new goal: preventing terrorist attacks on Americans. But as McCabe shows, right now the greatest threat to the United States comes from within, as President Trump and his administration ignore the law, attack democratic institutions, degrade human rights, and undermine the U.S. Constitution that protects every citizen. Important, revealing, and powerfully argued, The Threat tells the true story of what the FBI is, how it works, and why it will endure as an institution of integrity that protects America.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/zucked-waking-up-to-the-facebook-catastrophe-by-roger-mcnamee--65209434https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe Author: Roger Mcnamee Narrator: Roger Mcnamee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the Financial Times' Best Business Books of 2019 The New York Times bestseller about a noted tech venture capitalist, early mentor to Mark Zuckerberg, and Facebook investor, who wakes up to the serious damage Facebook is doing to our society—and sets out to try to stop it. If you had told Roger McNamee even three years ago that he would soon be devoting himself to stopping Facebook from destroying our democracy, he would have howled with laughter. He had mentored many tech leaders in his illustrious career as an investor, but few things had made him prouder, or been better for his fund's bottom line, than his early service to Mark Zuckerberg. Still a large shareholder in Facebook, he had every good reason to stay on the bright side. Until he simply couldn't. Zucked is McNamee's intimate reckoning with the catastrophic failure of the head of one of the world's most powerful companies to face up to the damage he is doing. It's a story that begins with a series of rude awakenings. First there is the author's dawning realization that the platform is being manipulated by some very bad actors. Then there is the even more unsettling realization that Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg are unable or unwilling to share his concerns, polite as they may be to his face. And then comes the election of Donald Trump, and the emergence of one horrific piece of news after another about the malign ends to which the Facebook platform has been put. To McNamee's shock, even still Facebook's leaders duck and dissemble, viewing the matter as a public relations problem. Now thoroughly alienated, McNamee digs into the issue, and fortuitously meets up with some fellow travelers who share his concern, and help him sharpen its focus. Soon he and a dream team of Silicon Valley technologists are charging into the fray, to raise consciousness about the existential threat of Facebook, and the persuasion architecture of the attention economy more broadly—to our public health and to our political order. Zucked is both an enthralling personal narrative and a masterful explication of the forces that have conspired to place us all on the horns of this dilemma. This is the story of a company and its leadership, but it's also a larger tale of a business sector unmoored from normal constraints, just at a moment of political and cultural crisis, the worst possible time to be given new tools for summoning the darker angels of our nature and whipping them into a frenzy. Like Jimmy Stewart in Rear Window, Roger McNamee happened to be in the right place to witness a crime, and it took him some time to make sense of what he was seeing and what we ought to do about it. The result of that effort is a wise, hard-hitting, and urgently necessary account that crystallizes the issue definitively for the rest of us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347240Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe Author: Roger Mcnamee Narrator: Roger Mcnamee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe Author: Roger Mcnamee Narrator: Roger Mcnamee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the Financial Times' Best Business Books of 2019 The New York Times bestseller about a noted tech venture capitalist, early mentor to Mark Zuckerberg, and Facebook investor, who wakes up to the serious damage Facebook is doing to our society—and sets out to try to stop it. If you had told Roger McNamee even three years ago that he would soon be devoting himself to stopping Facebook from destroying our democracy, he would have howled with laughter. He had mentored many tech leaders in his illustrious career as an investor, but few things had made him prouder, or been better for his fund's bottom line, than his early service to Mark Zuckerberg. Still a large shareholder in Facebook, he had every good reason to stay on the bright side. Until he simply couldn't. Zucked is McNamee's intimate reckoning with the catastrophic failure of the head of one of the world's most powerful companies to face up to the damage he is doing. It's a story that begins with a series of rude awakenings. First there is the author's dawning realization that the platform is being manipulated by some very bad actors. Then there is the even more unsettling realization that Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg are unable or unwilling to share his concerns, polite as they may be to his face. And then comes the election of Donald Trump, and the emergence of one horrific piece of news after another about the malign ends to which the Facebook platform has been put. To McNamee's shock, even still Facebook's leaders duck and dissemble, viewing the matter as a public relations problem. Now thoroughly alienated, McNamee digs into the issue, and fortuitously meets up with some fellow travelers who share his concern, and help him sharpen its focus. Soon he and a dream team of Silicon Valley technologists are charging into the fray, to raise consciousness about the existential threat of Facebook, and the persuasion architecture of the attention economy more broadly—to our public health and to our political order. Zucked is both an enthralling personal narrative and a masterful explication of the forces that have conspired to place us all on the horns of this dilemma. This is the story of a company and its leadership, but it's also a larger tale of a business sector unmoored from normal constraints, just at a moment of political and cultural crisis, the worst possible time to be given new tools for summoning the darker angels of our nature and whipping them into a frenzy. Like Jimmy Stewart in Rear Window, Roger McNamee happened to be in the right place to witness a crime, and it took him some time to make sense of what he was seeing and what we ought to do about it. The result of that effort is a wise, hard-hitting, and urgently necessary account that crystallizes the issue definitively for the rest of us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/summoned-at-midnight-a-story-of-race-and-the-last-military-executions-at-fort-leavenworth-by-richard-a-serrano--65209364https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355105 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Summoned at Midnight: A Story of Race and the Last Military Executions at Fort Leavenworth Author: Richard A. Serrano Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Uncovers the hidden world of the military legal system and the intimate history of racism that pervaded the armed forces long after integration. Richard A. Serrano reveals how racial discrimination in the US military criminal justice system determined whose lives mattered and deserved a second chance and whose did not. Between 1955 and 1961, a group of white and black condemned soldiers lived together on death row at Fort Leavenworth military prison. Although convicted of equally heinous crimes, all the white soldiers were eventually paroled and returned to their families, spared by high-ranking army officers, the military courts, sympathetic doctors, highly trained attorneys, the White House staff, or President Eisenhower himself. During the same 6-year period, only black soldiers were hanged. Some were cognitively challenged, others addicted to substances or mentally unbalanced—the same mitigating circumstances that had won white soldiers their death row reprieves. These men lacked the benefits of political connections, expert lawyers, or public support; only their mothers begged fruitlessly for their lives to be spared. By 1960, John Bennett was the youngest black inmate at Fort Leavenworth. His lost battle for clemency was fought between 2 vastly different presidential administrations—Eisenhower’s and Kennedy’s—as the civil rights movement was gaining steam. Drawing on interviews, trial transcripts, and rarely published archival material, Serrano brings to life the characters in this lost history: from desperate mothers and disheartened appeals lawyers, to the prison doctors, psychiatrists, and chaplains. He shines a light on the scandalous legal maneuvering that reached the doors of the White House and the disparity in capital punishment that was cut so strictly along racial lines.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355105Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355105 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Summoned at Midnight: A Story of Race and the Last Military Executions at Fort Leavenworth Author: Richard A. Serrano Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355105 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Summoned at Midnight: A Story of Race and the Last Military Executions at Fort Leavenworth Author: Richard A. Serrano Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Uncovers the hidden world of the military legal system and the intimate history of racism that pervaded the armed forces long after integration. Richard A. Serrano reveals how racial discrimination in the US military criminal justice system determined whose lives mattered and deserved a second chance and whose did not. Between 1955 and 1961, a group of white and black condemned soldiers lived together on death row at Fort Leavenworth military prison. Although convicted of equally heinous crimes, all the white soldiers were eventually paroled and returned to their families, spared by high-ranking army officers, the military courts, sympathetic doctors, highly trained attorneys, the White House staff, or President Eisenhower himself. During the same 6-year period, only black soldiers were hanged. Some were cognitively challenged, others addicted to substances or mentally unbalanced—the same mitigating circumstances that had won white soldiers their death row reprieves. These men lacked the benefits of political connections, expert lawyers, or public support; only their mothers begged fruitlessly for their lives to be spared. By 1960, John Bennett was the youngest black inmate at Fort Leavenworth. His lost battle for clemency was fought between 2 vastly different presidential administrations—Eisenhower’s and Kennedy’s—as the civil rights movement was gaining steam. Drawing on interviews, trial transcripts, and rarely published archival material, Serrano brings to life the characters in this lost history: from desperate mothers and disheartened appeals lawyers, to the prison doctors, psychiatrists, and chaplains. He shines a light on the scandalous legal maneuvering that reached the doors of the White House and the disparity in capital punishment that was cut so strictly along racial lines.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/politics-from-a-to-z-great-wars-inspiring-leaders-major-revolutions-current-policies-big-ideas-by-richard-ganis--65209341https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics from A to Z: Great Wars, Inspiring Leaders, Major Revolutions, Current Policies, Big Ideas Author: Richard Ganis Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deepen your understanding of how politics work, and why they matter, with this timely guide. Politics from A to Z provides an up-to-date, thoroughly researched glossary of political topics spanning ancient Greece to contemporary America. Featuring an introductory interview with Noam Chomsky, Politics from A to Z is ideal for anyone interested in politics, from beginners to scholars. With detailed entries and useful timelines, Politics from A to Z introduces the influential figures and ideas that have shaped politics, from the American Revolution to Zionism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356458Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics from A to Z: Great Wars, Inspiring Leaders, Major Revolutions, Current Policies, Big Ideas Author: Richard Ganis Narrator: Kevin Kenerly...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics from A to Z: Great Wars, Inspiring Leaders, Major Revolutions, Current Policies, Big Ideas Author: Richard Ganis Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deepen your understanding of how politics work, and why they matter, with this timely guide. Politics from A to Z provides an up-to-date, thoroughly researched glossary of political topics spanning ancient Greece to contemporary America. Featuring an introductory interview with Noam Chomsky, Politics from A to Z is ideal for anyone interested in politics, from beginners to scholars. With detailed entries and useful timelines, Politics from A to Z introduces the influential figures and ideas that have shaped politics, from the American Revolution to Zionism.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unjust-social-justice-and-the-unmaking-of-america-by-noah-rothman--65209377https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unjust: Social Justice and the Unmaking of America Author: Noah Rothman Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Social justice is not justice—it is a dogma that divides society into identity groups and foments division, anger, and desire for vengeance. Unfortunately, social justice has permeated America; and as it turns out, it is not a philosophy that appeals to the better angels of our nature. In practice, social justice is outright disdainful of the kind of blind, objective justice toward which Western civilization has striven since there was such a thing as Western civilization. Its advocates would argue that blind justice is not justice at all and that objectivity is a utopian objective, a myth clung to by naïve children. The social justice creed is shaping our every daily interaction. It influences how businesses structure themselves. It is altering how employers and employees interrelate. It has utterly transformed academia. It is remaking our politics with alarming swiftness. And there are consequences for those who transgress against the tenets of social justice and the self-appointed inquisitors who enforce its maxims. In Unjust, Commentary magazine associate editor Noah Rothman deconstructs today’s out-of-control social justice movement and the lasting damage it has had on American politics, culture, and education and our nation’s future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354005Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unjust: Social Justice and the Unmaking of America Author: Noah Rothman Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unjust: Social Justice and the Unmaking of America Author: Noah Rothman Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Social justice is not justice—it is a dogma that divides society into identity groups and foments division, anger, and desire for vengeance. Unfortunately, social justice has permeated America; and as it turns out, it is not a philosophy that appeals to the better angels of our nature. In practice, social justice is outright disdainful of the kind of blind, objective justice toward which Western civilization has striven since there was such a thing as Western civilization. Its advocates would argue that blind justice is not justice at all and that objectivity is a utopian objective, a myth clung to by naïve children. The social justice creed is shaping our every daily interaction. It influences how businesses structure themselves. It is altering how employers and employees interrelate. It has utterly transformed academia. It is remaking our politics with alarming swiftness. And there are consequences for those who transgress against the tenets of social justice and the self-appointed inquisitors who enforce its maxims. In Unjust, Commentary magazine associate editor Noah Rothman deconstructs today’s out-of-control social justice movement and the lasting damage it has had on American politics, culture, and education and our nation’s future.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/from-the-ground-up-a-journey-to-reimagine-the-promise-of-america-by-howard-schultz--65209327https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Ground Up: A Journey to Reimagine the Promise of America Author: Howard Schultz Narrator: Howard Schultz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the longtime CEO and chairman of Starbucks, a bold, dramatic work about the new responsibilities that leaders, businesses, and citizens share in American society today—as viewed through the intimate lens of one man’s life and work.  What do we owe one another? How do we channel our drive, ingenuity, even our pain, into something more meaningful than individual success? And what is our duty in the places where we live, work, and play? These questions are at the heart of the American journey. They are also ones that Howard Schultz has grappled with personally since growing up in the Brooklyn housing projects and while building Starbucks from eleven stores into one of the world’s most iconic brands. In From the Ground Up, Schultz looks for answers in two interwoven narratives. One story shows how his conflicted boyhood—including experiences he has never before revealed—motivated Schultz to become the first in his family to graduate from college, then to build the kind of company his father, a working-class laborer, never had a chance to work for: a business that tries to balance profit and human dignity. A parallel story offers a behind-the-scenes look at Schultz’s unconventional efforts to challenge old notions about the role of business in society. From health insurance and free college tuition for part-time baristas to controversial initiatives about race and refugees, Schultz and his team tackled societal issues with the same creativity and rigor they applied to changing how the world consumes coffee. Throughout the book, Schultz introduces a cross-section of Americans transforming common struggles into shared successes. In these pages, lost youth find first jobs, aspiring college students overcome the yoke of debt, post-9/11 warriors replace lost limbs with indomitable spirit, former coal miners and opioid addicts pave fresh paths, entrepreneurs jump-start dreams, and better angels emerge from all corners of the country. From the Ground Up is part candid memoir, part uplifting blueprint of mutual responsibility, and part proof that ordinary people can do extraordinary things. At its heart, it’s an optimistic, inspiring account of what happens when we stand up, speak out, and come together for purposes bigger than ourselves. Here is a new vision of what can be when we try our best to lead lives through the lens of humanity. “Howard Schultz’s story is a clear reminder that success is not achieved through individual determination alone, but through partnership and community. Howard’s commitment to both have helped him build one of the world’s most recognized brands. It will be exciting to see what he accomplishes next.”—Bill Gates]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355687Mon, 28 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Ground Up: A Journey to Reimagine the Promise of America Author: Howard Schultz Narrator: Howard Schultz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Ground Up: A Journey to Reimagine the Promise of America Author: Howard Schultz Narrator: Howard Schultz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the longtime CEO and chairman of Starbucks, a bold, dramatic work about the new responsibilities that leaders, businesses, and citizens share in American society today—as viewed through the intimate lens of one man’s life and work.  What do we owe one another? How do we channel our drive, ingenuity, even our pain, into something more meaningful than individual success? And what is our duty in the places where we live, work, and play? These questions are at the heart of the American journey. They are also ones that Howard Schultz has grappled with personally since growing up in the Brooklyn housing projects and while building Starbucks from eleven stores into one of the world’s most iconic brands. In From the Ground Up, Schultz looks for answers in two interwoven narratives. One story shows how his conflicted boyhood—including experiences he has never before revealed—motivated Schultz to become the first in his family to graduate from college, then to build the kind of company his father, a working-class laborer, never had a chance to work for: a business that tries to balance profit and human dignity. A parallel story offers a behind-the-scenes look at Schultz’s unconventional efforts to challenge old notions about the role of business in society. From health insurance and free college tuition for part-time baristas to controversial initiatives about race and refugees, Schultz and his team tackled societal issues with the same creativity and rigor they applied to changing how the world consumes coffee. Throughout the book, Schultz introduces a cross-section of Americans transforming common struggles into shared successes. In these pages, lost youth find first jobs, aspiring college students overcome the yoke of debt, post-9/11 warriors replace lost limbs with indomitable spirit, former coal miners and opioid addicts pave fresh paths, entrepreneurs jump-start dreams, and better angels emerge from all corners of the country. From the Ground Up is part candid memoir, part uplifting blueprint of mutual responsibility, and part proof that ordinary people can do extraordinary things. At its heart, it’s an optimistic, inspiring account of what happens when we stand up, speak out, and come together for purposes bigger than ourselves. Here is a new vision of what can be when we try our best to lead lives through the lens of humanity. “Howard Schultz’s story is a clear reminder that success is not achieved through individual determination alone, but through partnership and community. Howard’s commitment to both have helped him build one of the world’s most recognized brands. It will be exciting to see what he accomplishes next.”—Bill Gates]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-t-go-wrong-doing-right-how-a-child-of-poverty-rose-to-the-white-house-and-helped-change-the-world-by-robert-j-brown--65209360https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356420 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Go Wrong Doing Right: How a Child of Poverty Rose to the White House and Helped Change the World Author: Robert J. Brown Narrator: Robert J. Brown, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unforgettable account of a quietly remarkable life, Robert Brown's memoir takes readers behind the scenes of pivotal moments from the 20th century, where the lessons he learned at his grandmother's knee helped him shape America as we know it today.   Called 'a world-class power broker' by the Washington Post, Robert Brown has been a sought-after counselor for an impressive array of the famous and powerful, including every American president since John F. Kennedy. But as a child born into poverty in the 1930s, Robert was raised by his grandmother to think differently about success. For example, 'The best way to influence others is to be helpful,' she told him. And, 'You can’t go wrong by doing right.'   Fueled by these lessons on humble, principled service, Brown went on to play a pivotal, mostly unseen role alongside the great and the powerful of our time: trailing the mob in 1950s Harlem with a young Robert F. Kennedy; helping the white corporate leadership at Woolworth integrate their lunch counters; channeling money from American businesses to the Civil Rights movement; accompanying Coretta Scott King, at her request, to Memphis the day after her husband had been shot; advising Richard Nixon on how to support black entrepreneurship; becoming the only person allowed to visit Nelson Mandela in Pollsmoor prison in Cape Town.   Full of unbelievable moments and reminders that the path to influence runs through a life of generosity, YOU CAN'T GO WRONG DOING RIGHT blends a heartwarming, historically fascinating account with memorable lessons that will speak to the dreamer in all of us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356420Tue, 15 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356420 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Go Wrong Doing Right: How a Child of Poverty Rose to the White House and Helped Change the World Author: Robert J. Brown Narrator: Robert J....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356420 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Go Wrong Doing Right: How a Child of Poverty Rose to the White House and Helped Change the World Author: Robert J. Brown Narrator: Robert J. Brown, Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unforgettable account of a quietly remarkable life, Robert Brown's memoir takes readers behind the scenes of pivotal moments from the 20th century, where the lessons he learned at his grandmother's knee helped him shape America as we know it today.   Called 'a world-class power broker' by the Washington Post, Robert Brown has been a sought-after counselor for an impressive array of the famous and powerful, including every American president since John F. Kennedy. But as a child born into poverty in the 1930s, Robert was raised by his grandmother to think differently about success. For example, 'The best way to influence others is to be helpful,' she told him. And, 'You can’t go wrong by doing right.'   Fueled by these lessons on humble, principled service, Brown went on to play a pivotal, mostly unseen role alongside the great and the powerful of our time: trailing the mob in 1950s Harlem with a young Robert F. Kennedy; helping the white corporate leadership at Woolworth integrate their lunch counters; channeling money from American businesses to the Civil Rights movement; accompanying Coretta Scott King, at her request, to Memphis the day after her husband had been shot; advising Richard Nixon on how to support black entrepreneurship; becoming the only person allowed to visit Nelson Mandela in Pollsmoor prison in Cape Town.   Full of unbelievable moments and reminders that the path to influence runs through a life of generosity, YOU CAN'T GO WRONG DOING RIGHT blends a heartwarming, historically fascinating account with memorable lessons that will speak to the dreamer in all of us.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-front-runner-all-the-truth-is-out-movie-tie-in-by-matt-bai--65209320https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Front Runner (All the Truth Is Out Movie Tie-in) Author: Matt Bai Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture starring Hugh Jackman. When politics went tabloid… In May 1987, Colorado Senator Gary Hart seemed like a no-brainer for the Democratic party’s presidential nomination. He was articulate, dashing, refreshingly progressive and led George H. W. Bush by double digits in the polls. However, he was also a deeply private man, uneasy when attention moved away from his political views to his personal life. Then, in one tumultuous week, it all came crashing down. Rumours of marital infidelity, a photo of Hart and a model snapped near a fatefully-named yacht, and a newspaper’s stakeout of Hart’s home resulted in a media frenzy the likes of which had never been seen before. Through the spellbindingly reported story of the Senator’s fall from grace, Matt Bai, Yahoo News columnist and former chief political correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, revisits the Gary Hart affair and unpicks how one man’s tragedy forever changed the nature of political media and, by extension, politics itself. This was the moment when the paradigm shifted – private lives became public; news became entertainment; and politics became tabloid.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356572Thu, 10 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Front Runner (All the Truth Is Out Movie Tie-in) Author: Matt Bai Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Front Runner (All the Truth Is Out Movie Tie-in) Author: Matt Bai Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture starring Hugh Jackman. When politics went tabloid… In May 1987, Colorado Senator Gary Hart seemed like a no-brainer for the Democratic party’s presidential nomination. He was articulate, dashing, refreshingly progressive and led George H. W. Bush by double digits in the polls. However, he was also a deeply private man, uneasy when attention moved away from his political views to his personal life. Then, in one tumultuous week, it all came crashing down. Rumours of marital infidelity, a photo of Hart and a model snapped near a fatefully-named yacht, and a newspaper’s stakeout of Hart’s home resulted in a media frenzy the likes of which had never been seen before. Through the spellbindingly reported story of the Senator’s fall from grace, Matt Bai, Yahoo News columnist and former chief political correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, revisits the Gary Hart affair and unpicks how one man’s tragedy forever changed the nature of political media and, by extension, politics itself. This was the moment when the paradigm shifted – private lives became public; news became entertainment; and politics became tabloid.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-american-trajectory-divine-or-demonic-by-david-ray-griffin--65209354https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Trajectory: Divine or Demonic? Author: David Ray Griffin Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The American Trajectory: Divine or Demonic? David Ray Griffin traces the trajectory of the American empire from its founding through to the end of the twentieth century. A prequel to Griffin’s Bush and Cheney, this book demonstrates with many examples the falsity of the claim for American exceptionalism, a secular version of the old idea that America has been divinely founded and guided. The introduction illustrates the claims for divine providence and American exceptionalism from George Washington to the book Exceptional by Dick and Liz Cheney. After pointing out that the idea that America is an empire is no longer controversial, it then contrasts those who consider it benign with those who consider it malign. The remainder of the book supports the latter point of view. The American Trajectory contains episodes that many readers will find surprising: The sinking of the Lusitania was anticipated, both by Churchill and Wilson, as a means of inducing America’s entry into World War IThe attack on Pearl Harbor was neither unprovoked nor a surpriseDuring the “Good War” the US government plotted and played politics with a view to becoming the dominant empireThere was no need to drop atomic bombs on Japan either to win the war or to save American livesUS decisions were central to the inability of the League of Nations and the United Nations to prevent warThe United States was more responsible than the Soviet Union for the Cold War;The Vietnam War was far from the only US military adventure during the Cold War that killed great numbers of civiliansThe US government organized false flag attacks that deliberately killed EuropeansAmerica’s military interventions after the dissolution of the Soviet Union taught some conservatives (such as Andrew Bacevich and Chalmers Johnson) that the US interventions during the Cold War were not primarily defensiveThe conclusion deals with the question of how knowledge by citizens of how the American Empire has behaved could make America better and how America, which had long thought of itself as the Redeemer Nation, might redeem itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358458Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Trajectory: Divine or Demonic? Author: David Ray Griffin Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Trajectory: Divine or Demonic? Author: David Ray Griffin Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The American Trajectory: Divine or Demonic? David Ray Griffin traces the trajectory of the American empire from its founding through to the end of the twentieth century. A prequel to Griffin’s Bush and Cheney, this book demonstrates with many examples the falsity of the claim for American exceptionalism, a secular version of the old idea that America has been divinely founded and guided. The introduction illustrates the claims for divine providence and American exceptionalism from George Washington to the book Exceptional by Dick and Liz Cheney. After pointing out that the idea that America is an empire is no longer controversial, it then contrasts those who consider it benign with those who consider it malign. The remainder of the book supports the latter point of view. The American Trajectory contains episodes that many readers will find surprising: The sinking of the Lusitania was anticipated, both by Churchill and Wilson, as a means of inducing America’s entry into World War IThe attack on Pearl Harbor was neither unprovoked nor a surpriseDuring the “Good War” the US government plotted and played politics with a view to becoming the dominant empireThere was no need to drop atomic bombs on Japan either to win the war or to save American livesUS decisions were central to the inability of the League of Nations and the United Nations to prevent warThe United States was more responsible than the Soviet Union for the Cold War;The Vietnam War was far from the only US military adventure during the Cold War that killed great numbers of civiliansThe US government organized false flag attacks that deliberately killed EuropeansAmerica’s military interventions after the dissolution of the Soviet Union taught some conservatives (such as Andrew Bacevich and Chalmers Johnson) that the US interventions during the Cold War were not primarily defensiveThe conclusion deals with the question of how knowledge by citizens of how the American Empire has behaved could make America better and how America, which had long thought of itself as the Redeemer Nation, might redeem itself.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tell-your-children-the-truth-about-marijuana-mental-illness-and-violence-by-alex-berenson--65209339https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Your Children: The Truth About Marijuana, Mental Illness, and Violence Author: Alex Berenson Narrator: Alex Berenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In “a brilliant antidote to all the…false narratives about pot” (American Thinker), an award-winning author and former New York Times reporter reveals the link between teenage marijuana use and mental illness, and a hidden epidemic of violence caused by the drug—facts the media have ignored as the United States rushes to legalize cannabis. Recreational marijuana is now legal in nine states. Advocates argue cannabis can help everyone from veterans to cancer sufferers. But legalization has been built on myths—that marijuana arrests fill prisons; that most doctors want to use cannabis as medicine; that it can somehow stem the opiate epidemic; that it is beneficial for mental health. In this meticulously reported book, Alex Berenson, a former New York Times reporter, explodes those myths, explaining that almost no one is in prison for marijuana; a tiny fraction of doctors write most authorizations for medical marijuana, mostly for people who have already used; and marijuana use is linked to opiate and cocaine use. Most of all, THC—the chemical in marijuana responsible for the drug’s high—can cause psychotic episodes. “Alex Berenson has a reporter’s tenacity, a novelist’s imagination, and an outsider’s knack for asking intemperate questions” (Malcolm Gladwell, The New Yorker), as he ranges from the London institute that is home to the scientists who helped prove the cannabis-psychosis link to the Colorado prison where a man now serves a thirty-year sentence after eating a THC-laced candy bar and killing his wife. He sticks to the facts, and they are devastating. With the US already gripped by one drug epidemic, Tell Your Children is a “well-written treatise” (Publishers Weekly) that “takes a sledgehammer to the promised benefits of marijuana legalization, and cannabis enthusiasts are not going to like it one bit” (Mother Jones).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359788Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Your Children: The Truth About Marijuana, Mental Illness, and Violence Author: Alex Berenson Narrator: Alex Berenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Your Children: The Truth About Marijuana, Mental Illness, and Violence Author: Alex Berenson Narrator: Alex Berenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In “a brilliant antidote to all the…false narratives about pot” (American Thinker), an award-winning author and former New York Times reporter reveals the link between teenage marijuana use and mental illness, and a hidden epidemic of violence caused by the drug—facts the media have ignored as the United States rushes to legalize cannabis. Recreational marijuana is now legal in nine states. Advocates argue cannabis can help everyone from veterans to cancer sufferers. But legalization has been built on myths—that marijuana arrests fill prisons; that most doctors want to use cannabis as medicine; that it can somehow stem the opiate epidemic; that it is beneficial for mental health. In this meticulously reported book, Alex Berenson, a former New York Times reporter, explodes those myths, explaining that almost no one is in prison for marijuana; a tiny fraction of doctors write most authorizations for medical marijuana, mostly for people who have already used; and marijuana use is linked to opiate and cocaine use. Most of all, THC—the chemical in marijuana responsible for the drug’s high—can cause psychotic episodes. “Alex Berenson has a reporter’s tenacity, a novelist’s imagination, and an outsider’s knack for asking intemperate questions” (Malcolm Gladwell, The New Yorker), as he ranges from the London institute that is home to the scientists who helped prove the cannabis-psychosis link to the Colorado prison where a man now serves a thirty-year sentence after eating a THC-laced candy bar and killing his wife. He sticks to the facts, and they are devastating. With the US already gripped by one drug epidemic, Tell Your Children is a “well-written treatise” (Publishers Weekly) that “takes a sledgehammer to the promised benefits of marijuana legalization, and cannabis enthusiasts are not going to like it one bit” (Mother Jones).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-jihadi-next-door-how-isis-is-forcing-defrauding-and-coercing-your-neighbor-into-terrorism-by-dr-kimberly-mehlman-orozco--65209445https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihadi Next Door: How ISIS Is Forcing, Defrauding, and Coercing Your Neighbor into Terrorism Author: Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The recruitment of ISIS terrorists may have begun as an extremist crusade in Iraq, but it has quickly become a global phenomenon that is taking hold of people from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and belief systems. The iconic image of a terrorist as an old, angry, middle-eastern man is long gone. It has since been replaced by young men and women of all races and religious upbringings, in tactical gear and ski masks, carrying heavy artillery. From the outside looking into the Islamic State, most people see these men and women as nothing more than evil terrorists with a psychotic penchant for violence. Internally, they perceive themselves as freedom fighters or mujahedeen, who violate the laws of men to protect their community according to the will of Allah.  Ultimately, neither of these perceptions are based in reality.  While some experts claim that terrorist recruitment is completely random, criminologist Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco has identified clear patterns which can be used to explain how regular people are being conscripted into terrorism. Using interviews with convicted terrorists, in-depth research and analysis of Jihadi propaganda, and case-specific details, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco provides nuanced theories into the methods of terrorist recruitment―methods which can be used to identify persons at high risk of being targeted. The Jihadi Next Door provides unprecedented information that can be used to actually combat terrorism. By laying bare the tactics used by ISIS to deceive and exploit new recruits and exposing the veneer these extremists operate under, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco hopes to empower readers with the knowledge needed to prevent future recruitment and thereby preventing acts of terrorism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001Tue, 01 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihadi Next Door: How ISIS Is Forcing, Defrauding, and Coercing Your Neighbor into Terrorism Author: Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Narrator: Teri...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihadi Next Door: How ISIS Is Forcing, Defrauding, and Coercing Your Neighbor into Terrorism Author: Dr. Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The recruitment of ISIS terrorists may have begun as an extremist crusade in Iraq, but it has quickly become a global phenomenon that is taking hold of people from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and belief systems. The iconic image of a terrorist as an old, angry, middle-eastern man is long gone. It has since been replaced by young men and women of all races and religious upbringings, in tactical gear and ski masks, carrying heavy artillery. From the outside looking into the Islamic State, most people see these men and women as nothing more than evil terrorists with a psychotic penchant for violence. Internally, they perceive themselves as freedom fighters or mujahedeen, who violate the laws of men to protect their community according to the will of Allah.  Ultimately, neither of these perceptions are based in reality.  While some experts claim that terrorist recruitment is completely random, criminologist Kimberly Mehlman-Orozco has identified clear patterns which can be used to explain how regular people are being conscripted into terrorism. Using interviews with convicted terrorists, in-depth research and analysis of Jihadi propaganda, and case-specific details, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco provides nuanced theories into the methods of terrorist recruitment―methods which can be used to identify persons at high risk of being targeted. The Jihadi Next Door provides unprecedented information that can be used to actually combat terrorism. By laying bare the tactics used by ISIS to deceive and exploit new recruits and exposing the veneer these extremists operate under, Dr. Mehlman-Orozco hopes to empower readers with the knowledge needed to prevent future recruitment and thereby preventing acts of terrorism.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-court-and-the-cross-the-religious-right-s-crusade-to-reshape-the-supreme-court-by-frederick-s-lane--65209459https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350125 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court and the Cross: The Religious Right's Crusade to Reshape the Supreme Court Author: Frederick S. Lane Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While President George W. Bush has appointed two Supreme Court justices during his terms in office, the next president may be in a position to appoint up to three new justices, replacing one third of the Court. This relatively high number could drastically alter future Supreme Court rulings. Now is the perfect time to consider the role of politics in Supreme Court nominations and in the new appointees' ensuing decisions. In The Court and the Cross, legal journalist Frederick Lane reveals how one political movement, the Religious Right, has dedicated much of the last thirty years to molding the federal judiciary, always with an eye toward getting their choices onto the Supreme Court. This political work has involved grassroots campaigns, aggressive lobbying, and a well-tended career path for conservative law students and attorneys, and it has been incredibly effective in influencing major Court decisions on a range of important social issues. Recent decisions by the Right's favored judges have chipped away at laws banning prayer in school, bolstered restrictions on women's access to abortion and birth control, and given legal approval to President Bush's use of federal funds for religious organizations. In the near future, the courts will confront a host of hot-button issues, from stem cell research and gay rights to religious expression on government property and euthanasia. As the courts hear cases driven by an evangelical agenda and tainted with religious rhetoric, Lane surveys the damage to the wall separating church and state and asks, Has the Religious Right done irreparable harm? As a new president takes office, it is more important than ever to understand the political and social forces behind the Supreme Court nomination process. The Court and the Cross is a revealing look at how much has already been lost, thanks to the concerted efforts of the Religious Right to change the Court, and a timely warning of how much more we could yet lose.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350125Tue, 18 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350125 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court and the Cross: The Religious Right's Crusade to Reshape the Supreme Court Author: Frederick S. Lane Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350125 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court and the Cross: The Religious Right's Crusade to Reshape the Supreme Court Author: Frederick S. Lane Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While President George W. Bush has appointed two Supreme Court justices during his terms in office, the next president may be in a position to appoint up to three new justices, replacing one third of the Court. This relatively high number could drastically alter future Supreme Court rulings. Now is the perfect time to consider the role of politics in Supreme Court nominations and in the new appointees' ensuing decisions. In The Court and the Cross, legal journalist Frederick Lane reveals how one political movement, the Religious Right, has dedicated much of the last thirty years to molding the federal judiciary, always with an eye toward getting their choices onto the Supreme Court. This political work has involved grassroots campaigns, aggressive lobbying, and a well-tended career path for conservative law students and attorneys, and it has been incredibly effective in influencing major Court decisions on a range of important social issues. Recent decisions by the Right's favored judges have chipped away at laws banning prayer in school, bolstered restrictions on women's access to abortion and birth control, and given legal approval to President Bush's use of federal funds for religious organizations. In the near future, the courts will confront a host of hot-button issues, from stem cell research and gay rights to religious expression on government property and euthanasia. As the courts hear cases driven by an evangelical agenda and tainted with religious rhetoric, Lane surveys the damage to the wall separating church and state and asks, Has the Religious Right done irreparable harm? As a new president takes office, it is more important than ever to understand the political and social forces behind the Supreme Court nomination process. The Court and the Cross is a revealing look at how much has already been lost, thanks to the concerted efforts of the Religious Right to change the Court, and a timely warning of how much more we could yet lose.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-dissent-great-opposing-opinions-in-landmark-supreme-court-cases-by-mark-tushnet--65209422https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Dissent: Great Opposing Opinions in Landmark Supreme Court Cases Author: Mark Tushnet Narrator: Mark Tushnet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, a collection of dissents from the most famous Supreme Court cases If American history can truly be traced through the majority decisions in landmark Supreme Court cases, then what about the dissenting opinions? In issues of race, gender, privacy, workers' rights, and more, would advances have been impeded or failures rectified if the dissenting opinions were in fact the majority opinions? In offering thirteen famous dissents-from Marbury v. Madison and Brown v. Board of Education to Griswold v. Connecticut and Lawrence v. Texas, each edited with the judges' eloquence preserved-renowned Supreme Court scholar Mark Tushnet reminds us that court decisions are not pronouncements issued by the utterly objective, they are in fact political statements from highly intelligent but partisan people. Tushnet introduces readers to the very concept of dissent in the courts and then provides useful context for each case, filling in gaps in the Court's history and providing an overview of the issues at stake. After each case, he considers the impact the dissenting opinion would have had, if it had been the majority decision. Lively and accessible, I Dissent offers a radically fresh view of the judiciary in a collection that is essential reading for anyone interested in American history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350119Tue, 18 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Dissent: Great Opposing Opinions in Landmark Supreme Court Cases Author: Mark Tushnet Narrator: Mark Tushnet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Dissent: Great Opposing Opinions in Landmark Supreme Court Cases Author: Mark Tushnet Narrator: Mark Tushnet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, a collection of dissents from the most famous Supreme Court cases If American history can truly be traced through the majority decisions in landmark Supreme Court cases, then what about the dissenting opinions? In issues of race, gender, privacy, workers' rights, and more, would advances have been impeded or failures rectified if the dissenting opinions were in fact the majority opinions? In offering thirteen famous dissents-from Marbury v. Madison and Brown v. Board of Education to Griswold v. Connecticut and Lawrence v. Texas, each edited with the judges' eloquence preserved-renowned Supreme Court scholar Mark Tushnet reminds us that court decisions are not pronouncements issued by the utterly objective, they are in fact political statements from highly intelligent but partisan people. Tushnet introduces readers to the very concept of dissent in the courts and then provides useful context for each case, filling in gaps in the Court's history and providing an overview of the issues at stake. After each case, he considers the impact the dissenting opinion would have had, if it had been the majority decision. Lively and accessible, I Dissent offers a radically fresh view of the judiciary in a collection that is essential reading for anyone interested in American history.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/university-of-berkshire-hathaway-30-years-of-lessons-learned-from-warren-buffett-charlie-munger-at-the-annual-shareholders-meeting-by-dan--65209349https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: University of Berkshire Hathaway: 30 Years of Lessons Learned from Warren Buffett & Charlie Munger at the Annual Shareholders Meeting Author: Daniel Pecaut Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Will there ever be another investing book quite like this? It's unlikely. University of Berkshire Hathaway is a remarkable retelling of the lessons, wisdom, and investment strategies handed down personally from Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger to shareholders during 30 years of their closed-door annual meetings. From this front row seat, you'll see one of the greatest wealth-building records in history unfold, year by year. If you're looking for dusty old investment theory, there are hundreds of other books waiting to cure you of insomnia. However, if you're looking for an investing book that's as personal as it is revelatory, look no further. Packed with Buffett and Munger's timeless, generous, and often hilarious wisdom, University of Berkshire Hathaway will keep serious investors turning pages late into the night: - Get unique insight into the thinking, strategies, and decisions--both good and bad--that made Buffett and Munger two of the world's greatest investors. - Understand the critical reasoning that leads Buffett and Munger to purchase a particular company, including their methods for assigning value. - Learn the central tenets of Buffett's value-investing philosophy 'straight from the horse's mouth.' - Enjoy Munger's biting wit as he goes after any topic that offends him. - Discover Buffett's distaste for 'commonly accepted strategies' like modern portfolio theory. - See why these annual meetings are often called 'an MBA in a weekend.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354286Tue, 18 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: University of Berkshire Hathaway: 30 Years of Lessons Learned from Warren Buffett & Charlie Munger at the Annual Shareholders Meeting Author:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: University of Berkshire Hathaway: 30 Years of Lessons Learned from Warren Buffett & Charlie Munger at the Annual Shareholders Meeting Author: Daniel Pecaut Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Will there ever be another investing book quite like this? It's unlikely. University of Berkshire Hathaway is a remarkable retelling of the lessons, wisdom, and investment strategies handed down personally from Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger to shareholders during 30 years of their closed-door annual meetings. From this front row seat, you'll see one of the greatest wealth-building records in history unfold, year by year. If you're looking for dusty old investment theory, there are hundreds of other books waiting to cure you of insomnia. However, if you're looking for an investing book that's as personal as it is revelatory, look no further. Packed with Buffett and Munger's timeless, generous, and often hilarious wisdom, University of Berkshire Hathaway will keep serious investors turning pages late into the night: - Get unique insight into the thinking, strategies, and decisions--both good and bad--that made Buffett and Munger two of the world's greatest investors. - Understand the critical reasoning that leads Buffett and Munger to purchase a particular company, including their methods for assigning value. - Learn the central tenets of Buffett's value-investing philosophy 'straight from the horse's mouth.' - Enjoy Munger's biting wit as he goes after any topic that offends him. - Discover Buffett's distaste for 'commonly accepted strategies' like modern portfolio theory. - See why these annual meetings are often called 'an MBA in a weekend.']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kingdom-citizen-your-role-in-rebuilding-a-broken-nation-by-tony-evans-mirron-willis--65209436https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/353996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom Citizen: Your Role in Rebuilding a Broken Nation Author: Tony Evans, Mirron Willis Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The news is filled with stories of violence, division, and despair. American politics have become polarized. Effective leadership is in short supply. Change may seem outside our reach. And Christians struggle to understand their role in reversing the downward spiral of our nation. Dr. Tony Evans offers a healthy dose of hope: the solution to our nation’s problems and unrest isn’t out of reach. The solution is here?and each one of us as Kingdom Citizens has a vital role to play. Be assured that our God is greater than any challenge?and He has promised to equip His people. In Kingdom Citizen, you’ll discover how to respond in faith, in spite of a country and culture in decline. Here is a powerful call to action for concerned Christians. Here is a call for unity and restoration. And here is strong assurance that each of us has the ability to walk justly, to seek truth, and to stand in the gap for our land.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/353996Tue, 11 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/353996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom Citizen: Your Role in Rebuilding a Broken Nation Author: Tony Evans, Mirron Willis Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/353996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom Citizen: Your Role in Rebuilding a Broken Nation Author: Tony Evans, Mirron Willis Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The news is filled with stories of violence, division, and despair. American politics have become polarized. Effective leadership is in short supply. Change may seem outside our reach. And Christians struggle to understand their role in reversing the downward spiral of our nation. Dr. Tony Evans offers a healthy dose of hope: the solution to our nation’s problems and unrest isn’t out of reach. The solution is here?and each one of us as Kingdom Citizens has a vital role to play. Be assured that our God is greater than any challenge?and He has promised to equip His people. In Kingdom Citizen, you’ll discover how to respond in faith, in spite of a country and culture in decline. Here is a powerful call to action for concerned Christians. Here is a call for unity and restoration. And here is strong assurance that each of us has the ability to walk justly, to seek truth, and to stand in the gap for our land.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/remarkable-five-women-who-dared-to-make-a-difference-by-lyse-doucet--65209427https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remarkable: Five women who dared to make a difference Author: Lyse Doucet Narrator: Lyse Doucet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Five remarkable women. Five stories from across the world, where these influential people made an impact on democracy in their nations. Broadcast in January 2018 to mark the 100th anniversary of the first time British women won the vote, this fascinating series sees BBC Chief International Correspondent Lyse Doucet travel across the globe, meeting women from Northern Ireland, Saudi Arabia, Iceland, Afghanistan and Liberia. She hears reflections from some of the world's most influential women's rights activists, including former presidents, and shares her own experiences of reporting from some of the most troubled regions. In Belfast Lyse speaks to Monica McWilliams, who was one of only two local women who were at the table during negotiations which led to the Good Friday Agreement of 1998. She then travels to Saudi Arabia to meet Madeha Al Ajroush, who battled for 30 years to get women the right to drive. In 1980, Iceland did something no other nation had done: they elected a female head of state. Lyse Doucet travels to Reykjavik to meet Vigdis Finnbogadottir. Now 87, she was president for exactly sixteen years and remains the longest-serving elected female head of state of any country to date. Lyse then meets the formidable Shukria Barakzai, Afghanistan's ambassador to Norway. Shukria was one of only a handful of female MPs to speak up for women's rights in Afghanistan, and faced death threats for her views. Finally, Lyse Doucet travels to Liberia to talk to President Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, the first elected female head of state in Africa. These inspiring in-depth interviews reveal the behind the scenes stories of key moments in our global history, and show that the victory of 1918 for women in Britain has continued to resonate through the last century. Originally broadcast on BBC Radio 4 in January 2018 as Her Story Made History. Producer: Ben Carter Researcher: Louise Byrne]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440Thu, 06 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remarkable: Five women who dared to make a difference Author: Lyse Doucet Narrator: Lyse Doucet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remarkable: Five women who dared to make a difference Author: Lyse Doucet Narrator: Lyse Doucet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Five remarkable women. Five stories from across the world, where these influential people made an impact on democracy in their nations. Broadcast in January 2018 to mark the 100th anniversary of the first time British women won the vote, this fascinating series sees BBC Chief International Correspondent Lyse Doucet travel across the globe, meeting women from Northern Ireland, Saudi Arabia, Iceland, Afghanistan and Liberia. She hears reflections from some of the world's most influential women's rights activists, including former presidents, and shares her own experiences of reporting from some of the most troubled regions. In Belfast Lyse speaks to Monica McWilliams, who was one of only two local women who were at the table during negotiations which led to the Good Friday Agreement of 1998. She then travels to Saudi Arabia to meet Madeha Al Ajroush, who battled for 30 years to get women the right to drive. In 1980, Iceland did something no other nation had done: they elected a female head of state. Lyse Doucet travels to Reykjavik to meet Vigdis Finnbogadottir. Now 87, she was president for exactly sixteen years and remains the longest-serving elected female head of state of any country to date. Lyse then meets the formidable Shukria Barakzai, Afghanistan's ambassador to Norway. Shukria was one of only a handful of female MPs to speak up for women's rights in Afghanistan, and faced death threats for her views. Finally, Lyse Doucet travels to Liberia to talk to President Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, the first elected female head of state in Africa. These inspiring in-depth interviews reveal the behind the scenes stories of key moments in our global history, and show that the victory of 1918 for women in Britain has continued to resonate through the last century. Originally broadcast on BBC Radio 4 in January 2018 as Her Story Made History. Producer: Ben Carter Researcher: Louise Byrne]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-shape-a-new-world-essays-on-the-political-philosophy-of-martin-luther-king-jr-by-brandon-m-terry-tommie-shelby--65209397https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr. Author: Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Priya Ayyar, Cary Hite, Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Martin Luther King Jr. may be America’s most revered political figure, commemorated in statues, celebrations, and street names around the world. On the fiftieth anniversary of King’s assassination, the man and his activism are as close to public consciousness as ever. But despite his stature, the significance of King’s writings and political thought remains underappreciated. In To Shape a New World, Tommie Shelby and Brandon Terry write that the marginalization of King’s ideas reflects a romantic, consensus history that renders the civil rights movement inherently conservative―an effort not at radical reform but at “living up to” enduring ideals laid down by the nation’s founders. On this view, King marshaled lofty rhetoric to help redeem the ideas of universal (white) heroes, but produced little original thought. This failure to engage deeply and honestly with King’s writings allows him to be conscripted into political projects he would not endorse, including the pernicious form of “color blindness” that insists, amid glaring race-based injustice, that racism has been overcome. Cornel West, Danielle Allen, Martha Nussbaum, Robert Gooding-Williams, and other authors join Shelby and Terry in careful, critical engagement with King’s understudied writings on labor and welfare rights, voting rights, racism, civil disobedience, nonviolence, economic inequality, poverty, love, just-war theory, virtue ethics, political theology, imperialism, nationalism, reparations, and social justice. In King’s exciting and learned work, the authors find an array of compelling challenges to some of the most pressing political dilemmas of our present, and rethink the legacy of this towering figure.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr. Author: Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby Narrator: Carrington...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr. Author: Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Priya Ayyar, Cary Hite, Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Martin Luther King Jr. may be America’s most revered political figure, commemorated in statues, celebrations, and street names around the world. On the fiftieth anniversary of King’s assassination, the man and his activism are as close to public consciousness as ever. But despite his stature, the significance of King’s writings and political thought remains underappreciated. In To Shape a New World, Tommie Shelby and Brandon Terry write that the marginalization of King’s ideas reflects a romantic, consensus history that renders the civil rights movement inherently conservative―an effort not at radical reform but at “living up to” enduring ideals laid down by the nation’s founders. On this view, King marshaled lofty rhetoric to help redeem the ideas of universal (white) heroes, but produced little original thought. This failure to engage deeply and honestly with King’s writings allows him to be conscripted into political projects he would not endorse, including the pernicious form of “color blindness” that insists, amid glaring race-based injustice, that racism has been overcome. Cornel West, Danielle Allen, Martha Nussbaum, Robert Gooding-Williams, and other authors join Shelby and Terry in careful, critical engagement with King’s understudied writings on labor and welfare rights, voting rights, racism, civil disobedience, nonviolence, economic inequality, poverty, love, just-war theory, virtue ethics, political theology, imperialism, nationalism, reparations, and social justice. In King’s exciting and learned work, the authors find an array of compelling challenges to some of the most pressing political dilemmas of our present, and rethink the legacy of this towering figure.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-point-of-it-all-a-lifetime-of-great-loves-and-endeavors-by-charles-krauthammer--65209375https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of It All: A Lifetime of Great Loves and Endeavors Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Daniel Krauthammer, Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Created and compiled by Charles Krauthammer before his death, The Point of It All is a powerful collection of the influential columnist's most important works. Spanning the personal, the political and the philosophical, it includes never-before-published speeches and a major new essay about the effect of today's populist movements on the future of global democracy. Edited and with an introduction by the columnist's son, Daniel Krauthammer, it is the most intimate and profound book yet by the legendary writer and thinker.   In his decades of work as America's preeminent political commentator, Charles Krauthammer elevated the opinion column to a form of art. Whether writing about statecraft and foreign policy or reflecting on more esoteric topics such as baseball, spaceflight and medical ethics, Krauthammer was beloved not only for his penetrating wit and insight but also for his ability to identify the hidden moral truths that animate our politics and culture.   This new collection, which Krauthammer composed before his death in June 2018, features the columns, speeches and unpublished writings that showcase the best of his original thought and his last, enduring words on the state of American politics, the nature of liberal democracy and the course of world history.   The book also includes a deeply personal section offering insight into Krauthammer's beliefs about what mattered most to him--friendship, family and the principles he lived by--all anchored by Daniel Krauthammer's poignant eulogy for his father.   For longtime readers and newcomers alike, The Point of It All is a timely demonstration of what it means to cut through the noise of petty politics with clarity, integrity and intellectual fortitude. It is a reminder of what made Charles Krauthammer the most celebrated American columnist and political thinker of his generation, a revealing look at the man behind the words and a lasting testament to his belief that anyone with an open and honest mind can grapple deeply with the most urgent questions in politics and in life. With an Introduction and Eulogy by Daniel Krauthammer, read by Daniel Krauthammer]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354510Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of It All: A Lifetime of Great Loves and Endeavors Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Daniel Krauthammer, Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of It All: A Lifetime of Great Loves and Endeavors Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Daniel Krauthammer, Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Created and compiled by Charles Krauthammer before his death, The Point of It All is a powerful collection of the influential columnist's most important works. Spanning the personal, the political and the philosophical, it includes never-before-published speeches and a major new essay about the effect of today's populist movements on the future of global democracy. Edited and with an introduction by the columnist's son, Daniel Krauthammer, it is the most intimate and profound book yet by the legendary writer and thinker.   In his decades of work as America's preeminent political commentator, Charles Krauthammer elevated the opinion column to a form of art. Whether writing about statecraft and foreign policy or reflecting on more esoteric topics such as baseball, spaceflight and medical ethics, Krauthammer was beloved not only for his penetrating wit and insight but also for his ability to identify the hidden moral truths that animate our politics and culture.   This new collection, which Krauthammer composed before his death in June 2018, features the columns, speeches and unpublished writings that showcase the best of his original thought and his last, enduring words on the state of American politics, the nature of liberal democracy and the course of world history.   The book also includes a deeply personal section offering insight into Krauthammer's beliefs about what mattered most to him--friendship, family and the principles he lived by--all anchored by Daniel Krauthammer's poignant eulogy for his father.   For longtime readers and newcomers alike, The Point of It All is a timely demonstration of what it means to cut through the noise of petty politics with clarity, integrity and intellectual fortitude. It is a reminder of what made Charles Krauthammer the most celebrated American columnist and political thinker of his generation, a revealing look at the man behind the words and a lasting testament to his belief that anyone with an open and honest mind can grapple deeply with the most urgent questions in politics and in life. With an Introduction and Eulogy by Daniel Krauthammer, read by Daniel Krauthammer]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-for-impeaching-trump-by-elizabeth-holtzman--65209449https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Impeaching Trump Author: Elizabeth Holtzman Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Elizabeth Holtzman has always been the first and the bravest, the smartest and most trusted. She is the expert we need to deal with an accidental President who got there as a serial sexual harasser, a candidate who lost the popular vote, and an unsuccessful businessman who was born on third base and thinks he hit a home run. Now what? Ask Liz!'―Gloria Steinem Elizabeth Holtzman has been a principled leader and a persistent voice for equality and accountability since she became the youngest woman ever elected to Congress in 1973, which she remained for forty-two years. But she sees American democratic ideals, and the rule of law in the United States, eroding under President Trump. And as a member of the House Judiciary Committee that voted to impeach Nixon, and one of the members of the Homeland Security advisory council who resigned in protest of President Donald Trump’s policy of separating families at the border, former Congresswoman Holtzman knows that of which she speaks: “President Donald Trump threatens our democracy. He lies, attacks our constitution, assaults the press, and obstructs justice. He causes unfathomable damage. The Constitution has a remedy for presidents who commit ‘great and dangerous offenses’: impeachment. A fair, lawful, bipartisan impeachment inquiry into President Trump means getting to the bottom of things. It means analyzing with a clear head and heart what President Trump has done and what the law requires. Impeaching a president is a grave undertaking. The compassionate and diverse America I know demands we get ready to do it.” The Case for Impeaching Trump establishes the requirements for impeachment as set out by the Constitution and proves that President Trump’s actions have already met those requirements. Holtzman makes the definitive, constitutional case that Trump can be impeached―and the process should start now.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347985Tue, 27 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Impeaching Trump Author: Elizabeth Holtzman Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Impeaching Trump Author: Elizabeth Holtzman Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Elizabeth Holtzman has always been the first and the bravest, the smartest and most trusted. She is the expert we need to deal with an accidental President who got there as a serial sexual harasser, a candidate who lost the popular vote, and an unsuccessful businessman who was born on third base and thinks he hit a home run. Now what? Ask Liz!'―Gloria Steinem Elizabeth Holtzman has been a principled leader and a persistent voice for equality and accountability since she became the youngest woman ever elected to Congress in 1973, which she remained for forty-two years. But she sees American democratic ideals, and the rule of law in the United States, eroding under President Trump. And as a member of the House Judiciary Committee that voted to impeach Nixon, and one of the members of the Homeland Security advisory council who resigned in protest of President Donald Trump’s policy of separating families at the border, former Congresswoman Holtzman knows that of which she speaks: “President Donald Trump threatens our democracy. He lies, attacks our constitution, assaults the press, and obstructs justice. He causes unfathomable damage. The Constitution has a remedy for presidents who commit ‘great and dangerous offenses’: impeachment. A fair, lawful, bipartisan impeachment inquiry into President Trump means getting to the bottom of things. It means analyzing with a clear head and heart what President Trump has done and what the law requires. Impeaching a president is a grave undertaking. The compassionate and diverse America I know demands we get ready to do it.” The Case for Impeaching Trump establishes the requirements for impeachment as set out by the Constitution and proves that President Trump’s actions have already met those requirements. Holtzman makes the definitive, constitutional case that Trump can be impeached―and the process should start now.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-s-enemies-how-the-deep-state-is-undermining-the-presidency-by-david-n-bossie-corey-r-lewandowski--65209325https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump's Enemies: How the Deep State Is Undermining the Presidency Author: David N. Bossie, Corey R. Lewandowski Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Corey R. Lewandowski and David N. Bossie, the authors of the blockbuster, Let Trump Be Trump: the Inside Story of His Rise to the Presidency, are back with their next New York Times bestseller. The assault on the 45th president began immediately following Donald J. Trump's victory in the 2016 presidential election. It was then that Democrats concocted the absurd story of Russian spies and international plots as an excuse for Hillary's humiliating defeat. It was in those early days, too, during the presidential transition, when enemies of Donald Trump began to tunnel their way into the White House with the intent to undermine the president and subvert his agenda. Perhaps there are no two people better to tell what is certain to be the story of our lifetime than Corey R. Lewandowski and David N. Bossie. The guys in the room who brought you the bestselling account of the 2016 Donald J. Trump for President campaign, Let Trump Be Trump, Lewandowski and Bossie now offer a first-hand account of what is, perhaps, the battle for the life of our very democracy. Using unparalleled, behind-the-scenes sourcing from inside the White House and on Capitol Hill, and access to the president and other key players, Trump's Enemies offers a never-before-seen look deep into the forces aligned against the president. Lewandowski and Bossie were present in Trump Tower and at Bedminster during the presidential transition and saw the events that gave root to the unelected 'resistance' in the White House today. Bossie was witness to the moment the fake Russia investigation was enacted by James Comey, who legitimized the phony 'Steele dossier' by presenting it to the new president-elect. A close confidant of the president, Lewandowski knows what goes on behind the West Wing walls as well as anyone. But Trump's Enemies is also the story of how President Trump is fighting back. In the face of a gale of media disinformation and the looming black cloud of Mueller's politically motivated investigation, President Trump has still managed to accomplish more than any of his predecessor in the short time he's been in office. Often traveling with the president on Air Force One to rallies around the country, Lewandowski and Bossie tell, as no one else can, the story of Donald Trump bringing his message to the people who are the only ones who should decide the future of his presidency-the American voters.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358497Tue, 27 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump's Enemies: How the Deep State Is Undermining the Presidency Author: David N. Bossie, Corey R. Lewandowski Narrator: John Pruden Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump's Enemies: How the Deep State Is Undermining the Presidency Author: David N. Bossie, Corey R. Lewandowski Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Corey R. Lewandowski and David N. Bossie, the authors of the blockbuster, Let Trump Be Trump: the Inside Story of His Rise to the Presidency, are back with their next New York Times bestseller. The assault on the 45th president began immediately following Donald J. Trump's victory in the 2016 presidential election. It was then that Democrats concocted the absurd story of Russian spies and international plots as an excuse for Hillary's humiliating defeat. It was in those early days, too, during the presidential transition, when enemies of Donald Trump began to tunnel their way into the White House with the intent to undermine the president and subvert his agenda. Perhaps there are no two people better to tell what is certain to be the story of our lifetime than Corey R. Lewandowski and David N. Bossie. The guys in the room who brought you the bestselling account of the 2016 Donald J. Trump for President campaign, Let Trump Be Trump, Lewandowski and Bossie now offer a first-hand account of what is, perhaps, the battle for the life of our very democracy. Using unparalleled, behind-the-scenes sourcing from inside the White House and on Capitol Hill, and access to the president and other key players, Trump's Enemies offers a never-before-seen look deep into the forces aligned against the president. Lewandowski and Bossie were present in Trump Tower and at Bedminster during the presidential transition and saw the events that gave root to the unelected 'resistance' in the White House today. Bossie was witness to the moment the fake Russia investigation was enacted by James Comey, who legitimized the phony 'Steele dossier' by presenting it to the new president-elect. A close confidant of the president, Lewandowski knows what goes on behind the West Wing walls as well as anyone. But Trump's Enemies is also the story of how President Trump is fighting back. In the face of a gale of media disinformation and the looming black cloud of Mueller's politically motivated investigation, President Trump has still managed to accomplish more than any of his predecessor in the short time he's been in office. Often traveling with the president on Air Force One to rallies around the country, Lewandowski and Bossie tell, as no one else can, the story of Donald Trump bringing his message to the people who are the only ones who should decide the future of his presidency-the American voters.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/1960-lbj-vs-jfk-vs-nixon-the-epic-campaign-that-forged-three-presidencies-by-david-pietrusza--65209322https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1960: LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon--The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies Author: David Pietrusza Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '1960 aims to take us deeper into the campaign than Theodore White's famous The Making of the President, 1960. And it does.' ―Chicago Sun-Times Award-winning historian David Pietrusza's hard-edged account of the 1960 Presidential Campaign―the bare-knuckle politics of the primaries, the party conventions' backroom dealings, the unprecedented television debates, along with hot-button issues of race, religion, and foreign policy. And, at the center of it all, three future presidents―LBJ, JFK, and Nixon. 'Terrific!' ―Robert A. Caro, winner of two Pulitzer Prizes and the National Book Award It was the election that would ultimately give America 'Camelot' and its tragic aftermath. 1960 is a stunning recreation of the bare-knuckle politics of the primaries, the party conventions' backroom dealings, the unprecedented television debates, along with hot-button issues of race, religion, and foreign policy. And, at the center of it all, three future presidents―Lyndon Johnson, John F. Kennedy, and Richard Nixon. In this essential work of history, David Pietrusza chronicles 1960's struggle for power by bringing to life its towering events and personalities, unlocking its secrets, and turning expert scholarship into rich, human storytelling. 'A stirring, hard-edged political saga… An outstanding reexamination.' ―Booklist '1960 provides new insights into that year's hard-fought, pivotal election, but, more than that, 1960 is great storytelling―a fascinating, can't-put-it-down account of how American politics really works.' ―Former United States Attorney General Richard Thornburgh 'Pietrusza's 1960 is essential for understanding the political forces that in many ways shaped the world we live in today.' ―David Mark, journalist, political analyst, and author of Going Dirty: The Art of Negative Campaigning]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354313Tue, 20 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1960: LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon--The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies Author: David Pietrusza Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1960: LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon--The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies Author: David Pietrusza Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '1960 aims to take us deeper into the campaign than Theodore White's famous The Making of the President, 1960. And it does.' ―Chicago Sun-Times Award-winning historian David Pietrusza's hard-edged account of the 1960 Presidential Campaign―the bare-knuckle politics of the primaries, the party conventions' backroom dealings, the unprecedented television debates, along with hot-button issues of race, religion, and foreign policy. And, at the center of it all, three future presidents―LBJ, JFK, and Nixon. 'Terrific!' ―Robert A. Caro, winner of two Pulitzer Prizes and the National Book Award It was the election that would ultimately give America 'Camelot' and its tragic aftermath. 1960 is a stunning recreation of the bare-knuckle politics of the primaries, the party conventions' backroom dealings, the unprecedented television debates, along with hot-button issues of race, religion, and foreign policy. And, at the center of it all, three future presidents―Lyndon Johnson, John F. Kennedy, and Richard Nixon. In this essential work of history, David Pietrusza chronicles 1960's struggle for power by bringing to life its towering events and personalities, unlocking its secrets, and turning expert scholarship into rich, human storytelling. 'A stirring, hard-edged political saga… An outstanding reexamination.' ―Booklist '1960 provides new insights into that year's hard-fought, pivotal election, but, more than that, 1960 is great storytelling―a fascinating, can't-put-it-down account of how American politics really works.' ―Former United States Attorney General Richard Thornburgh 'Pietrusza's 1960 is essential for understanding the political forces that in many ways shaped the world we live in today.' ―David Mark, journalist, political analyst, and author of Going Dirty: The Art of Negative Campaigning]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-praise-of-blood-the-crimes-of-the-rwandan-patriotic-front-by-judi-rever--65209316https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Blood: The Crimes of the Rwandan Patriotic Front Author: Judi Rever Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A FINALIST FOR THE HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE: A stunning work of investigative reporting by a Canadian journalist who has risked her own life to bring us a deeply disturbing history of the Rwandan genocide that takes the true measure of Rwandan head of state Paul Kagame. Through unparalleled interviews with RPF defectors, former soldiers and atrocity survivors, supported by documents leaked from a UN court, Judi Rever brings us the complete history of the Rwandan genocide. Considered by the international community to be the saviours who ended the Hutu slaughter of innocent Tutsis, Kagame and his rebel forces were also killing, in quiet and in the dark, as ruthlessly as the Hutu genocidaire were killing in daylight. The reason why the larger world community hasn't recognized this truth? Kagame and his top commanders effectively covered their tracks and, post-genocide, rallied world guilt and played the heroes in order to attract funds to rebuild Rwanda and to maintain and extend the Tutsi sphere of influence in the region.      Judi Rever, who has followed the story since 1997, has marshalled irrefutable evidence to show that Kagame's own troops shot down the presidential plane on April 6, 1994--the act that put the match to the genocidal flame. And she proves, without a shadow of doubt, that as Kagame and his forces slowly advanced on the capital of Kigali, they were ethnically cleansing the country of Hutu men, women and children in order that returning Tutsi settlers, displaced since the early '60s, would have homes and land. This book is heartbreaking, chilling and necessary.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359207Tue, 20 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Blood: The Crimes of the Rwandan Patriotic Front Author: Judi Rever Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Blood: The Crimes of the Rwandan Patriotic Front Author: Judi Rever Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A FINALIST FOR THE HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE: A stunning work of investigative reporting by a Canadian journalist who has risked her own life to bring us a deeply disturbing history of the Rwandan genocide that takes the true measure of Rwandan head of state Paul Kagame. Through unparalleled interviews with RPF defectors, former soldiers and atrocity survivors, supported by documents leaked from a UN court, Judi Rever brings us the complete history of the Rwandan genocide. Considered by the international community to be the saviours who ended the Hutu slaughter of innocent Tutsis, Kagame and his rebel forces were also killing, in quiet and in the dark, as ruthlessly as the Hutu genocidaire were killing in daylight. The reason why the larger world community hasn't recognized this truth? Kagame and his top commanders effectively covered their tracks and, post-genocide, rallied world guilt and played the heroes in order to attract funds to rebuild Rwanda and to maintain and extend the Tutsi sphere of influence in the region.      Judi Rever, who has followed the story since 1997, has marshalled irrefutable evidence to show that Kagame's own troops shot down the presidential plane on April 6, 1994--the act that put the match to the genocidal flame. And she proves, without a shadow of doubt, that as Kagame and his forces slowly advanced on the capital of Kigali, they were ethnically cleansing the country of Hutu men, women and children in order that returning Tutsi settlers, displaced since the early '60s, would have homes and land. This book is heartbreaking, chilling and necessary.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-women-have-better-sex-under-socialism-and-other-arguments-for-economic-independence-by-kristen-r-ghodsee--65209301https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence Author: Kristen R. Ghodsee Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A spirited, deeply researched exploration of why capitalism is bad for women and how, when done right, socialism leads to economic independence, better labor conditions, better work-life balance and, yes, even better sex. In a witty, irreverent op-ed piece that went viral, Kristen Ghodsee argued that women had better sex under socialism. The response was tremendous — clearly she articulated something many women had sensed for years: the problem is with capitalism, not with us. Ghodsee, an acclaimed ethnographer and professor of Russian and East European Studies, spent years researching what happened to women in countries that transitioned from state socialism to capitalism. She argues here that unregulated capitalism disproportionately harms women, and that we should learn from the past. By rejecting the bad and salvaging the good, we can adapt some socialist ideas to the 21st century and improve our lives. She tackles all aspects of a woman's life - work, parenting, sex and relationships, citizenship, and leadership. In a chapter called "Women: Like Men, But Cheaper," she talks about women in the workplace, discussing everything from the wage gap to harassment and discrimination. In "What To Expect When You're Expecting Exploitation," she addresses motherhood and how "having it all" is impossible under capitalism. Women are standing up for themselves like never before, from the increase in the number of women running for office to the women's march to the long-overdue public outcry against sexual harassment. Interest in socialism is also on the rise -- whether it's the popularity of Bernie Sanders or the skyrocketing membership numbers of the Democratic Socialists of America. It's become increasingly clear to women that capitalism isn't working for us, and Ghodsee is the informed, lively guide who can show us the way forward.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358493Tue, 20 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence Author: Kristen R. Ghodsee Narrator: Esther Wane Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence Author: Kristen R. Ghodsee Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A spirited, deeply researched exploration of why capitalism is bad for women and how, when done right, socialism leads to economic independence, better labor conditions, better work-life balance and, yes, even better sex. In a witty, irreverent op-ed piece that went viral, Kristen Ghodsee argued that women had better sex under socialism. The response was tremendous — clearly she articulated something many women had sensed for years: the problem is with capitalism, not with us. Ghodsee, an acclaimed ethnographer and professor of Russian and East European Studies, spent years researching what happened to women in countries that transitioned from state socialism to capitalism. She argues here that unregulated capitalism disproportionately harms women, and that we should learn from the past. By rejecting the bad and salvaging the good, we can adapt some socialist ideas to the 21st century and improve our lives. She tackles all aspects of a woman's life - work, parenting, sex and relationships, citizenship, and leadership. In a chapter called "Women: Like Men, But Cheaper," she talks about women in the workplace, discussing everything from the wage gap to harassment and discrimination. In "What To Expect When You're Expecting Exploitation," she addresses motherhood and how "having it all" is impossible under capitalism. Women are standing up for themselves like never before, from the increase in the number of women running for office to the women's march to the long-overdue public outcry against sexual harassment. Interest in socialism is also on the rise -- whether it's the popularity of Bernie Sanders or the skyrocketing membership numbers of the Democratic Socialists of America. It's become increasingly clear to women that capitalism isn't working for us, and Ghodsee is the informed, lively guide who can show us the way forward.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russia-without-putin-money-power-and-the-myths-of-the-new-cold-war-by-tony-wood--65209472https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia Without Putin: Money, Power and the Myths of the New Cold War Author: Tony Wood Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the West's obsession with Vladimir Putin prevents it from understanding Russia It is impossible to think of Russia today without thinking of Vladimir Putin. More than any other major national leader, he personifies his country in the eyes of the outside world, and dominates Western media coverage of it to an extraordinary extent. In Russia itself, he is likewise the centre of attention for detractors and supporters alike. But as Tony Wood argues, this overwhelming focus on the president and his personality means that we understand Russia less than we ever did before. Too much attention is paid to the man, and not enough to the country outside the Kremlin's walls. In this timely and provocative analysis, Wood looks beyond Putin to explore the profound changes Russia has undergone since 1991. In the process, he challenges many of the common assumptions made about contemporary Russia. Though commonly viewed as an ominous return to Soviet authoritarianism, Putin's rule should instead be seen as a direct continuation of Yeltsin's in the 1990s. And though many of Russia's problems today are blamed on legacies of the Soviet past, Wood argues that the core features of Putinism—a predatory, authoritarian elite presiding over a vastly unequal society—are integral to the system set in place after the fall of Communism. What kind of country has emerged from Russia's post-Soviet transformations, and where might it go in future? Russia Without Putin culminates in an arresting analysis of the country's foreign policy—identifying the real power dynamics behind its escalating clashes with the West—and with reflections on the paths Russia might take in the twenty-first century.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359366Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia Without Putin: Money, Power and the Myths of the New Cold War Author: Tony Wood Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia Without Putin: Money, Power and the Myths of the New Cold War Author: Tony Wood Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the West's obsession with Vladimir Putin prevents it from understanding Russia It is impossible to think of Russia today without thinking of Vladimir Putin. More than any other major national leader, he personifies his country in the eyes of the outside world, and dominates Western media coverage of it to an extraordinary extent. In Russia itself, he is likewise the centre of attention for detractors and supporters alike. But as Tony Wood argues, this overwhelming focus on the president and his personality means that we understand Russia less than we ever did before. Too much attention is paid to the man, and not enough to the country outside the Kremlin's walls. In this timely and provocative analysis, Wood looks beyond Putin to explore the profound changes Russia has undergone since 1991. In the process, he challenges many of the common assumptions made about contemporary Russia. Though commonly viewed as an ominous return to Soviet authoritarianism, Putin's rule should instead be seen as a direct continuation of Yeltsin's in the 1990s. And though many of Russia's problems today are blamed on legacies of the Soviet past, Wood argues that the core features of Putinism—a predatory, authoritarian elite presiding over a vastly unequal society—are integral to the system set in place after the fall of Communism. What kind of country has emerged from Russia's post-Soviet transformations, and where might it go in future? Russia Without Putin culminates in an arresting analysis of the country's foreign policy—identifying the real power dynamics behind its escalating clashes with the West—and with reflections on the paths Russia might take in the twenty-first century.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/1948-harry-truman-s-improbable-victory-and-the-year-that-transformed-america-by-david-pietrusza--65209373https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1948: Harry Truman's Improbable Victory and the Year That Transformed America Author: David Pietrusza Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The wild, combative inside story of the most stunning upset in the history of presidential elections: Harry Truman's 1948 victory over Tom Dewey. 'Outstanding. . . . by far the best yet about the fateful [1948] election.' ―Minneapolis Star-Tribune 'Coherent, compelling. . . . A skillful, authoritative investigation.' ―Kirkus Reviews Award-winning historian David Pietrusza unpacks the most ingloriously iconic headline in the history of presidential elections―DEWEY DEFEATS TRUMAN―to reveal the 1948 campaign's backstage events and recount the down-to-the-wire brawl fought against the background of an erupting Cold War, the Berlin Airlift, the birth of Israel, and a post-war America facing exploding storms over civil rights and domestic communism. 'A terrific book. . . . a must-read.' ―Ron Faucheux, former editor-in-chief, Campaigns & Elections magazine 'David Pietrusza brilliantly portrays President Harry Truman's successful efforts to stave off the challenge of New York Gov. Tom Dewey, who was making a repeat bid as the Republican nominee.' ―David Mark, journalist, political analyst, and author of Going Dirty: The Art of Negative Campaigning 'Sweeping . . . compelling.' ―Library Journal]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354310Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1948: Harry Truman's Improbable Victory and the Year That Transformed America Author: David Pietrusza Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1948: Harry Truman's Improbable Victory and the Year That Transformed America Author: David Pietrusza Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The wild, combative inside story of the most stunning upset in the history of presidential elections: Harry Truman's 1948 victory over Tom Dewey. 'Outstanding. . . . by far the best yet about the fateful [1948] election.' ―Minneapolis Star-Tribune 'Coherent, compelling. . . . A skillful, authoritative investigation.' ―Kirkus Reviews Award-winning historian David Pietrusza unpacks the most ingloriously iconic headline in the history of presidential elections―DEWEY DEFEATS TRUMAN―to reveal the 1948 campaign's backstage events and recount the down-to-the-wire brawl fought against the background of an erupting Cold War, the Berlin Airlift, the birth of Israel, and a post-war America facing exploding storms over civil rights and domestic communism. 'A terrific book. . . . a must-read.' ―Ron Faucheux, former editor-in-chief, Campaigns & Elections magazine 'David Pietrusza brilliantly portrays President Harry Truman's successful efforts to stave off the challenge of New York Gov. Tom Dewey, who was making a repeat bid as the Republican nominee.' ―David Mark, journalist, political analyst, and author of Going Dirty: The Art of Negative Campaigning 'Sweeping . . . compelling.' ―Library Journal]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-get-rid-of-a-president-history-s-guide-to-removing-unpopular-unable-or-unfit-chief-executives-by-david-priess--65209334https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get Rid of a President: History's Guide to Removing Unpopular, Unable, or Unfit Chief Executives Author: David Priess Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid political history of the schemes, plots, maneuvers, and conspiracies that have attempted -- successfully and not -- to remove unwanted presidents To limit executive power, the founding fathers created fixed presidential terms of four years, giving voters regular opportunities to remove their leaders. Even so, Americans have often resorted to more dramatic paths to disempower the chief executive. The American presidency has seen it all, from rejecting a sitting president's renomination bid and undermining their authority in office to the more drastic methods of impeachment, and, most brutal of all, assassination. How to Get Rid of a President showcases the political dark arts in action: a stew of election dramas, national tragedies, and presidential departures mixed with party intrigue, personal betrayal, and backroom shenanigans. This briskly paced, darkly humorous voyage proves that while the pomp and circumstance of presidential elections might draw more attention, the way that presidents are removed teaches us much more about our political order.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358494Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get Rid of a President: History's Guide to Removing Unpopular, Unable, or Unfit Chief Executives Author: David Priess Narrator: Jason Culp...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get Rid of a President: History's Guide to Removing Unpopular, Unable, or Unfit Chief Executives Author: David Priess Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid political history of the schemes, plots, maneuvers, and conspiracies that have attempted -- successfully and not -- to remove unwanted presidents To limit executive power, the founding fathers created fixed presidential terms of four years, giving voters regular opportunities to remove their leaders. Even so, Americans have often resorted to more dramatic paths to disempower the chief executive. The American presidency has seen it all, from rejecting a sitting president's renomination bid and undermining their authority in office to the more drastic methods of impeachment, and, most brutal of all, assassination. How to Get Rid of a President showcases the political dark arts in action: a stew of election dramas, national tragedies, and presidential departures mixed with party intrigue, personal betrayal, and backroom shenanigans. This briskly paced, darkly humorous voyage proves that while the pomp and circumstance of presidential elections might draw more attention, the way that presidents are removed teaches us much more about our political order.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-ll-see-this-message-when-it-is-too-late-the-legal-and-economic-aftermath-of-cybersecurity-breaches-by-josephine-wolff--65209326https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359304 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You’ll See This Message When It Is Too Late: The Legal and Economic Aftermath of Cybersecurity Breaches Author: Josephine Wolff Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cybersecurity incidents make the news with startling regularity. Each breach―the theft of 145.5 million Americans’ information from Equifax, for example, or the Russian government’s theft of National Security Agency documents, or the Sony Pictures data dump―makes headlines, inspires panic, instigates lawsuits, and is then forgotten. The cycle of alarm and amnesia continues with the next attack, and the one after that. In this book, cybersecurity expert Josephine Wolff argues that we shouldn’t forget about these incidents, we should investigate their trajectory, from technology flaws to reparations for harm done to their impact on future security measures. We can learn valuable lessons in the aftermath of cybersecurity breaches. Wolff describes a series of significant cybersecurity incidents between 2005 and 2015, mapping the entire life cycle of each breach in order to identify opportunities for defensive intervention. She outlines three types of motives underlying these attacks―financial gain, espionage, and public humiliation of the victims―that have remained consistent through a decade of cyberattacks, offers examples of each, and analyzes the emergence of different attack patterns. The enormous TJX breach in 2006, for instance, set the pattern for a series of payment card fraud incidents that led to identity fraud and extortion; the Chinese army conducted cyberespionage campaigns directed at US-based companies from 2006 to 2014, sparking debate about the distinction between economic and political espionage; and the 2014 breach of the Ashley Madison website was aimed at reputations rather than bank accounts.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359304Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359304 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You’ll See This Message When It Is Too Late: The Legal and Economic Aftermath of Cybersecurity Breaches Author: Josephine Wolff Narrator: Kate Reading...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359304 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You’ll See This Message When It Is Too Late: The Legal and Economic Aftermath of Cybersecurity Breaches Author: Josephine Wolff Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cybersecurity incidents make the news with startling regularity. Each breach―the theft of 145.5 million Americans’ information from Equifax, for example, or the Russian government’s theft of National Security Agency documents, or the Sony Pictures data dump―makes headlines, inspires panic, instigates lawsuits, and is then forgotten. The cycle of alarm and amnesia continues with the next attack, and the one after that. In this book, cybersecurity expert Josephine Wolff argues that we shouldn’t forget about these incidents, we should investigate their trajectory, from technology flaws to reparations for harm done to their impact on future security measures. We can learn valuable lessons in the aftermath of cybersecurity breaches. Wolff describes a series of significant cybersecurity incidents between 2005 and 2015, mapping the entire life cycle of each breach in order to identify opportunities for defensive intervention. She outlines three types of motives underlying these attacks―financial gain, espionage, and public humiliation of the victims―that have remained consistent through a decade of cyberattacks, offers examples of each, and analyzes the emergence of different attack patterns. The enormous TJX breach in 2006, for instance, set the pattern for a series of payment card fraud incidents that led to identity fraud and extortion; the Chinese army conducted cyberespionage campaigns directed at US-based companies from 2006 to 2014, sparking debate about the distinction between economic and political espionage; and the 2014 breach of the Ashley Madison website was aimed at reputations rather than bank accounts.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/back-in-the-game-one-gunman-countless-heroes-and-the-fight-for-my-life-by-steve-scalise--65209304https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359659 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back in the Game: One Gunman, Countless Heroes, and the Fight for My Life Author: Steve Scalise Narrator: Steve Scalise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'gripping and inspiring' true story (Washington Examiner) of how Congressman Steve Scalise survived a political mass shooting and returned to Congress with the help of his friends, family, and faith. On the morning of June 14, 2017, at a practice field for the annual Congressional Baseball Game, a man opened fire on the Republican team, wounding five and nearly killing Louisiana congressman Steve Scalise. In heart-pounding fashion, Scalise's minute-by-minute account tells not just his own harrowing story, but the stories of heroes who emerged in the seconds after the shooting began and worked to save his life and the lives of his colleagues and teammates. Scalise delves into the backgrounds of each hero, seeking to understand how everyone wound up right where they needed to be, right when they needed to be there, and in possession of just the knowledge and experience they needed in order to save his life. Scalise takes us through each miracle, and each person who experienced it. He brings us the story of Rep. Brad Wenstrup, an Army Reserve officer and surgeon whose combat experience in Iraq uniquely prepared him for the attack that morning; of the members of his security detail, who acted with nearly cinematic courage; of the police, paramedics, helicopter pilots, and trauma team who came together to save his life. Most important, it tells of the citizens from all over America who came together in ways big and small to help one grateful man, and whose prayers lifted up Scalise during the worst days of his hospitalization. As we follow the gripping, poignant, and ultimately inspiring story, we begin to realize what Scalise learned firsthand in real time: that Americans look out for each other, and that there is far more uniting us than dividing us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359659Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359659 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back in the Game: One Gunman, Countless Heroes, and the Fight for My Life Author: Steve Scalise Narrator: Steve Scalise Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359659 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back in the Game: One Gunman, Countless Heroes, and the Fight for My Life Author: Steve Scalise Narrator: Steve Scalise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'gripping and inspiring' true story (Washington Examiner) of how Congressman Steve Scalise survived a political mass shooting and returned to Congress with the help of his friends, family, and faith. On the morning of June 14, 2017, at a practice field for the annual Congressional Baseball Game, a man opened fire on the Republican team, wounding five and nearly killing Louisiana congressman Steve Scalise. In heart-pounding fashion, Scalise's minute-by-minute account tells not just his own harrowing story, but the stories of heroes who emerged in the seconds after the shooting began and worked to save his life and the lives of his colleagues and teammates. Scalise delves into the backgrounds of each hero, seeking to understand how everyone wound up right where they needed to be, right when they needed to be there, and in possession of just the knowledge and experience they needed in order to save his life. Scalise takes us through each miracle, and each person who experienced it. He brings us the story of Rep. Brad Wenstrup, an Army Reserve officer and surgeon whose combat experience in Iraq uniquely prepared him for the attack that morning; of the members of his security detail, who acted with nearly cinematic courage; of the police, paramedics, helicopter pilots, and trauma team who came together to save his life. Most important, it tells of the citizens from all over America who came together in ways big and small to help one grateful man, and whose prayers lifted up Scalise during the worst days of his hospitalization. As we follow the gripping, poignant, and ultimately inspiring story, we begin to realize what Scalise learned firsthand in real time: that Americans look out for each other, and that there is far more uniting us than dividing us.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/proof-of-collusion-how-trump-betrayed-america-by-seth-abramson--65209300https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358512 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proof of Collusion: How Trump Betrayed America Author: Seth Abramson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, the full, explosive record of the unthinkable: how a US president compromised American foreign policy in exchange for the promise of future business and covert election assistance. Looking back at this moment in history, historians will ask if Americans knew they were living through the first case of criminal conspiracy between an American presidential candidate turned commander in chief and a geopolitical enemy. The answer might be: it was hard to see the whole picture. The stories coming in from around the globe have often seemed fantastical: clandestine meetings in foreign capitals, secret recordings in a Moscow hotel, Kremlin agents infiltrating the Trump inner circle... Seth Abramson has tracked every one of these far-flung reports and now, in Proof of Collusion, he finally gives us a record of the unthinkable - a president compromising American foreign policy in exchange for the promise of future business and covert election assistance. The attorney, professor and former criminal investigator has used his exacting legal mind and forensic acumen to compile, organise and analyse every piece of the Trump-Russia story. His conclusion is clear: the case for collusion is staring us in the face. Drawing from American and European news outlets, he takes readers through the Trump-Russia scandal chronologically, putting the developments in context and showing how they connect. His extraordinary march through all the public evidence includes: * How Trump worked for thirty years to expand his real estate empire into Russia even as he was rescued from bankruptcy by Putin’s oligarchs and Kremlin agents. * How Russian intelligence gathered compromising material on him over multiple trips. * How Trump recruited Russian allies and business partners while running for president. * How he surrounded himself with advisers who engaged in clandestine negotiations with Russia. * How Trump aides and family members held secret meetings with foreign agents and lied about them. By pulling every last thread of this complicated story together, Abramson argues that - even in the absence of a Congressional investigation or a report from Special Counsel Mueller - the public record already indicates a quid pro quo between Trump and the Kremlin. The most extraordinary part of the case for collusion is that so much of it unfolded in plain sight.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358512Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358512 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proof of Collusion: How Trump Betrayed America Author: Seth Abramson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358512 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Proof of Collusion: How Trump Betrayed America Author: Seth Abramson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, the full, explosive record of the unthinkable: how a US president compromised American foreign policy in exchange for the promise of future business and covert election assistance. Looking back at this moment in history, historians will ask if Americans knew they were living through the first case of criminal conspiracy between an American presidential candidate turned commander in chief and a geopolitical enemy. The answer might be: it was hard to see the whole picture. The stories coming in from around the globe have often seemed fantastical: clandestine meetings in foreign capitals, secret recordings in a Moscow hotel, Kremlin agents infiltrating the Trump inner circle... Seth Abramson has tracked every one of these far-flung reports and now, in Proof of Collusion, he finally gives us a record of the unthinkable - a president compromising American foreign policy in exchange for the promise of future business and covert election assistance. The attorney, professor and former criminal investigator has used his exacting legal mind and forensic acumen to compile, organise and analyse every piece of the Trump-Russia story. His conclusion is clear: the case for collusion is staring us in the face. Drawing from American and European news outlets, he takes readers through the Trump-Russia scandal chronologically, putting the developments in context and showing how they connect. His extraordinary march through all the public evidence includes: * How Trump worked for thirty years to expand his real estate empire into Russia even as he was rescued from bankruptcy by Putin’s oligarchs and Kremlin agents. * How Russian intelligence gathered compromising material on him over multiple trips. * How Trump recruited Russian allies and business partners while running for president. * How he surrounded himself with advisers who engaged in clandestine negotiations with Russia. * How Trump aides and family members held secret meetings with foreign agents and lied about them. By pulling every last thread of this complicated story together, Abramson argues that - even in the absence of a Congressional investigation or a report from Special Counsel Mueller - the public record already indicates a quid pro quo between Trump and the Kremlin. The most extraordinary part of the case for collusion is that so much of it unfolded in plain sight.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/shaping-the-future-of-the-fourth-industrial-revolution-a-guide-to-building-a-better-world-by-klaus-schwab-nicholas-davis--65209374https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution: A guide to building a better world Author: Klaus Schwab, Nicholas Davis Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolutionby Klaus Schwab and Nicholas Davis, read by Nicholas Guy Smith. The Fourth Industrial Revolution is changing everything - from the way we relate to each other, to the work we do, the way our economies work, and what it means to be human. We cannot let the brave new world that technology is currently creating simply emerge. All of us need to help shape the future we want to live in. But what do we need to know and do to achieve this? In Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution, Klaus Schwab explores how people from all backgrounds and sectors can influence the way that technology transforms our world. Drawing on contributions by more than 200 of the world's leading technology, economic and sociological experts to present a practical guide for citizens, business leaders, social influencers and policy-makers this book outlines the most important dynamics of the technology revolution, highlights important stakeholders that are often overlooked in our discussion of the latest scientific breakthroughs, and explores 12 different technology areas central to the future of humanity. Emerging technologies are not predetermined forces out of our control, nor are they simple tools with known impacts and consequences. The exciting capabilities provided by artificial intelligence, distributed ledger systems and cryptocurrencies, advanced materials and biotechnologies are already transforming society. The actions we take today - and those we don't - will quickly become embedded in ever-more powerful technologies that surround us and will, very soon, become an integral part of us. By connecting the dots across a range of often-misunderstood technologies, and by exploring the practical steps that individuals, businesses and governments can take, Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution helps equip readers to shape a truly desirable future at a time of great uncertainty and change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354909Thu, 08 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution: A guide to building a better world Author: Klaus Schwab, Nicholas Davis Narrator: Nicholas Guy...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution: A guide to building a better world Author: Klaus Schwab, Nicholas Davis Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolutionby Klaus Schwab and Nicholas Davis, read by Nicholas Guy Smith. The Fourth Industrial Revolution is changing everything - from the way we relate to each other, to the work we do, the way our economies work, and what it means to be human. We cannot let the brave new world that technology is currently creating simply emerge. All of us need to help shape the future we want to live in. But what do we need to know and do to achieve this? In Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution, Klaus Schwab explores how people from all backgrounds and sectors can influence the way that technology transforms our world. Drawing on contributions by more than 200 of the world's leading technology, economic and sociological experts to present a practical guide for citizens, business leaders, social influencers and policy-makers this book outlines the most important dynamics of the technology revolution, highlights important stakeholders that are often overlooked in our discussion of the latest scientific breakthroughs, and explores 12 different technology areas central to the future of humanity. Emerging technologies are not predetermined forces out of our control, nor are they simple tools with known impacts and consequences. The exciting capabilities provided by artificial intelligence, distributed ledger systems and cryptocurrencies, advanced materials and biotechnologies are already transforming society. The actions we take today - and those we don't - will quickly become embedded in ever-more powerful technologies that surround us and will, very soon, become an integral part of us. By connecting the dots across a range of often-misunderstood technologies, and by exploring the practical steps that individuals, businesses and governments can take, Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution helps equip readers to shape a truly desirable future at a time of great uncertainty and change.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-aftershock-the-president-s-seismic-impact-on-culture-and-faith-in-america-by-stephen-e-strang--65209438https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Aftershock: The President's Seismic Impact on Culture and Faith in America Author: Stephen E. Strang Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The earthquake the nation never saw coming.? The election of Donald J. Trump sent shockwaves around the world. Shock troops were deployed along with the predictable rent-a-mob who stormed the streets of our nation’s cities. Within hours a movement was born. The Trump agenda, promoted daily to millions of voters and adoring fans, was to “Make America Great Again.” It was an agenda focused on strengthening the economy, restoring the federal courts, addressing the overwhelming surge of illegal immigration, rebuilding the military, and uplifting America’s standing in the world. For the opposition, the objective was to impeach Donald Trump. Stephen E. Strang will explore the nature of this dramatic confrontation, covering various topics, including: ·The reactions of conservative and Christian voters to the Trump agenda ·International reactions to the election ·The economy, a look at the unprecedented market movements ·Fake News, the death of journalism, and the media’s war on the president ·Organizations such as Antifa and Black Lives Matter ·George Soros: villain number oneIn Trump Aftershock Strang explores and analyzes Trump’s effect on American culture from a Christian perspective, drawing upon interviews with many of the key players and offering insightful commentary on what the long-term prospects of the ongoing war of worldviews may portend.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346886Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Aftershock: The President's Seismic Impact on Culture and Faith in America Author: Stephen E. Strang Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Aftershock: The President's Seismic Impact on Culture and Faith in America Author: Stephen E. Strang Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The earthquake the nation never saw coming.? The election of Donald J. Trump sent shockwaves around the world. Shock troops were deployed along with the predictable rent-a-mob who stormed the streets of our nation’s cities. Within hours a movement was born. The Trump agenda, promoted daily to millions of voters and adoring fans, was to “Make America Great Again.” It was an agenda focused on strengthening the economy, restoring the federal courts, addressing the overwhelming surge of illegal immigration, rebuilding the military, and uplifting America’s standing in the world. For the opposition, the objective was to impeach Donald Trump. Stephen E. Strang will explore the nature of this dramatic confrontation, covering various topics, including: ·The reactions of conservative and Christian voters to the Trump agenda ·International reactions to the election ·The economy, a look at the unprecedented market movements ·Fake News, the death of journalism, and the media’s war on the president ·Organizations such as Antifa and Black Lives Matter ·George Soros: villain number oneIn Trump Aftershock Strang explores and analyzes Trump’s effect on American culture from a Christian perspective, drawing upon interviews with many of the key players and offering insightful commentary on what the long-term prospects of the ongoing war of worldviews may portend.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-savage-order-how-the-world-s-deadliest-countries-can-forge-a-path-to-security-by-rachel-kleinfeld--65209413https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Savage Order: How the World's Deadliest Countries Can Forge a Path to Security Author: Rachel Kleinfeld Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most violent places in the world today are not at war. More people have died in Mexico in recent years than in Iraq and Afghanistan combined. These parts of the world are instead buckling under a maelstrom of gangs, organized crime, political conflict, corruption, and state brutality. Such devastating violence can feel hopeless, yet some places—from Colombia to the Republic of Georgia—have been able to recover. In this powerfully argued and urgent book, Rachel Kleinfeld examines why some democracies, including our own, are crippled by extreme violence and how they can regain security. Drawing on fifteen years of study and firsthand field research—interviewing generals, former guerrillas, activists, politicians, mobsters, and law enforcement in countries around the world—Kleinfeld tells the stories of societies that successfully fought seemingly ingrained violence and offers penetrating conclusions about what must be done to build governments that are able to protect the lives of their citizens. Taking on existing literature and popular theories about war, crime, and foreign intervention, A Savage Order is a blistering yet inspiring investigation into what makes some countries peaceful and others war zones, and a blueprint for what we can do to help.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Savage Order: How the World's Deadliest Countries Can Forge a Path to Security Author: Rachel Kleinfeld Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Savage Order: How the World's Deadliest Countries Can Forge a Path to Security Author: Rachel Kleinfeld Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most violent places in the world today are not at war. More people have died in Mexico in recent years than in Iraq and Afghanistan combined. These parts of the world are instead buckling under a maelstrom of gangs, organized crime, political conflict, corruption, and state brutality. Such devastating violence can feel hopeless, yet some places—from Colombia to the Republic of Georgia—have been able to recover. In this powerfully argued and urgent book, Rachel Kleinfeld examines why some democracies, including our own, are crippled by extreme violence and how they can regain security. Drawing on fifteen years of study and firsthand field research—interviewing generals, former guerrillas, activists, politicians, mobsters, and law enforcement in countries around the world—Kleinfeld tells the stories of societies that successfully fought seemingly ingrained violence and offers penetrating conclusions about what must be done to build governments that are able to protect the lives of their citizens. Taking on existing literature and popular theories about war, crime, and foreign intervention, A Savage Order is a blistering yet inspiring investigation into what makes some countries peaceful and others war zones, and a blueprint for what we can do to help.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rick-mercer-final-report-by-rick-mercer--65209371https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rick Mercer Final Report Author: Rick Mercer Narrator: Rick Mercer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Canada's pre-eminent satirical commentator brings down the curtain on his hugely successful show in this instant #1 national bestseller. Rick Mercer can always be relied on to provoke a strong reaction--but what he said one fall day in 2017 truly shocked the nation. In a rant posted on social media, the great Canadian satirist announced loud and clear that the current, 15th season of the Rick Mercer Report--the nation's best-watched and best-loved comedy show--would be the last. After more than 250 episodes, 250 rants and countless miles spent travelling the length and breadth of Canada to do everything from bungee jumping with Rick Hansen to whale watching with Measha Brueggergosman, it was time to move on. What he will do next is still unknown, and Canada eagerly awaits future developments. But meanwhile, we have this book to keep us going. This volume brings together never-before-published rants from the last five seasons of the show, plus a selection of the very best rants from earlier years. And throughout the book, in a series of brilliant new essays, Rick shares his hilarious, moving and at times hair-raising memories from the past fifteen years. Remember when he and Jann Arden travelled by helicopter to a terrifying bat cave in a mountain? No--because that trip went so horribly wrong it never made it to the screen. Pierre Berton--what was really in that joint he rolled? (It wasn't oregano.) What catastrophe took place in Norman Jewison's bathroom? And can the show still go on when your director in charge is delirious from an allergic reaction? (Yes.) All this and more is revealed by Rick in some of his sharpest and funniest writing yet.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354518Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rick Mercer Final Report Author: Rick Mercer Narrator: Rick Mercer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rick Mercer Final Report Author: Rick Mercer Narrator: Rick Mercer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Canada's pre-eminent satirical commentator brings down the curtain on his hugely successful show in this instant #1 national bestseller. Rick Mercer can always be relied on to provoke a strong reaction--but what he said one fall day in 2017 truly shocked the nation. In a rant posted on social media, the great Canadian satirist announced loud and clear that the current, 15th season of the Rick Mercer Report--the nation's best-watched and best-loved comedy show--would be the last. After more than 250 episodes, 250 rants and countless miles spent travelling the length and breadth of Canada to do everything from bungee jumping with Rick Hansen to whale watching with Measha Brueggergosman, it was time to move on. What he will do next is still unknown, and Canada eagerly awaits future developments. But meanwhile, we have this book to keep us going. This volume brings together never-before-published rants from the last five seasons of the show, plus a selection of the very best rants from earlier years. And throughout the book, in a series of brilliant new essays, Rick shares his hilarious, moving and at times hair-raising memories from the past fifteen years. Remember when he and Jann Arden travelled by helicopter to a terrifying bat cave in a mountain? No--because that trip went so horribly wrong it never made it to the screen. Pierre Berton--what was really in that joint he rolled? (It wasn't oregano.) What catastrophe took place in Norman Jewison's bathroom? And can the show still go on when your director in charge is delirious from an allergic reaction? (Yes.) All this and more is revealed by Rick in some of his sharpest and funniest writing yet.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-culture-of-fear-why-americans-are-afraid-of-the-wrong-things-by-barry-glassner--65209333https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mortal-republic-how-rome-fell-into-tyranny-by-edward-j-watts--65209329https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortal Republic: How Rome Fell into Tyranny Author: Edward J. Watts Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Learn why the Roman Republic collapsed -- and how it could have continued to thrive -- with this insightful history from an award-winning author. In Mortal Republic, prize-winning historian Edward J. Watts offers a new history of the fall of the Roman Republic that explains why Rome exchanged freedom for autocracy. For centuries, even as Rome grew into the Mediterranean's premier military and political power, its governing institutions, parliamentary rules, and political customs successfully fostered negotiation and compromise. By the 130s BC, however, Rome's leaders increasingly used these same tools to cynically pursue individual gain and obstruct their opponents. As the center decayed and dysfunction grew, arguments between politicians gave way to political violence in the streets. The stage was set for destructive civil wars -- and ultimately the imperial reign of Augustus. The death of Rome's Republic was not inevitable. In Mortal Republic, Watts shows it died because it was allowed to, from thousands of small wounds inflicted by Romans who assumed that it would last forever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356907Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortal Republic: How Rome Fell into Tyranny Author: Edward J. Watts Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortal Republic: How Rome Fell into Tyranny Author: Edward J. Watts Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Learn why the Roman Republic collapsed -- and how it could have continued to thrive -- with this insightful history from an award-winning author. In Mortal Republic, prize-winning historian Edward J. Watts offers a new history of the fall of the Roman Republic that explains why Rome exchanged freedom for autocracy. For centuries, even as Rome grew into the Mediterranean's premier military and political power, its governing institutions, parliamentary rules, and political customs successfully fostered negotiation and compromise. By the 130s BC, however, Rome's leaders increasingly used these same tools to cynically pursue individual gain and obstruct their opponents. As the center decayed and dysfunction grew, arguments between politicians gave way to political violence in the streets. The stage was set for destructive civil wars -- and ultimately the imperial reign of Augustus. The death of Rome's Republic was not inevitable. In Mortal Republic, Watts shows it died because it was allowed to, from thousands of small wounds inflicted by Romans who assumed that it would last forever.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-right-in-a-world-gone-wrong-by-james-o-brien--65209423https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be Right: … in a world gone wrong Author: James O'brien Narrator: James O'brien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of How to Be Right, written and read by James O'Brien. Forget agreeing to disagree – it’s time to learn How To Be Right. Every day, James O’Brien listens to people blaming benefits scroungers, the EU, Muslims, feminists and immigrants. But what makes James’s daily LBC show such essential listening – and has made James a standout social media star – is the careful way he punctures their assumptions and dismantles their arguments live on air, every single morning. In How To Be Right, James provides a hilarious and invigorating guide to talking to people with faulty opinions. With chapters on every lightning-rod issue, James shows how people have been fooled into thinking the way they do, and in each case outlines the key questions to ask to reveal fallacies, inconsistencies and double standards. If you ever get cornered by ardent Brexiteers, Daily Mail disciples or little England patriots, this book is your conversation survival guide. ‘I have had a ringside seat as a significant swathe of the British population was persuaded that their failures were the fault of foreigners, that unisex lavatories threatened their peace of mind and that ‘all Muslims’ must somehow apologise for terror attacks by extremists. I have tried to dissuade them and sometimes succeeded… The challenge is to distinguish sharply between the people who told lies and the people whose only offence was to believe them.’ – James O’Brien]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349714Thu, 01 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be Right: … in a world gone wrong Author: James O'brien Narrator: James O'brien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Be Right: … in a world gone wrong Author: James O'brien Narrator: James O'brien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of How to Be Right, written and read by James O'Brien. Forget agreeing to disagree – it’s time to learn How To Be Right. Every day, James O’Brien listens to people blaming benefits scroungers, the EU, Muslims, feminists and immigrants. But what makes James’s daily LBC show such essential listening – and has made James a standout social media star – is the careful way he punctures their assumptions and dismantles their arguments live on air, every single morning. In How To Be Right, James provides a hilarious and invigorating guide to talking to people with faulty opinions. With chapters on every lightning-rod issue, James shows how people have been fooled into thinking the way they do, and in each case outlines the key questions to ask to reveal fallacies, inconsistencies and double standards. If you ever get cornered by ardent Brexiteers, Daily Mail disciples or little England patriots, this book is your conversation survival guide. ‘I have had a ringside seat as a significant swathe of the British population was persuaded that their failures were the fault of foreigners, that unisex lavatories threatened their peace of mind and that ‘all Muslims’ must somehow apologise for terror attacks by extremists. I have tried to dissuade them and sometimes succeeded… The challenge is to distinguish sharply between the people who told lies and the people whose only offence was to believe them.’ – James O’Brien]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-entrepreneurial-state-debunking-public-vs-private-sector-myths-by-mariana-mazzucato--65209410https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Entrepreneurial State: Debunking Public vs. Private Sector Myths Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Entrepreneurial State by Mariana Mazzucato, read by Amy Finegan. According to conventional wisdom, innovation is best left to the dynamic entrepreneurs of the private sector, and government should get out of the way. But what if all this was wrong? What if, from Silicon Valley to medical breakthroughs, the public sector has been the boldest and most valuable risk-taker of all? 'A brilliant book' Martin Wolf, Financial Times 'One of the most incisive economic books in years' Jeff Madrick, New York Review of Books 'Mazzucato is right to argue that the state has played a central role in producing game-changing breakthroughs' Economist]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348885Thu, 01 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Entrepreneurial State: Debunking Public vs. Private Sector Myths Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Entrepreneurial State: Debunking Public vs. Private Sector Myths Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Entrepreneurial State by Mariana Mazzucato, read by Amy Finegan. According to conventional wisdom, innovation is best left to the dynamic entrepreneurs of the private sector, and government should get out of the way. But what if all this was wrong? What if, from Silicon Valley to medical breakthroughs, the public sector has been the boldest and most valuable risk-taker of all? 'A brilliant book' Martin Wolf, Financial Times 'One of the most incisive economic books in years' Jeff Madrick, New York Review of Books 'Mazzucato is right to argue that the state has played a central role in producing game-changing breakthroughs' Economist]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/top-secret-alien-abduction-files-what-the-government-doesn-t-want-you-to-know-by-nick-redfern--65209405https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Secret Alien Abduction Files: What the Government Doesn’t Want You to Know Author: Nick Redfern Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, people have reported close encounters with extraterrestrial entities. Witnesses describe being kidnapped by large-headed, black-eyed creatures from other worlds. Those same creatures have become popularly known as “the Grays.” There is, however, another aspect to the alien abduction controversy. Abductees very often report being followed and spied upon by military and government personnel. It is typical for abductees to see black helicopters hovering directly over their homes in an intimidating manner. Phone calls are monitored. Emails are hacked into. Strange men dressed in black suits are seen photographing the homes of the abductees. All of this brings us to the matter of what have become known in the domain of alien abduction research as “Military Abductions,” or “MILABS.” According to numerous abductees, after being kidnapped by aliens they are kidnapped again—by the government. These follow-up events are the work of a powerful group hidden deep within the military and the intelligence community. It is the secret agenda of this highly classified organization to figure out what the so-called Grays are really up to. And, the best way for the government to get the answers is to interrogate those who have come face-to-face with the UFO phenomenon: the abductees. Why is the government secretly compiling files on alien abductees? Is the alien abduction issue so sinister that it has become a matter of national security proportions?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350026Thu, 01 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Secret Alien Abduction Files: What the Government Doesn’t Want You to Know Author: Nick Redfern Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Secret Alien Abduction Files: What the Government Doesn’t Want You to Know Author: Nick Redfern Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, people have reported close encounters with extraterrestrial entities. Witnesses describe being kidnapped by large-headed, black-eyed creatures from other worlds. Those same creatures have become popularly known as “the Grays.” There is, however, another aspect to the alien abduction controversy. Abductees very often report being followed and spied upon by military and government personnel. It is typical for abductees to see black helicopters hovering directly over their homes in an intimidating manner. Phone calls are monitored. Emails are hacked into. Strange men dressed in black suits are seen photographing the homes of the abductees. All of this brings us to the matter of what have become known in the domain of alien abduction research as “Military Abductions,” or “MILABS.” According to numerous abductees, after being kidnapped by aliens they are kidnapped again—by the government. These follow-up events are the work of a powerful group hidden deep within the military and the intelligence community. It is the secret agenda of this highly classified organization to figure out what the so-called Grays are really up to. And, the best way for the government to get the answers is to interrogate those who have come face-to-face with the UFO phenomenon: the abductees. Why is the government secretly compiling files on alien abductees? Is the alien abduction issue so sinister that it has become a matter of national security proportions?]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sanctuary-cities-communities-and-organizations-a-nation-at-a-crossroads-by-melvin-delgado--65209474https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations: A Nation at a Crossroads Author: Melvin Delgado Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The term 'sanctuary city' gained a new level of national recognition during the 2016 United States presidential election, and immigration policies and debates have remained a top issue since Donald Trump was elected President. The battle over immigration and deportation will be waged on many fronts in the coming years, but sanctuary cities— municipalities that resist the national government's efforts to enforce immigration laws—are likely to be on the front lines for the immediate future, and social workers and others in the helping professions have vital roles to play. In this book, Melvin Delgado offers a compelling case for the centrality of sanctuary cities' cause to the very mission and professional identity of social workers and others in the human services and mental health professions. He also presents a historical perspective on the rise of the sanctuary movements of the 1970s and 2000s, giving context for the current environment and immigration debate. Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations serves as a helpful resource for human service practitioners, academics, and the general public alike.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations: A Nation at a Crossroads Author: Melvin Delgado Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations: A Nation at a Crossroads Author: Melvin Delgado Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The term 'sanctuary city' gained a new level of national recognition during the 2016 United States presidential election, and immigration policies and debates have remained a top issue since Donald Trump was elected President. The battle over immigration and deportation will be waged on many fronts in the coming years, but sanctuary cities— municipalities that resist the national government's efforts to enforce immigration laws—are likely to be on the front lines for the immediate future, and social workers and others in the helping professions have vital roles to play. In this book, Melvin Delgado offers a compelling case for the centrality of sanctuary cities' cause to the very mission and professional identity of social workers and others in the human services and mental health professions. He also presents a historical perspective on the rise of the sanctuary movements of the 1970s and 2000s, giving context for the current environment and immigration debate. Sanctuary Cities, Communities, and Organizations serves as a helpful resource for human service practitioners, academics, and the general public alike.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trumponomics-inside-the-america-first-plan-to-revive-our-economy-by-arthur-b-laffer-stephen-moore--65209450https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumponomics: Inside the America First Plan to Revive Our Economy Author: Arthur B. Laffer, Stephen Moore Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump promised the American people a transformative change in economic policy after eight years of stagnation under Obama. But he didn’t adopt a conventional left or right economic agenda. His is a new economic populism that combines some conventional Republican ideas–tax cuts, deregulation, more power to the states–with more traditional Democratic issues such as trade protectionism and infrastructure spending. It also mixes in important populist issues such as immigration reform, pressuring the Europeans to pay for more of their own defense, and keeping America first. In Trumponomics, conservative economists Stephen Moore and Arthur B. Laffer offer a well-informed defense of the president's approach to trade, taxes, employment, infrastructure, and other economic policies. Moore and Laffer worked as senior economic advisors to Donald Trump in 2016. They traveled with him, frequently met with his political and economic teams, worked on his speeches, and represented him as surrogates. They are currently members of the Trump Advisory Council and still meet with him regularly. In Trumponomics, they offer an insider’s view on how Trump operates in public and behind closed doors, his priorities and passions, and his greatest attributes and liabilities. Trump is betting his presidency that he can create an economic revival in America’s industrial heartland. Can he really bring jobs back to the rust belt? Can he cut taxes and bring the debt down? Above all, does he have the personal discipline, the vision, the right team, and the right strategy to pull off his ambitious economic goals? Moore and Laffer believe that he can pull it off and that Trumponomics will usher in a new era of prosperity for all Americans.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348181Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumponomics: Inside the America First Plan to Revive Our Economy Author: Arthur B. Laffer, Stephen Moore Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumponomics: Inside the America First Plan to Revive Our Economy Author: Arthur B. Laffer, Stephen Moore Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump promised the American people a transformative change in economic policy after eight years of stagnation under Obama. But he didn’t adopt a conventional left or right economic agenda. His is a new economic populism that combines some conventional Republican ideas–tax cuts, deregulation, more power to the states–with more traditional Democratic issues such as trade protectionism and infrastructure spending. It also mixes in important populist issues such as immigration reform, pressuring the Europeans to pay for more of their own defense, and keeping America first. In Trumponomics, conservative economists Stephen Moore and Arthur B. Laffer offer a well-informed defense of the president's approach to trade, taxes, employment, infrastructure, and other economic policies. Moore and Laffer worked as senior economic advisors to Donald Trump in 2016. They traveled with him, frequently met with his political and economic teams, worked on his speeches, and represented him as surrogates. They are currently members of the Trump Advisory Council and still meet with him regularly. In Trumponomics, they offer an insider’s view on how Trump operates in public and behind closed doors, his priorities and passions, and his greatest attributes and liabilities. Trump is betting his presidency that he can create an economic revival in America’s industrial heartland. Can he really bring jobs back to the rust belt? Can he cut taxes and bring the debt down? Above all, does he have the personal discipline, the vision, the right team, and the right strategy to pull off his ambitious economic goals? Moore and Laffer believe that he can pull it off and that Trumponomics will usher in a new era of prosperity for all Americans.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nationalism-marxism-and-modern-central-europe-a-biography-of-kazimierz-kelles-krauz-1872-1905-by-timothy-snyder--65209402https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nationalism, Marxism, and Modern Central Europe: A Biography of Kazimierz Kelles-Krauz, 1872-1905 Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Timothy Snyder opens a new path in the understanding of modern nationalism and twentieth-century socialism by presenting the often overlooked life of Kazimierz Kelles-Krauz, an important Polish thinker at the beginning of the twentieth century. During his brief life in Poland, Paris, and Vienna, Kelles-Krauz influenced or infuriated most of the leaders of the various socialist movements of Central Europe and France. His central ideas ultimately were not accepted by the socialist mainstream at the time of his death. However, a century later, we see that they anticipated late twentieth-century understanding on the importance of nationalism as a social force and the parameters of socialism in political theory and praxis. Kelles-Krauz was one of the only theoreticians of his age to advocate Jewish national rights as being equivalent to, for example, Polish national rights, and he correctly saw the struggle for national sovereignty as being central to future events in Europe. This was the first major monograph in English devoted to Kelles-Krauz.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358373Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nationalism, Marxism, and Modern Central Europe: A Biography of Kazimierz Kelles-Krauz, 1872-1905 Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Norman Dietz Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nationalism, Marxism, and Modern Central Europe: A Biography of Kazimierz Kelles-Krauz, 1872-1905 Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Timothy Snyder opens a new path in the understanding of modern nationalism and twentieth-century socialism by presenting the often overlooked life of Kazimierz Kelles-Krauz, an important Polish thinker at the beginning of the twentieth century. During his brief life in Poland, Paris, and Vienna, Kelles-Krauz influenced or infuriated most of the leaders of the various socialist movements of Central Europe and France. His central ideas ultimately were not accepted by the socialist mainstream at the time of his death. However, a century later, we see that they anticipated late twentieth-century understanding on the importance of nationalism as a social force and the parameters of socialism in political theory and praxis. Kelles-Krauz was one of the only theoreticians of his age to advocate Jewish national rights as being equivalent to, for example, Polish national rights, and he correctly saw the struggle for national sovereignty as being central to future events in Europe. This was the first major monograph in English devoted to Kelles-Krauz.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keeping-at-it-the-quest-for-sound-money-and-good-government-by-paul-a-volcker-christine-harper--65209389https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358898 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping At It: The Quest for Sound Money and Good Government Author: Paul A Volcker, Christine Harper Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary life story of the former chairman of the Federal Reserve, whose absolute integrity provides the inspiration we need as our constitutional system and political tradition are being tested to the breaking point. As chairman of the Federal Reserve (1979-1987), Paul Volcker slayed the inflation dragon that was consuming the American economy and restored the world's faith in central bankers. That extraordinary feat was just one pivotal episode in a decades-long career serving six presidents. Told with wit, humor, and down-to-earth erudition, the narrative of Volcker's career illuminates the changes that have taken place in American life, government, and the economy since World War II. He vibrantly illustrates the crises he managed alongside the world's leading politicians, central bankers, and financiers. Yet he first found his model for competent and ethical governance in his father, the town manager of Teaneck, NJ, who instilled Volcker's dedication to absolute integrity and his 'three verities' of stable prices, sound finance, and good government.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358898Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358898 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping At It: The Quest for Sound Money and Good Government Author: Paul A Volcker, Christine Harper Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358898 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping At It: The Quest for Sound Money and Good Government Author: Paul A Volcker, Christine Harper Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary life story of the former chairman of the Federal Reserve, whose absolute integrity provides the inspiration we need as our constitutional system and political tradition are being tested to the breaking point. As chairman of the Federal Reserve (1979-1987), Paul Volcker slayed the inflation dragon that was consuming the American economy and restored the world's faith in central bankers. That extraordinary feat was just one pivotal episode in a decades-long career serving six presidents. Told with wit, humor, and down-to-earth erudition, the narrative of Volcker's career illuminates the changes that have taken place in American life, government, and the economy since World War II. He vibrantly illustrates the crises he managed alongside the world's leading politicians, central bankers, and financiers. Yet he first found his model for competent and ethical governance in his father, the town manager of Teaneck, NJ, who instilled Volcker's dedication to absolute integrity and his 'three verities' of stable prices, sound finance, and good government.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-supremes-greatest-hits-2nd-revised-updated-edition-the-44-supreme-court-cases-that-most-directly-affect-your-life-by-michael-g-tra--65209380https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supremes' Greatest Hits, 2nd Revised & Updated Edition: The 44 Supreme Court Cases That Most Directly Affect Your Life Author: Michael G. Trachtman Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can the government seize your house to build a shopping mall? Can it determine what control you have over your own body? Can police search your cellphone? The answers to those questions come from the Supreme Court, whose rulings have shaped American life and justice and allowed Americans to retain basic freedoms such as privacy, free speech, and the right to a fair trial. Especially relevant in light of Justice Antonin Scalia's passing, as President Obama gears for a fight over nominating his successor, and as we prepare to elect a new president who may get to appoint other justices, the revised and updated edition of Michael G. Trachtman's riveting book includes ten important new cases from 2010 to 2015. The new cases include: Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission (2010), which restricts the right of governments to limit campaign contributions by corporations and unions; Burwell v. Hobby Lobby (2014), which allows a religious exemption from the Affordable Care Act requirement that corporations pay for contraceptive coverage for their employees; Riley v. California (2014), which ruled that police need warrants to search the cellphones of people they arrest; and Obergefell v. Hodges (2015), which ruled that the Constitution guarantees a right to same-sex marriage.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359088Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supremes' Greatest Hits, 2nd Revised & Updated Edition: The 44 Supreme Court Cases That Most Directly Affect Your Life Author: Michael G....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supremes' Greatest Hits, 2nd Revised & Updated Edition: The 44 Supreme Court Cases That Most Directly Affect Your Life Author: Michael G. Trachtman Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can the government seize your house to build a shopping mall? Can it determine what control you have over your own body? Can police search your cellphone? The answers to those questions come from the Supreme Court, whose rulings have shaped American life and justice and allowed Americans to retain basic freedoms such as privacy, free speech, and the right to a fair trial. Especially relevant in light of Justice Antonin Scalia's passing, as President Obama gears for a fight over nominating his successor, and as we prepare to elect a new president who may get to appoint other justices, the revised and updated edition of Michael G. Trachtman's riveting book includes ten important new cases from 2010 to 2015. The new cases include: Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission (2010), which restricts the right of governments to limit campaign contributions by corporations and unions; Burwell v. Hobby Lobby (2014), which allows a religious exemption from the Affordable Care Act requirement that corporations pay for contraceptive coverage for their employees; Riley v. California (2014), which ruled that police need warrants to search the cellphones of people they arrest; and Obergefell v. Hodges (2015), which ruled that the Constitution guarantees a right to same-sex marriage.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-i-stand-from-freedom-to-the-killing-fields-of-socialism-by-burgess-owens--65209355https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355991 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Stand: From Freedom to the Killing Fields of Socialism Author: Burgess Owens Narrator: Rich Cade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why I Stand highlights the threat of Marxist Socialism to our American culture. The victor will determine the heart, soul, and freedom of our nation for future generations. American Individualism has been the crown jewel of a nation that, based on its Judeo-Christian values, has prioritized God, family, and freedom to out-dream its obstacles. It is the freedom of this individual spirit that is under attack by its adversarial ideology, Marxist Socialism. This destructive ideology has resulted in “killing fields” of bodies, souls, and dreams of billions worldwide. Consistent is the destruction of manhood, womanhood, the family, and every pillar that supports love of God and country. Why I Stand documents an ideology that uses trust to divide and betray. It was the ideology of the 1910 NAACP (National Association for the Advancement of Colored People) founded by twenty-one White Marxist Socialist, atheist, and eugenicist Democrats. They succeeded within decades to undermine the progress of the most entrepreneurial, patriotic, Christian, educated, family-oriented, and competitive minority in our nation during that era: the Black community. This strategy of trust/betrayal is utilized by many of today’s politicians and corporate leaders. It has been the Congressional Black Congress that have voted 100% for every anti-Black policy demanded of them by their White Democratic leadership. It has been the NFL that has prioritized its expansion to 10 international countries over loyalty to its American fans. Its leadership has justified the denigration of its “All American” brand in exchange for a global “World Citizen” brand. “American Individualism is the sole source of progress, granting each individual the chance and stimulation for development of the best with which he has been endowed in heart and mind.” - President Herbert Hoover We MUST defend it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355991Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355991 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Stand: From Freedom to the Killing Fields of Socialism Author: Burgess Owens Narrator: Rich Cade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355991 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Stand: From Freedom to the Killing Fields of Socialism Author: Burgess Owens Narrator: Rich Cade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why I Stand highlights the threat of Marxist Socialism to our American culture. The victor will determine the heart, soul, and freedom of our nation for future generations. American Individualism has been the crown jewel of a nation that, based on its Judeo-Christian values, has prioritized God, family, and freedom to out-dream its obstacles. It is the freedom of this individual spirit that is under attack by its adversarial ideology, Marxist Socialism. This destructive ideology has resulted in “killing fields” of bodies, souls, and dreams of billions worldwide. Consistent is the destruction of manhood, womanhood, the family, and every pillar that supports love of God and country. Why I Stand documents an ideology that uses trust to divide and betray. It was the ideology of the 1910 NAACP (National Association for the Advancement of Colored People) founded by twenty-one White Marxist Socialist, atheist, and eugenicist Democrats. They succeeded within decades to undermine the progress of the most entrepreneurial, patriotic, Christian, educated, family-oriented, and competitive minority in our nation during that era: the Black community. This strategy of trust/betrayal is utilized by many of today’s politicians and corporate leaders. It has been the Congressional Black Congress that have voted 100% for every anti-Black policy demanded of them by their White Democratic leadership. It has been the NFL that has prioritized its expansion to 10 international countries over loyalty to its American fans. Its leadership has justified the denigration of its “All American” brand in exchange for a global “World Citizen” brand. “American Individualism is the sole source of progress, granting each individual the chance and stimulation for development of the best with which he has been endowed in heart and mind.” - President Herbert Hoover We MUST defend it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lioness-golda-meir-and-the-nation-of-israel-by-francine-klagsbrun--65209343https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lioness: Golda Meir and the Nation of Israel Author: Francine Klagsbrun Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Golda Meir was a world figure unlike any other. Born in tsarist Russia in 1898, she immigrated to America in 1906 and grew up in Milwaukee, where from her earliest years she displayed the political consciousness and organizational skills that would eventually catapult her into the inner circles of Israel's founding generation. Moving to mandatory Palestine in 1921 with her husband, the passionate socialist joined a kibbutz but soon left and was hired at a public works office by the man who would become the great love of her life. A series of public service jobs brought her to the attention of David Ben-Gurion, and her political career took off. Fund-raising in America in 1948, secretly meeting in Amman with King Abdullah right before Israel's declaration of independence, mobbed by thousands of Jews in a Moscow synagogue in 1948 as Israel's first representative to the USSR, serving as minister of labor and foreign minister in the 1950s and 1960s, Golda brought fiery oratory, plainspoken appeals, and shrewd deal-making to the cause to which she had dedicated her life—the welfare and security of the State of Israel and its inhabitants. As prime minister, Golda negotiated arms agreements with Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger and had dozens of clandestine meetings with Jordan's King Hussein in the unsuccessful pursuit of a land-for-peace agreement with Israel's neighbors. But her time in office ended in tragedy, when Israel was caught off guard by Egypt and Syria's surprise attack on Yom Kippur in 1973. Analyzing newly available documents from Israeli government archives, Francine Klagsbrun looks into whether Golda could have prevented that war and whether in its darkest days she contemplated using nuclear force. Resigning in the war's aftermath, she spent her final years keeping a hand in national affairs and bemusedly enjoying international acclaim. Klagsbrun's superbly researched and masterly recounted story of Israel's founding mother gives us a Golda for the ages.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358372Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lioness: Golda Meir and the Nation of Israel Author: Francine Klagsbrun Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 16...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lioness: Golda Meir and the Nation of Israel Author: Francine Klagsbrun Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Golda Meir was a world figure unlike any other. Born in tsarist Russia in 1898, she immigrated to America in 1906 and grew up in Milwaukee, where from her earliest years she displayed the political consciousness and organizational skills that would eventually catapult her into the inner circles of Israel's founding generation. Moving to mandatory Palestine in 1921 with her husband, the passionate socialist joined a kibbutz but soon left and was hired at a public works office by the man who would become the great love of her life. A series of public service jobs brought her to the attention of David Ben-Gurion, and her political career took off. Fund-raising in America in 1948, secretly meeting in Amman with King Abdullah right before Israel's declaration of independence, mobbed by thousands of Jews in a Moscow synagogue in 1948 as Israel's first representative to the USSR, serving as minister of labor and foreign minister in the 1950s and 1960s, Golda brought fiery oratory, plainspoken appeals, and shrewd deal-making to the cause to which she had dedicated her life—the welfare and security of the State of Israel and its inhabitants. As prime minister, Golda negotiated arms agreements with Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger and had dozens of clandestine meetings with Jordan's King Hussein in the unsuccessful pursuit of a land-for-peace agreement with Israel's neighbors. But her time in office ended in tragedy, when Israel was caught off guard by Egypt and Syria's surprise attack on Yom Kippur in 1973. Analyzing newly available documents from Israeli government archives, Francine Klagsbrun looks into whether Golda could have prevented that war and whether in its darkest days she contemplated using nuclear force. Resigning in the war's aftermath, she spent her final years keeping a hand in national affairs and bemusedly enjoying international acclaim. Klagsbrun's superbly researched and masterly recounted story of Israel's founding mother gives us a Golda for the ages.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/faces-at-the-bottom-of-the-well-the-permanence-of-racism-by-derrick-bell--65209323https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faces at the Bottom of the Well: The Permanence of Racism Author: Derrick Bell Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The classic work on American racism and the struggle for racial justice In Faces at the Bottom of the Well, civil rights activist and legal scholar Derrick Bell uses allegory and historical example to argue that racism is an integral and permanent part of American society. African American struggles for equality are doomed to fail so long as the majority of whites do not see their own well-being threatened by the status quo. Bell calls on African Americans to face up to this unhappy truth and abandon a misplaced faith in inevitable progress. Only then will blacks, and those whites who join with them, be in a position to create viable strategies to alleviate the burdens of racism. 'Freed of the stifling rigidity of relying unthinkingly on the slogan 'we shall overcome,'' he writes, 'we are impelled both to live each day more fully and to examine critically the actual effectiveness of traditional civil rights remedies.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faces at the Bottom of the Well: The Permanence of Racism Author: Derrick Bell Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357192 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faces at the Bottom of the Well: The Permanence of Racism Author: Derrick Bell Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The classic work on American racism and the struggle for racial justice In Faces at the Bottom of the Well, civil rights activist and legal scholar Derrick Bell uses allegory and historical example to argue that racism is an integral and permanent part of American society. African American struggles for equality are doomed to fail so long as the majority of whites do not see their own well-being threatened by the status quo. Bell calls on African Americans to face up to this unhappy truth and abandon a misplaced faith in inevitable progress. Only then will blacks, and those whites who join with them, be in a position to create viable strategies to alleviate the burdens of racism. 'Freed of the stifling rigidity of relying unthinkingly on the slogan 'we shall overcome,'' he writes, 'we are impelled both to live each day more fully and to examine critically the actual effectiveness of traditional civil rights remedies.']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-coddling-of-the-american-mind-how-good-intentions-and-bad-ideas-are-setting-up-a-generation-for-failure-by-greg-lukianoff-jonathan-hai--65209351https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Greg Lukianoff, Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Coddling of the America Mind by Jonathan Haidt and Greg Lukianoff, read by Jonathan Haidt. What doesn't kill you makes you weaker Always trust your feelings Life is a battle between good people and evil people These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being, as well as ancient wisdom from many cultures. And yet they have become increasingly woven into education, culminating in a stifling culture of 'safetyism' that began on American college campuses and is spreading throughout academic institutions in the English-speaking world. In this book, free speech campaigner Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt investigate six trends that caused the spread of these untruths, from the decline of unsupervised play to the corporatization of universities and the rise of new ideas about identity and justice. Lukianoff and Haidt argue that well-intended but misguided attempts to protect young people can hamper their development, with devastating consequences for them, for the educational system and for democracy itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355854Thu, 25 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Greg Lukianoff, Jonathan Haidt...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Greg Lukianoff, Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Coddling of the America Mind by Jonathan Haidt and Greg Lukianoff, read by Jonathan Haidt. What doesn't kill you makes you weaker Always trust your feelings Life is a battle between good people and evil people These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being, as well as ancient wisdom from many cultures. And yet they have become increasingly woven into education, culminating in a stifling culture of 'safetyism' that began on American college campuses and is spreading throughout academic institutions in the English-speaking world. In this book, free speech campaigner Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt investigate six trends that caused the spread of these untruths, from the decline of unsupervised play to the corporatization of universities and the rise of new ideas about identity and justice. Lukianoff and Haidt argue that well-intended but misguided attempts to protect young people can hamper their development, with devastating consequences for them, for the educational system and for democracy itself.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-europe-underdeveloped-africa-by-walter-rodney--65209475https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Europe Underdeveloped Africa Author: Walter Rodney Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The classic work of political, economic, and historical analysis, powerfully introduced by Angela Davis. In his short life, the Guyanese intellectual Walter Rodney emerged as one of the leading thinkers and activists of the anticolonial revolution, leading movements in North America, South America, the African continent, and the Caribbean. In each locale, Rodney found himself a lightning rod for working class Black Power. His deportation catalyzed 20th century Jamaica's most significant rebellion, the 1968 Rodney riots, and his scholarship trained a generation how to think politics at an international scale. In 1980, shortly after founding of the Working People's Alliance in Guyana, the thirty-eight-year-old Rodney would be assassinated. In his magnum opus, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, Rodney incisively argues that grasping 'the great divergence' between the west and the rest can only be explained as the exploitation of the latter by the former. This meticulously researched analysis of the abiding repercussions of European colonialism on the continent of Africa has not only informed decades of scholarship and activism, it remains an indispensable study for grasping global inequality today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358416Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Europe Underdeveloped Africa Author: Walter Rodney Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Europe Underdeveloped Africa Author: Walter Rodney Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The classic work of political, economic, and historical analysis, powerfully introduced by Angela Davis. In his short life, the Guyanese intellectual Walter Rodney emerged as one of the leading thinkers and activists of the anticolonial revolution, leading movements in North America, South America, the African continent, and the Caribbean. In each locale, Rodney found himself a lightning rod for working class Black Power. His deportation catalyzed 20th century Jamaica's most significant rebellion, the 1968 Rodney riots, and his scholarship trained a generation how to think politics at an international scale. In 1980, shortly after founding of the Working People's Alliance in Guyana, the thirty-eight-year-old Rodney would be assassinated. In his magnum opus, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, Rodney incisively argues that grasping 'the great divergence' between the west and the rest can only be explained as the exploitation of the latter by the former. This meticulously researched analysis of the abiding repercussions of European colonialism on the continent of Africa has not only informed decades of scholarship and activism, it remains an indispensable study for grasping global inequality today.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/red-flags-why-xi-s-china-is-in-jeopardy-by-george-magnus--65209412https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350023 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Flags: Why Xi’s China Is in Jeopardy Author: George Magnus Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Will China rule the world or will its dream turn into a nightmare? George Magnus, the trusted economic commentator on China, provides a penetrating account of the threats to China’s continued rise. Over the past four decades, China’s remarkable transformation has garnered admiration but also sparked concern. Magnus draws on his intimate knowledge of this dynamic nation to uncover the origins of its ascent and show why the economic traps it faces at home, and the political challenges it faces abroad, pose a serious threat to its continued rise. President Xi, possibly now leader for life, is determined to realize the Chinese Dream of rejuvenating the nation and consigning to history the “century of humiliation.” But Magnus warns that the Middle Kingdom’s future rests on the willingness of its leader to embrace reform and open up, a philosophy that is at odds with his actions to date. Engagingly weaving together economics, politics, and history, Red Flags is an authoritative and lucid account of the troubled times that lie ahead for a nation whose economic fortunes are closely intertwined with our own.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350023Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350023 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Flags: Why Xi’s China Is in Jeopardy Author: George Magnus Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350023 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Flags: Why Xi’s China Is in Jeopardy Author: George Magnus Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Will China rule the world or will its dream turn into a nightmare? George Magnus, the trusted economic commentator on China, provides a penetrating account of the threats to China’s continued rise. Over the past four decades, China’s remarkable transformation has garnered admiration but also sparked concern. Magnus draws on his intimate knowledge of this dynamic nation to uncover the origins of its ascent and show why the economic traps it faces at home, and the political challenges it faces abroad, pose a serious threat to its continued rise. President Xi, possibly now leader for life, is determined to realize the Chinese Dream of rejuvenating the nation and consigning to history the “century of humiliation.” But Magnus warns that the Middle Kingdom’s future rests on the willingness of its leader to embrace reform and open up, a philosophy that is at odds with his actions to date. Engagingly weaving together economics, politics, and history, Red Flags is an authoritative and lucid account of the troubled times that lie ahead for a nation whose economic fortunes are closely intertwined with our own.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-the-blue-collar-president-by-anthony-scaramucci--65209404https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351152 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump, the Blue-Collar President Author: Anthony Scaramucci Narrator: Anthony Scaramucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an administration not known for its subtlety, no comet soared higher, burned brighter, or flamed out more spectacularly than Anthony Scaramucci. For eleven days (not ten, as widely reported, he'll tell anyone who'll listen) he ran the most important communications department in the world, the White House's. By the end of his short tenure -- several of the most tumultuous and formative days of the Trump administration -- he'd gone from a fairly well known on-air surrogate for the president to a household name, 'the Mooch.' The rise and fall of the Mooch, which riveted the nation, unfolded like a Shakespearean play directed by Martin Scorsese. In his own inimitable voice, Anthony reveals the juicy details behind his stormy term as White House communications director. He holds nothing back and spares no one's feelings-including those of the country's most powerful people. If political movements are best understood through a single human life, then there is no better life to tell the story of Donald Trump's rise in America than the Mooch's. From Long Island Newsday paperboy, with the largest route in Port Washington, to Master of the Universe, as Tom Wolfe characterized his kind in Bonfire of the Vanities, Anthony's life was the embodiment of the American Dream. By his own admission, however, he became so involved in his high-octane career and life that he forgot his working-class roots. He wasn't the only one to ignore the working class. There were neighborhoods like the one he grew up in throughout the country filled with deflated, unemployed, or underpaid people, ignored by elites and politicians-until Donald Trump came along. It was only when Anthony joined the Donald Trump for President campaign as a surrogate and economic advisor that his eyes were opened to the plight of our country's middle class. It took a billionaire real estate developer who lived in a tower on Fifth Ave to show him what had happened to the neighborhood in which he'd grown up and communities like it throughout America. It was then that Anthony realized that Donald Trump and his economic policies were the best bet for our country's future. A romp of a read, by turns hilarious, touching, and inspiring, Trump, the Blue-Collar President is sure to be among the best books written about the Trump presidency.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351152Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351152 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump, the Blue-Collar President Author: Anthony Scaramucci Narrator: Anthony Scaramucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351152 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump, the Blue-Collar President Author: Anthony Scaramucci Narrator: Anthony Scaramucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an administration not known for its subtlety, no comet soared higher, burned brighter, or flamed out more spectacularly than Anthony Scaramucci. For eleven days (not ten, as widely reported, he'll tell anyone who'll listen) he ran the most important communications department in the world, the White House's. By the end of his short tenure -- several of the most tumultuous and formative days of the Trump administration -- he'd gone from a fairly well known on-air surrogate for the president to a household name, 'the Mooch.' The rise and fall of the Mooch, which riveted the nation, unfolded like a Shakespearean play directed by Martin Scorsese. In his own inimitable voice, Anthony reveals the juicy details behind his stormy term as White House communications director. He holds nothing back and spares no one's feelings-including those of the country's most powerful people. If political movements are best understood through a single human life, then there is no better life to tell the story of Donald Trump's rise in America than the Mooch's. From Long Island Newsday paperboy, with the largest route in Port Washington, to Master of the Universe, as Tom Wolfe characterized his kind in Bonfire of the Vanities, Anthony's life was the embodiment of the American Dream. By his own admission, however, he became so involved in his high-octane career and life that he forgot his working-class roots. He wasn't the only one to ignore the working class. There were neighborhoods like the one he grew up in throughout the country filled with deflated, unemployed, or underpaid people, ignored by elites and politicians-until Donald Trump came along. It was only when Anthony joined the Donald Trump for President campaign as a surrogate and economic advisor that his eyes were opened to the plight of our country's middle class. It took a billionaire real estate developer who lived in a tower on Fifth Ave to show him what had happened to the neighborhood in which he'd grown up and communities like it throughout America. It was then that Anthony realized that Donald Trump and his economic policies were the best bet for our country's future. A romp of a read, by turns hilarious, touching, and inspiring, Trump, the Blue-Collar President is sure to be among the best books written about the Trump presidency.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-felonies-a-day-how-the-feds-target-the-innocent-by-harvey-a-silverglate--65209401https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Felonies A Day: How the Feds Target the Innocent Author: Harvey A. Silverglate Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The average professional in this country wakes up in the morning, goes to work, comes home, eats dinner, and then goes to sleep, unaware that he or she has likely committed several federal crimes that day. Why? The answer lies in the very nature of modern federal criminal laws, which have exploded in number but also become impossibly broad and vague. In Three Felonies a Day, Harvey A. Silverglate reveals how federal criminal laws have become dangerously disconnected from the English common law tradition and how prosecutors can pin arguable federal crimes on any one of us, for even the most seemingly innocuous behavior. The volume of federal crimes in recent decades has increased well beyond the statute books and into the morass of the Code of Federal Regulations, handing federal prosecutors an additional trove of vague and exceedingly complex and technical prohibitions to stick on their hapless targets. The dangers spelled out in Three Felonies a Day do not apply solely to 'white collar criminals,' state and local politicians, and professionals. No social class or profession is safe from this troubling form of social control by the executive branch, and nothing less than the integrity of our constitutional democracy hangs in the balance.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356742Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Felonies A Day: How the Feds Target the Innocent Author: Harvey A. Silverglate Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Felonies A Day: How the Feds Target the Innocent Author: Harvey A. Silverglate Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The average professional in this country wakes up in the morning, goes to work, comes home, eats dinner, and then goes to sleep, unaware that he or she has likely committed several federal crimes that day. Why? The answer lies in the very nature of modern federal criminal laws, which have exploded in number but also become impossibly broad and vague. In Three Felonies a Day, Harvey A. Silverglate reveals how federal criminal laws have become dangerously disconnected from the English common law tradition and how prosecutors can pin arguable federal crimes on any one of us, for even the most seemingly innocuous behavior. The volume of federal crimes in recent decades has increased well beyond the statute books and into the morass of the Code of Federal Regulations, handing federal prosecutors an additional trove of vague and exceedingly complex and technical prohibitions to stick on their hapless targets. The dangers spelled out in Three Felonies a Day do not apply solely to 'white collar criminals,' state and local politicians, and professionals. No social class or profession is safe from this troubling form of social control by the executive branch, and nothing less than the integrity of our constitutional democracy hangs in the balance.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/identity-crisis-the-2016-presidential-campaign-and-the-battle-for-the-meaning-of-america-by-lynn-vavreck-michael-tesler-john-sides--65209392https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Crisis: The 2016 Presidential Campaign and the Battle for the Meaning of America Author: Lynn Vavreck, Michael Tesler, John Sides Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Identity Crisis takes readers from the bruising primaries to an election night whose outcome defied the predictions of the pollsters and pundits. The book shows how fundamental characteristics of the nation and its politics?the state of the economy, the Obama presidency, and the demographics of the political parties?combined with the candidates’ personalities and rhetoric to produce one of the most unexpected presidencies in history. Early on, the fundamental characteristics predicted an extremely close election. And even though Trump's many controversies helped Clinton maintain a comfortable lead for most of the campaign, the prediction of a close election became reality when Americans cast their votes. Identity Crisis reveals how Trump's victory was foreshadowed by changes in the Democratic and Republican coalitions that were driven by people's racial and ethnic identities. The campaign then reinforced and exacerbated those cleavages as it focused on issues related to race, immigration, and religion. The result was an epic battle not just for the White House but about what America is and should be.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356747Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Crisis: The 2016 Presidential Campaign and the Battle for the Meaning of America Author: Lynn Vavreck, Michael Tesler, John Sides Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Crisis: The 2016 Presidential Campaign and the Battle for the Meaning of America Author: Lynn Vavreck, Michael Tesler, John Sides Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Identity Crisis takes readers from the bruising primaries to an election night whose outcome defied the predictions of the pollsters and pundits. The book shows how fundamental characteristics of the nation and its politics?the state of the economy, the Obama presidency, and the demographics of the political parties?combined with the candidates’ personalities and rhetoric to produce one of the most unexpected presidencies in history. Early on, the fundamental characteristics predicted an extremely close election. And even though Trump's many controversies helped Clinton maintain a comfortable lead for most of the campaign, the prediction of a close election became reality when Americans cast their votes. Identity Crisis reveals how Trump's victory was foreshadowed by changes in the Democratic and Republican coalitions that were driven by people's racial and ethnic identities. The campaign then reinforced and exacerbated those cleavages as it focused on issues related to race, immigration, and religion. The result was an epic battle not just for the White House but about what America is and should be.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-next-republic-the-rise-of-a-new-radical-majority-by-d-d-guttenplan--65209390https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355947 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Republic: The Rise of a New Radical Majority Author: D. D. Guttenplan Narrator: D. D. Guttenplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A book for this moment: Both an assessment of our current political leadership and a vision of those who can bring substantive change. Who are the new progressive leaders emerging to lead the post-Trump return to democracy in America? National political correspondent and award-winning author D.D. Guttenplan's The Next Republic is an extraordinarily intense and wide-ranging account of the recent fall and incipient rise of democracy in America. The Next Republic profiles nine successful activists who are changing the course of American history right now: - new labor activist and author Jane McAlevey - racial justice campaigner (and mayor of Jackson, Mississippi) Chokwe Antar Lumumba - environmental activist (and newly elected chair of the Nebraska Democratic Party) Jane Kleeb - Chicago’s first openly gay Latino public official Carlos Ramirez-Rosa - #ALLOFUS co-founder Waleed Shahid - young architects of Bernie Sanders amazing rise, digerati Corbin Trent and Zack Exley, founders of Brand New Congress - and author and anti-corruption crusader Zephyr Teachout. Additionally, the introduction to The Next Republic ties in the election and first year of the Trump presidency to the current rise of populism of the left, and there are three historical chapters that describe key moments in American history that shed light on current events: the Whiskey Rebellion, the Lincoln Republic, and the Roosevelt Republic. Guttenplan understands the magnitude of the problem of democracy, and at the same time the great possibilities for its resurgence. Like a cross between George Packer's The Unwinding and John F. Kennedy's Profiles in Courage, The Next Republic is both unyielding and deeply hopeful, the first book to come out of the Trump ascendency that stakes a claim for seeing beyond it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355947Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355947 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Republic: The Rise of a New Radical Majority Author: D. D. Guttenplan Narrator: D. D. Guttenplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355947 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Republic: The Rise of a New Radical Majority Author: D. D. Guttenplan Narrator: D. D. Guttenplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A book for this moment: Both an assessment of our current political leadership and a vision of those who can bring substantive change. Who are the new progressive leaders emerging to lead the post-Trump return to democracy in America? National political correspondent and award-winning author D.D. Guttenplan's The Next Republic is an extraordinarily intense and wide-ranging account of the recent fall and incipient rise of democracy in America. The Next Republic profiles nine successful activists who are changing the course of American history right now: - new labor activist and author Jane McAlevey - racial justice campaigner (and mayor of Jackson, Mississippi) Chokwe Antar Lumumba - environmental activist (and newly elected chair of the Nebraska Democratic Party) Jane Kleeb - Chicago’s first openly gay Latino public official Carlos Ramirez-Rosa - #ALLOFUS co-founder Waleed Shahid - young architects of Bernie Sanders amazing rise, digerati Corbin Trent and Zack Exley, founders of Brand New Congress - and author and anti-corruption crusader Zephyr Teachout. Additionally, the introduction to The Next Republic ties in the election and first year of the Trump presidency to the current rise of populism of the left, and there are three historical chapters that describe key moments in American history that shed light on current events: the Whiskey Rebellion, the Lincoln Republic, and the Roosevelt Republic. Guttenplan understands the magnitude of the problem of democracy, and at the same time the great possibilities for its resurgence. Like a cross between George Packer's The Unwinding and John F. Kennedy's Profiles in Courage, The Next Republic is both unyielding and deeply hopeful, the first book to come out of the Trump ascendency that stakes a claim for seeing beyond it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/city-of-death-humanitarian-warriors-in-the-battle-of-mosul-by-ephraim-mattos-scott-mcewen--65209347https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: City of Death: Humanitarian Warriors in the Battle of Mosul Author: Ephraim Mattos, Scott McEwen Narrator: Ephraim Mattos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A frontline witness account of the deadly urban combat of the Battle of Mosul told by former Navy SEAL and frontline combat medic Ephraim Mattos. After leaving the US Navy SEAL teams in spring of 2017, Ephraim Mattos, age twenty-four, flew to Iraq to join a small group of volunteer humanitarians known as the Free Burma Rangers, who were working on the frontlines of the war on ISIS. Until being shot by ISIS on a suicidal rescue mission, Mattos witnessed unexplainable acts of courage and sacrifice by the Free Burma Rangers, who, while under heavy machine gun and mortar fire, assaulted across ISIS minefields, used themselves as human shields, and sprinted down ISIS-infested streets-all to retrieve wounded civilians. In City of Death: Humanitarian Warriors in the Battle of Mosul, Mattos recounts in vivid detail what he saw and felt while he and the other Free Burma Rangers evacuated the wounded, conducted rescue missions, and at times fought shoulder-to-shoulder with the Iraqi Army against ISIS. Filled with raw and emotional descriptions of what it's like to come face-to-face with death, this is the harrowing and uplifting true story of a small group of men who risked everything to save the lives of the Iraqi people and who followed the credence, 'Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.' As the coauthor of the #1 New York Times bestselling American Sniper, Scott McEwen has teamed up with Mattos to help share an unforgettable tale of an American warrior turned humanitarian forced to fight his way into and out of a Hell on Earth created by ISIS.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355573Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: City of Death: Humanitarian Warriors in the Battle of Mosul Author: Ephraim Mattos, Scott McEwen Narrator: Ephraim Mattos Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: City of Death: Humanitarian Warriors in the Battle of Mosul Author: Ephraim Mattos, Scott McEwen Narrator: Ephraim Mattos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A frontline witness account of the deadly urban combat of the Battle of Mosul told by former Navy SEAL and frontline combat medic Ephraim Mattos. After leaving the US Navy SEAL teams in spring of 2017, Ephraim Mattos, age twenty-four, flew to Iraq to join a small group of volunteer humanitarians known as the Free Burma Rangers, who were working on the frontlines of the war on ISIS. Until being shot by ISIS on a suicidal rescue mission, Mattos witnessed unexplainable acts of courage and sacrifice by the Free Burma Rangers, who, while under heavy machine gun and mortar fire, assaulted across ISIS minefields, used themselves as human shields, and sprinted down ISIS-infested streets-all to retrieve wounded civilians. In City of Death: Humanitarian Warriors in the Battle of Mosul, Mattos recounts in vivid detail what he saw and felt while he and the other Free Burma Rangers evacuated the wounded, conducted rescue missions, and at times fought shoulder-to-shoulder with the Iraqi Army against ISIS. Filled with raw and emotional descriptions of what it's like to come face-to-face with death, this is the harrowing and uplifting true story of a small group of men who risked everything to save the lives of the Iraqi people and who followed the credence, 'Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.' As the coauthor of the #1 New York Times bestselling American Sniper, Scott McEwen has teamed up with Mattos to help share an unforgettable tale of an American warrior turned humanitarian forced to fight his way into and out of a Hell on Earth created by ISIS.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rise-of-andrew-jackson-myth-manipulation-and-the-making-of-modern-politics-by-david-s-heidler-jeanne-t-heidler--65209310https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of Andrew Jackson: Myth, Manipulation, and the Making of Modern Politics Author: David S. Heidler, Jeanne T. Heidler Narrator: Molly Parker Myers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of Andrew Jackson's improbable ascent to the White House, centered on the handlers and propagandists who made it possible Andrew Jackson was volatile and prone to violence, and well into his forties his sole claim on the public's affections derived from his victory in a thirty-minute battle at New Orleans in early 1815. Yet those in his immediate circle believed he was a great man who should be president of the United States. Jackson's election in 1828 is usually viewed as a result of the expansion of democracy. Historians David and Jeanne Heidler argue that he actually owed his victory to his closest supporters, who wrote hagiographies of him, founded newspapers to savage his enemies, and built a political network that was always on message. In transforming a difficult man into a paragon of republican virtue, the Jacksonites exploded the old order and created a mode of electioneering that has been mimicked ever since.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354636Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of Andrew Jackson: Myth, Manipulation, and the Making of Modern Politics Author: David S. Heidler, Jeanne T. Heidler Narrator: Molly Parker...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of Andrew Jackson: Myth, Manipulation, and the Making of Modern Politics Author: David S. Heidler, Jeanne T. Heidler Narrator: Molly Parker Myers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of Andrew Jackson's improbable ascent to the White House, centered on the handlers and propagandists who made it possible Andrew Jackson was volatile and prone to violence, and well into his forties his sole claim on the public's affections derived from his victory in a thirty-minute battle at New Orleans in early 1815. Yet those in his immediate circle believed he was a great man who should be president of the United States. Jackson's election in 1828 is usually viewed as a result of the expansion of democracy. Historians David and Jeanne Heidler argue that he actually owed his victory to his closest supporters, who wrote hagiographies of him, founded newspapers to savage his enemies, and built a political network that was always on message. In transforming a difficult man into a paragon of republican virtue, the Jacksonites exploded the old order and created a mode of electioneering that has been mimicked ever since.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/industry-of-anonymity-inside-the-business-of-cybercrime-by-jonathan-lusthaus--65209464https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Industry of Anonymity: Inside the Business of Cybercrime Author: Jonathan Lusthaus Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most extensive account yet of the lives of cybercriminals and the vast international industry they have created, deeply sourced and based on field research in the world’s technology-crime hotspots Cybercrime seems invisible. Attacks arrive out of nowhere, their origins hidden by layers of sophisticated technology. Only the victims are clear. But every crime has its perpetrator―specific individuals or groups sitting somewhere behind keyboards and screens. Jonathan Lusthaus lifts the veil on the world of these cybercriminals in the most extensive account yet of the lives they lead, and the vast international industry they have created. We are long past the age of the lone adolescent hacker tapping away in his parents’ basement. Cybercrime now operates like a business. Its goods and services may be illicit, but it is highly organized, complex, driven by profit, and globally interconnected. Having traveled to cybercrime hotspots around the world to meet with hundreds of law enforcement agents, security gurus, hackers, and criminals, Lusthaus takes us inside this murky underworld and reveals how this business works. He explains the strategies criminals use to build a thriving industry in a low-trust environment characterized by a precarious combination of anonymity and teamwork. Crime takes hold where there is more technical talent than legitimate opportunity, and where authorities turn a blind eye―perhaps for a price. In the fight against cybercrime, understanding what drives people into this industry is as important as advanced security. Based on seven years of fieldwork from Eastern Europe to West Africa, Industry of Anonymity is a compelling and revealing study of a rational business model which, however much we might wish otherwise, has become a defining feature of the modern world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Industry of Anonymity: Inside the Business of Cybercrime Author: Jonathan Lusthaus Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Industry of Anonymity: Inside the Business of Cybercrime Author: Jonathan Lusthaus Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most extensive account yet of the lives of cybercriminals and the vast international industry they have created, deeply sourced and based on field research in the world’s technology-crime hotspots Cybercrime seems invisible. Attacks arrive out of nowhere, their origins hidden by layers of sophisticated technology. Only the victims are clear. But every crime has its perpetrator―specific individuals or groups sitting somewhere behind keyboards and screens. Jonathan Lusthaus lifts the veil on the world of these cybercriminals in the most extensive account yet of the lives they lead, and the vast international industry they have created. We are long past the age of the lone adolescent hacker tapping away in his parents’ basement. Cybercrime now operates like a business. Its goods and services may be illicit, but it is highly organized, complex, driven by profit, and globally interconnected. Having traveled to cybercrime hotspots around the world to meet with hundreds of law enforcement agents, security gurus, hackers, and criminals, Lusthaus takes us inside this murky underworld and reveals how this business works. He explains the strategies criminals use to build a thriving industry in a low-trust environment characterized by a precarious combination of anonymity and teamwork. Crime takes hold where there is more technical talent than legitimate opportunity, and where authorities turn a blind eye―perhaps for a price. In the fight against cybercrime, understanding what drives people into this industry is as important as advanced security. Based on seven years of fieldwork from Eastern Europe to West Africa, Industry of Anonymity is a compelling and revealing study of a rational business model which, however much we might wish otherwise, has become a defining feature of the modern world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-empty-throne-america-s-abdication-of-global-leadership-by-ivo-h-daalder-james-m-lindsay--65209414https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empty Throne: America's Abdication of Global Leadership Author: Ivo H. Daalder, James M. Lindsay Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American diplomacy is in shambles, but beneath the daily chaos is an erosion of the postwar order that is even more dangerous. America emerged from the catastrophe of World War II convinced that global engagement and leadership were essential to prevent another global conflict and further economic devastation. That choice was not inevitable, but its success proved monumental. It brought decades of great power peace, underpinned the rise in global prosperity, and defined what it meant to be an American in the eyes of the rest of the world for generations. It was an historic achievement. Now, America has abdicated this vital leadership role. The Empty Throne is an inside portrait of the greatest lurch in US foreign policy since the decision to retreat back into Fortress America after World War I. The whipsawing of US policy has upended all that America's postwar leadership created-strong security alliances, free and open markets, an unquestioned commitment to democracy and human rights. Impulsive, theatrical, ill-informed, backward-looking, bullying, and reckless are the qualities that the American president brings to the table, when he shows up at all. The world has had to absorb the spectacle of an America unmaking the world it made, and the consequences will be with us for years to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354646Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empty Throne: America's Abdication of Global Leadership Author: Ivo H. Daalder, James M. Lindsay Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empty Throne: America's Abdication of Global Leadership Author: Ivo H. Daalder, James M. Lindsay Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American diplomacy is in shambles, but beneath the daily chaos is an erosion of the postwar order that is even more dangerous. America emerged from the catastrophe of World War II convinced that global engagement and leadership were essential to prevent another global conflict and further economic devastation. That choice was not inevitable, but its success proved monumental. It brought decades of great power peace, underpinned the rise in global prosperity, and defined what it meant to be an American in the eyes of the rest of the world for generations. It was an historic achievement. Now, America has abdicated this vital leadership role. The Empty Throne is an inside portrait of the greatest lurch in US foreign policy since the decision to retreat back into Fortress America after World War I. The whipsawing of US policy has upended all that America's postwar leadership created-strong security alliances, free and open markets, an unquestioned commitment to democracy and human rights. Impulsive, theatrical, ill-informed, backward-looking, bullying, and reckless are the qualities that the American president brings to the table, when he shows up at all. The world has had to absorb the spectacle of an America unmaking the world it made, and the consequences will be with us for years to come.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/golden-handcuffs-the-secret-history-of-trump-s-women-by-nina-burleigh--65209385https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Handcuffs: The Secret History of Trump's Women Author: Nina Burleigh Narrator: Jayme Mattler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author and award-winning journalist, Nina Burleigh, explores “the stark details of the forces that shaped [Donald] Trump’s thinking about women” (The New York Times) in this comprehensive, provocative, and critical account of the six women who have been closest to Trump. Has any president in the history of the United States had a more fraught association with women than Donald Trump? He flagrantly cheated on all three of his wives, brushed off multiple accusations of sexual assault, publicly ogled his eldest daughter, bought the silence of a porn star and a Playmate, and proclaimed his now-infamous seduction technique: “grab ’em by the pussy.” Golden Handcuffs is a provocative and “comprehensive exposé” (Kirkus Reviews) of Trump’s relationship with the women who have been closest to him—his German-immigrant grandmother, Elizabeth, the uncredited founder of the Trump Organization; his Scottish-immigrant mother, Mary, who acquired a taste for wealth as a maid in the Andrew Carnegie mansion; his wives—Ivana, Marla, and Melania (the first and third of whom are immigrants); and his eldest daughter, Ivanka, groomed to take over the Trump brand from a young age. Also examined are Trump’s two older sisters, one of whom is a prominent federal judge; his often-overlooked younger daughter, Tiffany; his female employees; and those he calls “liars”—the women who have accused him of sexual misconduct.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349600Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Handcuffs: The Secret History of Trump's Women Author: Nina Burleigh Narrator: Jayme Mattler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Handcuffs: The Secret History of Trump's Women Author: Nina Burleigh Narrator: Jayme Mattler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author and award-winning journalist, Nina Burleigh, explores “the stark details of the forces that shaped [Donald] Trump’s thinking about women” (The New York Times) in this comprehensive, provocative, and critical account of the six women who have been closest to Trump. Has any president in the history of the United States had a more fraught association with women than Donald Trump? He flagrantly cheated on all three of his wives, brushed off multiple accusations of sexual assault, publicly ogled his eldest daughter, bought the silence of a porn star and a Playmate, and proclaimed his now-infamous seduction technique: “grab ’em by the pussy.” Golden Handcuffs is a provocative and “comprehensive exposé” (Kirkus Reviews) of Trump’s relationship with the women who have been closest to him—his German-immigrant grandmother, Elizabeth, the uncredited founder of the Trump Organization; his Scottish-immigrant mother, Mary, who acquired a taste for wealth as a maid in the Andrew Carnegie mansion; his wives—Ivana, Marla, and Melania (the first and third of whom are immigrants); and his eldest daughter, Ivanka, groomed to take over the Trump brand from a young age. Also examined are Trump’s two older sisters, one of whom is a prominent federal judge; his often-overlooked younger daughter, Tiffany; his female employees; and those he calls “liars”—the women who have accused him of sexual misconduct.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/decolonizing-wealth-indigenous-wisdom-to-heal-divides-and-restore-balance-by-edgar-villanueva--65209365https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wealth: Indigenous Wisdom to Heal Divides and Restore Balance Author: Edgar Villanueva Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Decolonizing Wealth is a provocative analysis of the dysfunctional colonial dynamics at play in philanthropy and finance. Award-winning philanthropy executive Edgar Villanueva draws from the traditions from the Native way to prescribe the medicine for restoring balance and healing our divides. With great compassion-because the Native way is to bring the oppressor into the circle of healing, understanding that healing cannot occur unless everyone is part of the process- Villanueva diagnoses the fatal flaws in financial institutions, unflinchingly drilling down to the core of colonialism and White supremacy. The greed, exploitation, and domination at the core of colonization are the same dynamics at play today when money is used to separate Us from Them and to separate Haves from Have-Nots. To restore harmony and heal divides-as we desperately need to do in America and the world- we must learn how to decolonize the institutions and processes that control and move money. Although there is no quick fix for the traumatic complexity of colonization, Villanueva's 'Seven Steps for Healing' outline a process to follow, from taking responsibility, to inviting the perspectives and wisdom of people most excluded and exploited by today's broken economy, to investing with integrity and making reparations. There are roles for everyone involved, whether they're rich or poor, funder or recipient, victim or perpetrator. Integrating traditional indigenous wisdom with savvy financial experience, this books explains how money can be used to facilitate relationships, to help us thrive, and to bring things back into balance.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wealth: Indigenous Wisdom to Heal Divides and Restore Balance Author: Edgar Villanueva Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wealth: Indigenous Wisdom to Heal Divides and Restore Balance Author: Edgar Villanueva Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Decolonizing Wealth is a provocative analysis of the dysfunctional colonial dynamics at play in philanthropy and finance. Award-winning philanthropy executive Edgar Villanueva draws from the traditions from the Native way to prescribe the medicine for restoring balance and healing our divides. With great compassion-because the Native way is to bring the oppressor into the circle of healing, understanding that healing cannot occur unless everyone is part of the process- Villanueva diagnoses the fatal flaws in financial institutions, unflinchingly drilling down to the core of colonialism and White supremacy. The greed, exploitation, and domination at the core of colonization are the same dynamics at play today when money is used to separate Us from Them and to separate Haves from Have-Nots. To restore harmony and heal divides-as we desperately need to do in America and the world- we must learn how to decolonize the institutions and processes that control and move money. Although there is no quick fix for the traumatic complexity of colonization, Villanueva's 'Seven Steps for Healing' outline a process to follow, from taking responsibility, to inviting the perspectives and wisdom of people most excluded and exploited by today's broken economy, to investing with integrity and making reparations. There are roles for everyone involved, whether they're rich or poor, funder or recipient, victim or perpetrator. Integrating traditional indigenous wisdom with savvy financial experience, this books explains how money can be used to facilitate relationships, to help us thrive, and to bring things back into balance.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/end-of-an-era-how-china-s-authoritarian-revival-is-undermining-its-rise-by-carl-minzner--65209363https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of an Era: How China's Authoritarian Revival is Undermining Its Rise Author: Carl Minzner Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: China's reform era is ending. Core factors that characterized it—political stability, ideological openness, and rapid economic growth—are unraveling. Since the 1990s, Beijing's leaders have firmly rejected any fundamental reform of their authoritarian one-party political system, even as a decades-long boom has reshaped China's economy and society. On the surface, their efforts have been a success. Political turmoil has toppled former Communist East bloc regimes, internal unrest overtaken Middle East nations, and populist movements risen to challenge established Western democracies. China, in contrast, has appeared a relative haven of stability and growth. But as Carl Minzner shows, a closer look at China's reform era reveals a different truth. Over the past three decades, a frozen political system has fueled both the rise of entrenched interests within the Communist Party itself, and the systematic underdevelopment of institutions of governance among state and society at large. Economic cleavages have widened. Social unrest has worsened. Ideological polarization has deepened. Now, to address these looming problems, China's leaders are progressively cannibalizing institutional norms and practices that have formed the bedrock of the regime's stability in the reform era.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356131Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of an Era: How China's Authoritarian Revival is Undermining Its Rise Author: Carl Minzner Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of an Era: How China's Authoritarian Revival is Undermining Its Rise Author: Carl Minzner Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: China's reform era is ending. Core factors that characterized it—political stability, ideological openness, and rapid economic growth—are unraveling. Since the 1990s, Beijing's leaders have firmly rejected any fundamental reform of their authoritarian one-party political system, even as a decades-long boom has reshaped China's economy and society. On the surface, their efforts have been a success. Political turmoil has toppled former Communist East bloc regimes, internal unrest overtaken Middle East nations, and populist movements risen to challenge established Western democracies. China, in contrast, has appeared a relative haven of stability and growth. But as Carl Minzner shows, a closer look at China's reform era reveals a different truth. Over the past three decades, a frozen political system has fueled both the rise of entrenched interests within the Communist Party itself, and the systematic underdevelopment of institutions of governance among state and society at large. Economic cleavages have widened. Social unrest has worsened. Ideological polarization has deepened. Now, to address these looming problems, China's leaders are progressively cannibalizing institutional norms and practices that have formed the bedrock of the regime's stability in the reform era.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-oath-and-the-office-a-guide-to-the-constitution-for-future-presidents-by-corey-brettschneider--65209359https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oath and the Office: A Guide to the Constitution for Future Presidents Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can the president launch a nuclear attack without congressional approval? Is it ever a crime to criticize the president? Can states legally resist a president's executive order? Corey Brettschneider takes us on a deep dive into the U.S. Constitution to answer questions that, in our tumultuous era, Americans are asking more than ever before. From the document itself and from history's pivotal court cases, we learn why certain powers were granted to the presidency, how the Bill of Rights limits those powers, and what 'we the people' can do to influence the nation's highest public office—including, if need be, removing the person in it. Brettschneider breathes new life into the Constitution's articles and amendments, stressing its key principles and illustrating their relevance to all our lives today. The Oath and the Office empowers readers, voters, and future presidents to read and understand our nation’s founding document.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356085Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oath and the Office: A Guide to the Constitution for Future Presidents Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oath and the Office: A Guide to the Constitution for Future Presidents Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can the president launch a nuclear attack without congressional approval? Is it ever a crime to criticize the president? Can states legally resist a president's executive order? Corey Brettschneider takes us on a deep dive into the U.S. Constitution to answer questions that, in our tumultuous era, Americans are asking more than ever before. From the document itself and from history's pivotal court cases, we learn why certain powers were granted to the presidency, how the Bill of Rights limits those powers, and what 'we the people' can do to influence the nation's highest public office—including, if need be, removing the person in it. Brettschneider breathes new life into the Constitution's articles and amendments, stressing its key principles and illustrating their relevance to all our lives today. The Oath and the Office empowers readers, voters, and future presidents to read and understand our nation’s founding document.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dawn-of-the-code-war-america-s-battle-against-russia-china-and-the-rising-global-cyber-threat-by-john-p-carlin-garrett-m-graff--65209357https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dawn of the Code War: America's Battle Against Russia, China, and the Rising Global Cyber Threat Author: John P. Carlin, Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 1 minute Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inside story of how America's enemies launched a cyber war against us-and how we've learned to fight back With each passing year, the internet-linked attacks on America's interests have grown in both frequency and severity. Overmatched by our military, countries like North Korea, China, Iran, and Russia have found us vulnerable in cyberspace. The 'Code War' is upon us. In this dramatic book, former Assistant Attorney General John P. Carlin takes readers to the front lines of a global but little-understood fight as the Justice Department and the FBI chases down hackers, online terrorist recruiters, and spies. Today, as our entire economy goes digital, from banking to manufacturing to transportation, the potential targets for our enemies multiply. This firsthand account is both a remarkable untold story and a warning of dangers yet to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355032Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dawn of the Code War: America's Battle Against Russia, China, and the Rising Global Cyber Threat Author: John P. Carlin, Garrett M. Graff Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dawn of the Code War: America's Battle Against Russia, China, and the Rising Global Cyber Threat Author: John P. Carlin, Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 1 minute Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inside story of how America's enemies launched a cyber war against us-and how we've learned to fight back With each passing year, the internet-linked attacks on America's interests have grown in both frequency and severity. Overmatched by our military, countries like North Korea, China, Iran, and Russia have found us vulnerable in cyberspace. The 'Code War' is upon us. In this dramatic book, former Assistant Attorney General John P. Carlin takes readers to the front lines of a global but little-understood fight as the Justice Department and the FBI chases down hackers, online terrorist recruiters, and spies. Today, as our entire economy goes digital, from banking to manufacturing to transportation, the potential targets for our enemies multiply. This firsthand account is both a remarkable untold story and a warning of dangers yet to come.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/one-world-now-the-ethics-of-globalization-by-peter-singer--65209340https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One World Now seamlessly integrates major developments of the past decade into Peter Singer's classic text on the ethics of globalization, One World. Singer, often described as the world's most influential philosopher, here addresses such essential concerns as climate change, economic globalization, foreign aid, human rights, immigration, and the responsibility to protect people from genocide and crimes against humanity, whatever country they may be in. Every issue is considered from an ethical perspective. This thoughtful and important study poses bold challenges to narrow nationalistic views and offers valuable alternatives to the state-centric approach that continues to dominate ethics and international theory. Singer argues powerfully that we cannot solve the world’s problems at a national level, and shows how we should build on developments that are already transcending national differences. This is an instructive and necessary work that confronts head-on both the perils and the potentials inherent in globalization.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One World Now seamlessly integrates major developments of the past decade into Peter Singer's classic text on the ethics of globalization, One World. Singer, often described as the world's most influential philosopher, here addresses such essential concerns as climate change, economic globalization, foreign aid, human rights, immigration, and the responsibility to protect people from genocide and crimes against humanity, whatever country they may be in. Every issue is considered from an ethical perspective. This thoughtful and important study poses bold challenges to narrow nationalistic views and offers valuable alternatives to the state-centric approach that continues to dominate ethics and international theory. Singer argues powerfully that we cannot solve the world’s problems at a national level, and shows how we should build on developments that are already transcending national differences. This is an instructive and necessary work that confronts head-on both the perils and the potentials inherent in globalization.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-unlikely-journey-waking-up-from-my-american-dream-by-julian-castro--65209299https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356351 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Unlikely Journey: Waking Up from My American Dream Author: Julian Castro Narrator: Julian Castro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Julian Castro, 2020 Presidential candidate, keynote speaker at the 2012 DNC, and former San Antonio mayor and Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, tells his remarkable and inspiring life story. In the spirit of a young Barack Obama's Dreams from My Father comes a candid and compelling memoir about race and poverty in America. In many ways, there was no reason Julian Castro would have been expected to be a success. Born to unmarried parents in a poverty-stricken neighborhood of a struggling city, his prospects of escaping his circumstance seemed bleak. But he and his twin brother Joaquin had something going for them: their mother. A former political activist, she provided the launch pad for what would become an astonishing ascent. Julian and Joaquin would go on to attend Stanford and Harvard before entering politics at the ripe age of 26. Soon after, Joaquin become a state representative and Julian was elected mayor of San Antonio, a city he helped revitalize and transform into one of the country's leading economies. His success in Texas propelled him onto the national stage, where he was the keynote speaker at the 2012 DNC -- the same spot President Obama held three conventions prior -- and then to Washington D.C. where he served as the Obama Administration's Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. After being shortlisted as a potential running mate for Hillary Clinton, he became a 2020 Presidential candidate. Julian Castro's story not only affirms the American dream, but also resonates with millions, who in an age of political cynicism and hardening hearts are searching for a new hero. No matter one's politics, this book is the transcendent story of a resilient family and the unlikely journey of an emerging national icon.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356351Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356351 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Unlikely Journey: Waking Up from My American Dream Author: Julian Castro Narrator: Julian Castro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356351 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Unlikely Journey: Waking Up from My American Dream Author: Julian Castro Narrator: Julian Castro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Julian Castro, 2020 Presidential candidate, keynote speaker at the 2012 DNC, and former San Antonio mayor and Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, tells his remarkable and inspiring life story. In the spirit of a young Barack Obama's Dreams from My Father comes a candid and compelling memoir about race and poverty in America. In many ways, there was no reason Julian Castro would have been expected to be a success. Born to unmarried parents in a poverty-stricken neighborhood of a struggling city, his prospects of escaping his circumstance seemed bleak. But he and his twin brother Joaquin had something going for them: their mother. A former political activist, she provided the launch pad for what would become an astonishing ascent. Julian and Joaquin would go on to attend Stanford and Harvard before entering politics at the ripe age of 26. Soon after, Joaquin become a state representative and Julian was elected mayor of San Antonio, a city he helped revitalize and transform into one of the country's leading economies. His success in Texas propelled him onto the national stage, where he was the keynote speaker at the 2012 DNC -- the same spot President Obama held three conventions prior -- and then to Washington D.C. where he served as the Obama Administration's Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. After being shortlisted as a potential running mate for Hillary Clinton, he became a 2020 Presidential candidate. Julian Castro's story not only affirms the American dream, but also resonates with millions, who in an age of political cynicism and hardening hearts are searching for a new hero. No matter one's politics, this book is the transcendent story of a resilient family and the unlikely journey of an emerging national icon.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tell-love-defiance-and-the-military-trial-at-the-tipping-point-for-gay-rights-by-major-margaret-witt--65209447https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell: Love, Defiance, and the Military Trial at the Tipping Point for Gay Rights Author: Major Margaret Witt Narrator: Major Margaret Witt, Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1993 Margie Witt, a young Air Force nurse, was chosen as the face of the Air Force’s “Cross into the Blue” recruitment campaign. This was also the year that President Clinton’s plan for gays to serve openly in the military was quashed by an obdurate Congress, resulting in the blandly cynical political compromise known as Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell. Contrary to its intent, DADT had the perverse effect of making it harder for gay servicemen and -women to fight expulsion. Over the next seventeen years more than 13,000 gay soldiers, sailors, marines, coast guard, and airmen and -women were removed from military service. That is, until Margie Witt’s landmark case put a stop to it. Tell is the riveting story of Major Margaret Witt’s dedicated and decorated military career as a frontline flight nurse, and of her love and devotion to her partner—now wife—Laurie Johnson. Tell captures the tension and drama of the politically charged legal battle that led to the congressional repeal of the controversial law and helped pave the way for a suite of landmark political and legal victories for gay rights. Tell is a testament to the power of love to transform hearts and minds, as well as a celebration of the indomitable spirit of Major Witt, her wife Laurie, her dedicated legal team, and the brave men and women who came forward to testify on her behalf in a historic federal trial. “The name Margaret Witt may join the canon of US civil rights pioneers.” —Guardian “Major Witt’s trial provided an unparalleled opportunity to attack the central premise of [Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell] . . . and set an important precedent.” —New York Times “A landmark ruling.” —Politico]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347347Thu, 11 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell: Love, Defiance, and the Military Trial at the Tipping Point for Gay Rights Author: Major Margaret Witt Narrator: Major Margaret Witt, Donna...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell: Love, Defiance, and the Military Trial at the Tipping Point for Gay Rights Author: Major Margaret Witt Narrator: Major Margaret Witt, Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1993 Margie Witt, a young Air Force nurse, was chosen as the face of the Air Force’s “Cross into the Blue” recruitment campaign. This was also the year that President Clinton’s plan for gays to serve openly in the military was quashed by an obdurate Congress, resulting in the blandly cynical political compromise known as Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell. Contrary to its intent, DADT had the perverse effect of making it harder for gay servicemen and -women to fight expulsion. Over the next seventeen years more than 13,000 gay soldiers, sailors, marines, coast guard, and airmen and -women were removed from military service. That is, until Margie Witt’s landmark case put a stop to it. Tell is the riveting story of Major Margaret Witt’s dedicated and decorated military career as a frontline flight nurse, and of her love and devotion to her partner—now wife—Laurie Johnson. Tell captures the tension and drama of the politically charged legal battle that led to the congressional repeal of the controversial law and helped pave the way for a suite of landmark political and legal victories for gay rights. Tell is a testament to the power of love to transform hearts and minds, as well as a celebration of the indomitable spirit of Major Witt, her wife Laurie, her dedicated legal team, and the brave men and women who came forward to testify on her behalf in a historic federal trial. “The name Margaret Witt may join the canon of US civil rights pioneers.” —Guardian “Major Witt’s trial provided an unparalleled opportunity to attack the central premise of [Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell] . . . and set an important precedent.” —New York Times “A landmark ruling.” —Politico]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-politica-en-el-siglo-xxi-arte-mito-o-ciencia-by-jaime-duran-barba--65209307https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La política en el siglo XXI: Arte, mito o ciencia Author: Jaime Durán Barba Narrator: Martín De Renzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jaime Durán Barba y Santiago Nieto, los mejores asesores políticos de Latinoamérica, despliegan todo el conocimiento que adquirieron en los últimos años diseñando campañas electorales, y brindan las claves necesarias para entender la nueva sociedad y la política del siglo XXI. Jaime Durán Barba y Santiago Nieto han tenido éxitos sorprendentes en toda Latinoamérica con sus provocadoras e innovadoras campañas electorales. Siempre alejados de la corrección política, en este libro analizan los cambios que se produjeron en la sociedad para entender la nueva era. Explican por qué el sistema tradicional colapsó y es necesario acercarse a la política superando los mitos, para no caer en análisis arcaicos y paradigmas obsoletos. Argumentan por qué la democracia está en plena crisis de representatividad, con ciudadanos que tienen el poder armados apenas con un teléfono, en medio de la mayor revolución tecnológica y del conocimiento de la historia. Derriban el mito de que el electorado es obediente y manipulable, falacia y prejuicio que lleva a muchos políticos tradicionales a no comprender que la opinión pública es incontrolable. Tras más de treinta años diseñando campañas de comunicación electoral y de gobierno, Durán Barba y Nieto han cambiado la forma de interpretar la relación de los ciudadanos con la política. Con mezcla de teorías de diversas ciencias contrastadas con experiencias concretas, y repleto de jugosos ejemplos recopilados en el campo de batalla durante los últimos años, La política en el siglo XXI es un audiolibro fundamental e ineludible para comprender nuestro tiempo.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360354Wed, 10 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La política en el siglo XXI: Arte, mito o ciencia Author: Jaime Durán Barba Narrator: Martín De Renzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La política en el siglo XXI: Arte, mito o ciencia Author: Jaime Durán Barba Narrator: Martín De Renzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jaime Durán Barba y Santiago Nieto, los mejores asesores políticos de Latinoamérica, despliegan todo el conocimiento que adquirieron en los últimos años diseñando campañas electorales, y brindan las claves necesarias para entender la nueva sociedad y la política del siglo XXI. Jaime Durán Barba y Santiago Nieto han tenido éxitos sorprendentes en toda Latinoamérica con sus provocadoras e innovadoras campañas electorales. Siempre alejados de la corrección política, en este libro analizan los cambios que se produjeron en la sociedad para entender la nueva era. Explican por qué el sistema tradicional colapsó y es necesario acercarse a la política superando los mitos, para no caer en análisis arcaicos y paradigmas obsoletos. Argumentan por qué la democracia está en plena crisis de representatividad, con ciudadanos que tienen el poder armados apenas con un teléfono, en medio de la mayor revolución tecnológica y del conocimiento de la historia. Derriban el mito de que el electorado es obediente y manipulable, falacia y prejuicio que lleva a muchos políticos tradicionales a no comprender que la opinión pública es incontrolable. Tras más de treinta años diseñando campañas de comunicación electoral y de gobierno, Durán Barba y Nieto han cambiado la forma de interpretar la relación de los ciudadanos con la política. Con mezcla de teorías de diversas ciencias contrastadas con experiencias concretas, y repleto de jugosos ejemplos recopilados en el campo de batalla durante los últimos años, La política en el siglo XXI es un audiolibro fundamental e ineludible para comprender nuestro tiempo.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-duty-to-resist-when-disobedience-should-be-uncivil-by-candice-delmas--65209421https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355624 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Duty to Resist: When Disobedience Should Be Uncivil Author: Candice Delmas Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What are our responsibilities in the face of injustice? How far should we go to fight it? Many would argue that as long as a state is nearly just, citizens have a moral duty to obey the law. Proponents of civil disobedience generally hold that, given this moral duty, a person needs a solid justification to break the law. But activists from Henry David Thoreau and Mohandas Gandhi to the Movement for Black Lives have long recognized that there are times when, rather than having a duty to obey the law, we have a duty to disobey it. Taking seriously the history of this activism, A Duty to Resist wrestles with the problem of political obligation in real world societies that harbor injustice. Candice Delmas argues that the duty of justice, the principle of fairness, the Samaritan duty, and political association impose responsibility to resist under conditions of injustice. We must expand political obligation to include a duty to resist unjust laws and social conditions even in legitimate states.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355624Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355624 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Duty to Resist: When Disobedience Should Be Uncivil Author: Candice Delmas Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355624 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Duty to Resist: When Disobedience Should Be Uncivil Author: Candice Delmas Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What are our responsibilities in the face of injustice? How far should we go to fight it? Many would argue that as long as a state is nearly just, citizens have a moral duty to obey the law. Proponents of civil disobedience generally hold that, given this moral duty, a person needs a solid justification to break the law. But activists from Henry David Thoreau and Mohandas Gandhi to the Movement for Black Lives have long recognized that there are times when, rather than having a duty to obey the law, we have a duty to disobey it. Taking seriously the history of this activism, A Duty to Resist wrestles with the problem of political obligation in real world societies that harbor injustice. Candice Delmas argues that the duty of justice, the principle of fairness, the Samaritan duty, and political association impose responsibility to resist under conditions of injustice. We must expand political obligation to include a duty to resist unjust laws and social conditions even in legitimate states.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-sustainable-state-the-future-of-government-economy-and-society-by-chandran-nair--65209416https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350571 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sustainable State: The Future of Government, Economy, and Society Author: Chandran Nair Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The free-market, limited-government development model has been an ecological and social disaster for the developing world. Sustainable and equitable development is possible only with the active involvement of a strong central state that can guide the economy, protect the environment, and prioritize meeting its people's basic needs. For decades, the Western argument has been that the unfettered free market is the best vehicle for economic development and social progress. Instead, this sure-to-be-controversial book argues that a strong state with a willingness to manage the economy within resource constraints is central to the challenge of sustainable development. Only a state that can and will exert effective governance can place fair and reasonable limits on resource consumption (which is completely unrestrained in the free-market model), manage the expectations of its population, preserve ecological integrity, and ensure universal access to basic needs. This will mean rethinking the meaning of concepts like 'prosperity,' 'freedom,' and 'rights,' and whether Western-style democracy is the optimal form of government. This may make some in the developed world uncomfortable, but what Nair offers is a model suited to the realities of the developing world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350571Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350571 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sustainable State: The Future of Government, Economy, and Society Author: Chandran Nair Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350571 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sustainable State: The Future of Government, Economy, and Society Author: Chandran Nair Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The free-market, limited-government development model has been an ecological and social disaster for the developing world. Sustainable and equitable development is possible only with the active involvement of a strong central state that can guide the economy, protect the environment, and prioritize meeting its people's basic needs. For decades, the Western argument has been that the unfettered free market is the best vehicle for economic development and social progress. Instead, this sure-to-be-controversial book argues that a strong state with a willingness to manage the economy within resource constraints is central to the challenge of sustainable development. Only a state that can and will exert effective governance can place fair and reasonable limits on resource consumption (which is completely unrestrained in the free-market model), manage the expectations of its population, preserve ecological integrity, and ensure universal access to basic needs. This will mean rethinking the meaning of concepts like 'prosperity,' 'freedom,' and 'rights,' and whether Western-style democracy is the optimal form of government. This may make some in the developed world uncomfortable, but what Nair offers is a model suited to the realities of the developing world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stop-mass-hysteria-america-s-insanity-from-the-salem-witch-trials-to-the-trump-witch-hunt-by-michael-savage--65209415https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Mass Hysteria: America's Insanity from the Salem Witch Trials to the Trump Witch Hunt Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NYT bestselling author Michael Savage calls out the mass hysteria mongers and their methods, and shows Americans that we must look to history to understand the present and avoid repeating the mistakes of the past. Since Donald Trump's historic ascendance to the presidency, American politics have reached a boiling point. Social and economic issues, even national security, have become loud, violent flashpoints for political rivals in the government, in the media and on the streets. This collective derangement has a name: mass hysteria. In his new book, Stop Mass Hysteria, #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Savage not only deconstructs the Left's unhinged response to traditional American values like borders, language, and culture, but takes the reader on an unprecedented journey through mass hysteria's long history in the United States. From Christopher Columbus to the Salem Witch trials to the so-called 'Red Scares' of the 1930s and 40s and much more, Dr. Savage recounts the many times collective insanity has gripped the American public - often prompted by sinister politicians with ulterior motives. Dr. Savage provides vital context for the common elements of dozens of outbreaks of mass hysteria in the past, their causes, their short and long-term effects, and the tactics of the puppet masters who duped gullible masses into fearing threats both real and imagined. By shining a light on the true nature and causes of American mass hysteria in the past, Savage provides an insightful look into who and what is causing dangerous unrest in our lives - and why.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349123Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Mass Hysteria: America's Insanity from the Salem Witch Trials to the Trump Witch Hunt Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Mass Hysteria: America's Insanity from the Salem Witch Trials to the Trump Witch Hunt Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NYT bestselling author Michael Savage calls out the mass hysteria mongers and their methods, and shows Americans that we must look to history to understand the present and avoid repeating the mistakes of the past. Since Donald Trump's historic ascendance to the presidency, American politics have reached a boiling point. Social and economic issues, even national security, have become loud, violent flashpoints for political rivals in the government, in the media and on the streets. This collective derangement has a name: mass hysteria. In his new book, Stop Mass Hysteria, #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Savage not only deconstructs the Left's unhinged response to traditional American values like borders, language, and culture, but takes the reader on an unprecedented journey through mass hysteria's long history in the United States. From Christopher Columbus to the Salem Witch trials to the so-called 'Red Scares' of the 1930s and 40s and much more, Dr. Savage recounts the many times collective insanity has gripped the American public - often prompted by sinister politicians with ulterior motives. Dr. Savage provides vital context for the common elements of dozens of outbreaks of mass hysteria in the past, their causes, their short and long-term effects, and the tactics of the puppet masters who duped gullible masses into fearing threats both real and imagined. By shining a light on the true nature and causes of American mass hysteria in the past, Savage provides an insightful look into who and what is causing dangerous unrest in our lives - and why.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trust-twenty-ways-to-build-a-better-country-by-david-johnston--65209379https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust: Twenty Ways to Build a Better Country Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From our esteemed former Governor General--and author of the bestsellers The Idea of Canada and Ingenious--a very timely guide for restoring personal, community, and national trust. Trust is a much-needed manual for the repair and restoration of the social quality on which all democracies rely. One of Canada's most revered governors general, David Johnston mines his long life and varied career to give Canadians twenty ways to make themselves, their institutions, and their country more worthy of trust. Many of these habits, attitudes, and approaches stem from his experiences serving as the representative of the head of state in Canada for seven years. Some ways are individual--listen first, never manipulate, be consistent in public and private. Some are geared toward leaders at all levels and of all stripes--be barn-raisers, tell everyone your plans, depend on those around you. And some are societal--apologize, cherish teachers, invite others to dance. As such, not only every Canadian, but also every person who cares about their democratic way of life is wise to heed David Johnston's polite yet pressing call. You can become more worthy of trust. You can spot and encourage this vital quality in others. You can be an instrumental force in restoring trust in your community and country--making them better for yourself and your fellow citizens, and the world better for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust: Twenty Ways to Build a Better Country Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356220 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust: Twenty Ways to Build a Better Country Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From our esteemed former Governor General--and author of the bestsellers The Idea of Canada and Ingenious--a very timely guide for restoring personal, community, and national trust. Trust is a much-needed manual for the repair and restoration of the social quality on which all democracies rely. One of Canada's most revered governors general, David Johnston mines his long life and varied career to give Canadians twenty ways to make themselves, their institutions, and their country more worthy of trust. Many of these habits, attitudes, and approaches stem from his experiences serving as the representative of the head of state in Canada for seven years. Some ways are individual--listen first, never manipulate, be consistent in public and private. Some are geared toward leaders at all levels and of all stripes--be barn-raisers, tell everyone your plans, depend on those around you. And some are societal--apologize, cherish teachers, invite others to dance. As such, not only every Canadian, but also every person who cares about their democratic way of life is wise to heed David Johnston's polite yet pressing call. You can become more worthy of trust. You can spot and encourage this vital quality in others. You can be an instrumental force in restoring trust in your community and country--making them better for yourself and your fellow citizens, and the world better for all.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behold-america-the-entangled-history-of-america-first-and-the-american-dream-by-sarah-churchwell--65209367https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behold, America: The Entangled History of 'America First' and 'the American Dream' Author: Sarah Churchwell Narrator: Anne Twomey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Smithsonian Magazine Best History Book of 2018 The unknown history of two ideas crucial to the struggle over what America stands for In Behold, America, Sarah Churchwell offers a surprising account of twentieth-century Americans' fierce battle for the nation's soul. It follows the stories of two phrases -- the 'American dream' and 'America First' -- that once embodied opposing visions for America. Starting as a Republican motto before becoming a hugely influential isolationist slogan during World War I, America First was always closely linked with authoritarianism and white supremacy. The American dream, meanwhile, initially represented a broad vision of democratic and economic equality. Churchwell traces these notions through the 1920s boom, the Depression, and the rise of fascism at home and abroad, laying bare the persistent appeal of demagoguery in America and showing us how it was resisted. At a time when many ask what America's future holds, Behold, America is a revelatory, unvarnished portrait of where we have been.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354642Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behold, America: The Entangled History of 'America First' and 'the American Dream' Author: Sarah Churchwell Narrator: Anne Twomey Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behold, America: The Entangled History of 'America First' and 'the American Dream' Author: Sarah Churchwell Narrator: Anne Twomey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Smithsonian Magazine Best History Book of 2018 The unknown history of two ideas crucial to the struggle over what America stands for In Behold, America, Sarah Churchwell offers a surprising account of twentieth-century Americans' fierce battle for the nation's soul. It follows the stories of two phrases -- the 'American dream' and 'America First' -- that once embodied opposing visions for America. Starting as a Republican motto before becoming a hugely influential isolationist slogan during World War I, America First was always closely linked with authoritarianism and white supremacy. The American dream, meanwhile, initially represented a broad vision of democratic and economic equality. Churchwell traces these notions through the 1920s boom, the Depression, and the rise of fascism at home and abroad, laying bare the persistent appeal of demagoguery in America and showing us how it was resisted. At a time when many ask what America's future holds, Behold, America is a revelatory, unvarnished portrait of where we have been.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-15-17-to-paris-the-true-story-of-a-terrorist-a-train-and-three-american-heroes-booktrack-edition-by-jeffrey-e-stern-spencer-stone--65209366https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350533 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes: Booktrack Edition Author: Jeffrey E Stern, Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience! * An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision-to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone-depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travelers, needed it most. Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350533Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350533 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes: Booktrack Edition Author: Jeffrey E Stern, Spencer Stone, Alek...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350533 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes: Booktrack Edition Author: Jeffrey E Stern, Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience! * An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision-to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone-depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travelers, needed it most. Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-corrosion-of-conservatism-why-i-left-the-right-by-max-boot--65209303https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356589 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Corrosion of Conservatism: Why I Left the Right Author: Max Boot Narrator: Max Boot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warning that the Trump presidency presages America's decline, the political commentator recounts his extraordinary journey from lifelong Republican to vehement Trump opponent. As nativism, xenophobia, vile racism, and assaults on the rule of law threaten the very fabric of our nation, The Corrosion of Conservatism presents an urgent defense of American democracy. Pronouncing Mexican immigrants to be 'rapists,' Donald Trump announced his 2015 presidential bid, causing Max Boot to think he was watching a dystopian science-fiction movie. The respected conservative historian couldn't fathom that the party of Lincoln, Roosevelt, and Reagan could endorse such an unqualified reality-TV star. Yet the Twilight Zone episode that Boot believed he was watching created an ideological dislocation so shattering that Boot's transformation from Republican foreign policy adviser to celebrated anti-Trump columnist becomes the dramatic story of The Corrosion of Conservatism. No longer a Republican, but also not a Democrat, Boot here records his ideological journey from a 'movement' conservative to a man without a party, beginning with his political coming-of-age as a young emigre from the Soviet Union, enthralled with the National Review and the conservative intellectual tradition of Russell Kirk and F. A. Hayek. Against this personal odyssey, Boot simultaneously traces the evolution of modern American conservatism, jump-started by Barry Goldwater's canonical The Conscience of a Conservative, to the rise of Trumpism and its gradual corrosion of what was once the Republican Party. While 90 percent of his fellow Republicans became political 'toadies' in the aftermath of the 2016 election, Boot stood his ground, enduring the vitriol of his erstwhile conservative colleagues, trolled on Twitter by a white supremacist who depicted his 'execution' in a gas chamber by a smiling, Nazi-clad Trump. And yet, Boot nevertheless remains a villain to some partisan circles for his enduring commitment to conservative fiscal and national security principles. It is from this isolated position, then, that Boot launches this bold declaration of dissent and its urgent plea for true, bipartisan cooperation. With uncompromising insights, The Corrosion of Conservatism evokes both a president who has traduced every norm and the rise of a nascent centrist movement to counter Trump's assault on democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356589Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356589 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Corrosion of Conservatism: Why I Left the Right Author: Max Boot Narrator: Max Boot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356589 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Corrosion of Conservatism: Why I Left the Right Author: Max Boot Narrator: Max Boot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warning that the Trump presidency presages America's decline, the political commentator recounts his extraordinary journey from lifelong Republican to vehement Trump opponent. As nativism, xenophobia, vile racism, and assaults on the rule of law threaten the very fabric of our nation, The Corrosion of Conservatism presents an urgent defense of American democracy. Pronouncing Mexican immigrants to be 'rapists,' Donald Trump announced his 2015 presidential bid, causing Max Boot to think he was watching a dystopian science-fiction movie. The respected conservative historian couldn't fathom that the party of Lincoln, Roosevelt, and Reagan could endorse such an unqualified reality-TV star. Yet the Twilight Zone episode that Boot believed he was watching created an ideological dislocation so shattering that Boot's transformation from Republican foreign policy adviser to celebrated anti-Trump columnist becomes the dramatic story of The Corrosion of Conservatism. No longer a Republican, but also not a Democrat, Boot here records his ideological journey from a 'movement' conservative to a man without a party, beginning with his political coming-of-age as a young emigre from the Soviet Union, enthralled with the National Review and the conservative intellectual tradition of Russell Kirk and F. A. Hayek. Against this personal odyssey, Boot simultaneously traces the evolution of modern American conservatism, jump-started by Barry Goldwater's canonical The Conscience of a Conservative, to the rise of Trumpism and its gradual corrosion of what was once the Republican Party. While 90 percent of his fellow Republicans became political 'toadies' in the aftermath of the 2016 election, Boot stood his ground, enduring the vitriol of his erstwhile conservative colleagues, trolled on Twitter by a white supremacist who depicted his 'execution' in a gas chamber by a smiling, Nazi-clad Trump. And yet, Boot nevertheless remains a villain to some partisan circles for his enduring commitment to conservative fiscal and national security principles. It is from this isolated position, then, that Boot launches this bold declaration of dissent and its urgent plea for true, bipartisan cooperation. With uncompromising insights, The Corrosion of Conservatism evokes both a president who has traduced every norm and the rise of a nascent centrist movement to counter Trump's assault on democracy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-politics-of-petulance-america-in-an-age-of-immaturity-by-alan-wolfe--65209440https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354973 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Petulance: America in an Age of Immaturity Author: Alan Wolfe Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Politics of Petulance Alan Wolfe argues the core of our problem isn't Trump himself—it's that we are mired in an age of political immaturity. That immaturity is not grounded in any one ideology, nor is it a function of age or education. In 2016, many Americans were offered tantalizingly simple answers to complicated problems, and, like children being offered a lunch of Pop Rocks and Coke, they reflexively—and mindlessly—accepted. The good news is that we've been here before. Wolfe reminds us that we know how to grow up and face down Trump and other demagogues. Wolfe reinvigorates the tradition of public engagement exemplified by mid-century intellectuals such as Richard Hofstadter, Reinhold Niebuhr, and Lionel Trilling—and he draws lessons from their battles with McCarthyism and conspiratorial paranoia. Wolfe mounts a powerful case that we can learn from them to forge a new path for political intervention today. Wolfe has been thinking and writing about American life and politics for decades. He sees this moment as one of real risk. But he's not throwing up his hands; he's bracing us. We've faced demagogues before. We can find the intellectual maturity to fight back. Yes we can.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354973Sat, 06 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354973 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Petulance: America in an Age of Immaturity Author: Alan Wolfe Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354973 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Petulance: America in an Age of Immaturity Author: Alan Wolfe Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Politics of Petulance Alan Wolfe argues the core of our problem isn't Trump himself—it's that we are mired in an age of political immaturity. That immaturity is not grounded in any one ideology, nor is it a function of age or education. In 2016, many Americans were offered tantalizingly simple answers to complicated problems, and, like children being offered a lunch of Pop Rocks and Coke, they reflexively—and mindlessly—accepted. The good news is that we've been here before. Wolfe reminds us that we know how to grow up and face down Trump and other demagogues. Wolfe reinvigorates the tradition of public engagement exemplified by mid-century intellectuals such as Richard Hofstadter, Reinhold Niebuhr, and Lionel Trilling—and he draws lessons from their battles with McCarthyism and conspiratorial paranoia. Wolfe mounts a powerful case that we can learn from them to forge a new path for political intervention today. Wolfe has been thinking and writing about American life and politics for decades. He sees this moment as one of real risk. But he's not throwing up his hands; he's bracing us. We've faced demagogues before. We can find the intellectual maturity to fight back. Yes we can.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fifth-risk-undoing-democracy-by-michael-lewis--65209454https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifth Risk: Undoing Democracy Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Fifth Risk by Michael Lewis, read by Victor Bevine. The morning after Trump was elected president, the people who ran the US Department of Energy - an agency that deals with some of the most powerful risks facing humanity - waited to welcome the incoming administration's transition team. Nobody appeared. Across the US government, the same thing happened: nothing. People don't notice when stuff goes right. That is the stuff government does. It manages everything that underpins our lives from funding free school meals, to policing rogue nuclear activity, to predicting extreme weather events. It steps in where private investment fears to tread, innovates and creates knowledge, assesses extreme long-term risk. And now, government is under attack. By its own leaders. In The Fifth Risk, Michael Lewis reveals the combustible cocktail of wilful ignorance and venality that is fuelling the destruction of a country's fabric. All of this, Lewis shows, exposes America and the world to the biggest risk of all. It is what you never learned that might have saved you. Audio updated in December 2019 to include a bonus afterword that the author has added in light of the recent turbulent political landscape in America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347541Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifth Risk: Undoing Democracy Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifth Risk: Undoing Democracy Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Fifth Risk by Michael Lewis, read by Victor Bevine. The morning after Trump was elected president, the people who ran the US Department of Energy - an agency that deals with some of the most powerful risks facing humanity - waited to welcome the incoming administration's transition team. Nobody appeared. Across the US government, the same thing happened: nothing. People don't notice when stuff goes right. That is the stuff government does. It manages everything that underpins our lives from funding free school meals, to policing rogue nuclear activity, to predicting extreme weather events. It steps in where private investment fears to tread, innovates and creates knowledge, assesses extreme long-term risk. And now, government is under attack. By its own leaders. In The Fifth Risk, Michael Lewis reveals the combustible cocktail of wilful ignorance and venality that is fuelling the destruction of a country's fabric. All of this, Lewis shows, exposes America and the world to the biggest risk of all. It is what you never learned that might have saved you. Audio updated in December 2019 to include a bonus afterword that the author has added in light of the recent turbulent political landscape in America.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/last-call-for-liberty-how-america-s-genius-for-freedom-has-become-its-greatest-threat-by-os-guinness--65209403https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call for Liberty: How America's Genius for Freedom Has Become Its Greatest Threat Author: Os Guinness Narrator: Os Guinness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hour is critical. The American republic is suffering its gravest crisis since the Civil War. Conflicts, hostility, and incivility now threaten to tear the country apart. Competing visions have led to a dangerous moment of cultural self-destruction. This is no longer politics as usual, but an era of political warfare where our enemies are not foreign adversaries, but our fellow citizens. Yet the roots of the crisis are deeper than many realize. Os Guinness argues that we face a fundamental crisis of freedom, as America's genius for freedom has become her Achilles' heel. Our society's conflicts are rooted in two rival views of freedom, one embodied in '1776' and the ideals of the American Revolution, and the other in '1789' and the ideals of the French Revolution. Once again America has become a house divided, and Americans must make up their minds as to which freedom to follow. Will the constitutional republic be restored or replaced? This grand treatment of history, civics, and ethics in the Jewish and Christian traditions represents Guinness's definitive exploration of the prospects for human freedom today. He calls for a national conversation on the nature of freedom, and poses key questions for concerned citizens to consider as we face a critical chapter in the American story. He offers readers a checklist by which they can assess the character and consequences of the freedoms they are choosing. In the tradition of Alexis de Tocqueville, Guinness provides a visitor's careful observation of the American experiment. Discover here a stirring vision for faithful citizenship and renewed responsibility for not only the nation but also the watching world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346871Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call for Liberty: How America's Genius for Freedom Has Become Its Greatest Threat Author: Os Guinness Narrator: Os Guinness Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call for Liberty: How America's Genius for Freedom Has Become Its Greatest Threat Author: Os Guinness Narrator: Os Guinness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hour is critical. The American republic is suffering its gravest crisis since the Civil War. Conflicts, hostility, and incivility now threaten to tear the country apart. Competing visions have led to a dangerous moment of cultural self-destruction. This is no longer politics as usual, but an era of political warfare where our enemies are not foreign adversaries, but our fellow citizens. Yet the roots of the crisis are deeper than many realize. Os Guinness argues that we face a fundamental crisis of freedom, as America's genius for freedom has become her Achilles' heel. Our society's conflicts are rooted in two rival views of freedom, one embodied in '1776' and the ideals of the American Revolution, and the other in '1789' and the ideals of the French Revolution. Once again America has become a house divided, and Americans must make up their minds as to which freedom to follow. Will the constitutional republic be restored or replaced? This grand treatment of history, civics, and ethics in the Jewish and Christian traditions represents Guinness's definitive exploration of the prospects for human freedom today. He calls for a national conversation on the nature of freedom, and poses key questions for concerned citizens to consider as we face a critical chapter in the American story. He offers readers a checklist by which they can assess the character and consequences of the freedoms they are choosing. In the tradition of Alexis de Tocqueville, Guinness provides a visitor's careful observation of the American experiment. Discover here a stirring vision for faithful citizenship and renewed responsibility for not only the nation but also the watching world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trumped-up-how-criminalization-of-political-differences-endangers-democracy-by-alan-dershowitz--65209398https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumped Up: How Criminalization of Political Differences Endangers Democracy Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In our current age of hyper-partisan politics, nearly everyone takes sides. This is especially true with regard to the Trump presidency, which did not cause this profound division but has drawn it to the surface, making it the dominant paradigm of political debate. Both sides scream “lock ‘em up,” criminalizing political difference instead of making substantive criticisms of opposing views. This deeply undemocratic fallacy—that political sins must be investigated and prosecuted as criminal—is an exceedingly dangerous trend. The underlying problem, Alan Dershowitz argues, is that we have weakened our national commitment to civil liberties. The vibrant center is weakening, with traditional liberalism and conservatism becoming further apart—not just in approach but also in their respect for Constitutional norms. And unless we as a nation begin to focus again on what unites us rather than on what divides us, America might not survive the next decade.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350084Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumped Up: How Criminalization of Political Differences Endangers Democracy Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumped Up: How Criminalization of Political Differences Endangers Democracy Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In our current age of hyper-partisan politics, nearly everyone takes sides. This is especially true with regard to the Trump presidency, which did not cause this profound division but has drawn it to the surface, making it the dominant paradigm of political debate. Both sides scream “lock ‘em up,” criminalizing political difference instead of making substantive criticisms of opposing views. This deeply undemocratic fallacy—that political sins must be investigated and prosecuted as criminal—is an exceedingly dangerous trend. The underlying problem, Alan Dershowitz argues, is that we have weakened our national commitment to civil liberties. The vibrant center is weakening, with traditional liberalism and conservatism becoming further apart—not just in approach but also in their respect for Constitutional norms. And unless we as a nation begin to focus again on what unites us rather than on what divides us, America might not survive the next decade.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hitler-s-american-friends-the-third-reich-s-supporters-in-the-united-states-by-bradley-w-hart--65209386https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's American Friends: The Third Reich's Supporters in the United States Author: Bradley W. Hart Narrator: Chris Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hitler's American Friends by Bradley W. Hart is an audiobook examining the strange terrain of Nazi sympathizers, nonintervention campaigners and other voices in America who advocated on behalf of Nazi Germany in the years before World War II. Americans who remember World War II reminisce about how it brought the country together. The less popular truth behind this warm nostalgia: until the attack on Pearl Harbor, America was deeply, dangerously divided. Bradley W. Hart's Hitler's American Friends exposes the homegrown antagonists who sought to protect and promote Hitler, leave Europeans (and especially European Jews) to fend for themselves, and elevate the Nazi regime. Some of these friends were Americans of German heritage who joined the Bund, whose leadership dreamed of installing a stateside Führer. Some were as bizarre and hair-raising as the Silver Shirt Legion, run by an eccentric who claimed that Hitler fulfilled a religious prophesy. Some were Midwestern Catholics like Father Charles Coughlin, an early right-wing radio star who broadcast anti-Semitic tirades. They were even members of Congress who used their franking privilege—sending mail at cost to American taxpayers—to distribute German propaganda. And celebrity pilot Charles Lindbergh ended up speaking for them all at the America First Committee. We try to tell ourselves it couldn't happen here, but Americans are not immune to the lure of fascism. Hitler's American Friends is a powerful look at how the forces of evil manipulate ordinary people, how we stepped back from the ledge, and the disturbing ease with which we could return to it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347865Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's American Friends: The Third Reich's Supporters in the United States Author: Bradley W. Hart Narrator: Chris Ciulla Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's American Friends: The Third Reich's Supporters in the United States Author: Bradley W. Hart Narrator: Chris Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hitler's American Friends by Bradley W. Hart is an audiobook examining the strange terrain of Nazi sympathizers, nonintervention campaigners and other voices in America who advocated on behalf of Nazi Germany in the years before World War II. Americans who remember World War II reminisce about how it brought the country together. The less popular truth behind this warm nostalgia: until the attack on Pearl Harbor, America was deeply, dangerously divided. Bradley W. Hart's Hitler's American Friends exposes the homegrown antagonists who sought to protect and promote Hitler, leave Europeans (and especially European Jews) to fend for themselves, and elevate the Nazi regime. Some of these friends were Americans of German heritage who joined the Bund, whose leadership dreamed of installing a stateside Führer. Some were as bizarre and hair-raising as the Silver Shirt Legion, run by an eccentric who claimed that Hitler fulfilled a religious prophesy. Some were Midwestern Catholics like Father Charles Coughlin, an early right-wing radio star who broadcast anti-Semitic tirades. They were even members of Congress who used their franking privilege—sending mail at cost to American taxpayers—to distribute German propaganda. And celebrity pilot Charles Lindbergh ended up speaking for them all at the America First Committee. We try to tell ourselves it couldn't happen here, but Americans are not immune to the lure of fascism. Hitler's American Friends is a powerful look at how the forces of evil manipulate ordinary people, how we stepped back from the ledge, and the disturbing ease with which we could return to it.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-forgotten-how-the-people-of-one-pennsylvania-county-elected-donald-trump-and-changed-america-by-ben-bradlee--65209383https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Forgotten: How the People of One Pennsylvania County Elected Donald Trump and Changed America Author: Ben Bradlee Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The people of Luzerne County, Pennsylvania voted Democratic for decades, until Donald Trump flipped it in 2016. What happened? Named one of the 'juiciest political books to come in 2018' by Entertainment Weekly. In The Forgotten, Ben Bradlee Jr. reports on how voters in Luzerne County, a pivotal county in a crucial swing state, came to feel like strangers in their own land - marginalized by flat or falling wages, rapid demographic change, and a liberal culture that mocks their faith and patriotism. Fundamentally rural and struggling with changing demographics and limited opportunity, Luzerne County can be seen as a microcosm of the nation. In The Forgotten, Trump voters speak for themselves, explaining how they felt others were 'cutting in line' and that the federal government was taking too much money from the employed and giving it to the idle. The loss of breadwinner status, and more importantly, the loss of dignity, primed them for a candidate like Donald Trump. The political facts of a divided America are stark, but the stories of the men, women and families in The Forgotten offer a kaleidoscopic and fascinating portrait of the complex on-the-ground political reality of America today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Forgotten: How the People of One Pennsylvania County Elected Donald Trump and Changed America Author: Ben Bradlee Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Forgotten: How the People of One Pennsylvania County Elected Donald Trump and Changed America Author: Ben Bradlee Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The people of Luzerne County, Pennsylvania voted Democratic for decades, until Donald Trump flipped it in 2016. What happened? Named one of the 'juiciest political books to come in 2018' by Entertainment Weekly. In The Forgotten, Ben Bradlee Jr. reports on how voters in Luzerne County, a pivotal county in a crucial swing state, came to feel like strangers in their own land - marginalized by flat or falling wages, rapid demographic change, and a liberal culture that mocks their faith and patriotism. Fundamentally rural and struggling with changing demographics and limited opportunity, Luzerne County can be seen as a microcosm of the nation. In The Forgotten, Trump voters speak for themselves, explaining how they felt others were 'cutting in line' and that the federal government was taking too much money from the employed and giving it to the idle. The loss of breadwinner status, and more importantly, the loss of dignity, primed them for a candidate like Donald Trump. The political facts of a divided America are stark, but the stories of the men, women and families in The Forgotten offer a kaleidoscopic and fascinating portrait of the complex on-the-ground political reality of America today.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-property-in-man-slavery-and-antislavery-at-the-nation-s-founding-by-sean-wilentz--65209368https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Property in Man: Slavery and Antislavery at the Nation’s Founding Author: Sean Wilentz Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans revere the Constitution even as they argue fiercely over its original toleration of slavery. Some historians have charged that slaveholders actually enshrined human bondage at the nation's founding. The acclaimed political historian Sean Wilentz shares the dismay but sees the Constitution and slavery differently. Although the proslavery side won important concessions, he asserts, antislavery impulses also influenced the framers' work. Far from covering up a crime against humanity, the Constitution restricted slavery's legitimacy under the new national government. In time, that limitation would open the way for the creation of an antislavery politics that led to Southern secession, the Civil War, and Emancipation. Wilentz's controversial and timely reconsideration upends orthodox views of the Constitution. He describes the document as a tortured paradox that abided slavery without legitimizing it. This paradox lay behind the great political battles that fractured the nation over the next seventy years. As Southern Fire-eaters invented a proslavery version of the Constitution, antislavery advocates, including Abraham Lincoln and Frederick Douglass, proclaimed antislavery versions based on the framers' refusal to validate what they called 'property in man.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354964Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Property in Man: Slavery and Antislavery at the Nation’s Founding Author: Sean Wilentz Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Property in Man: Slavery and Antislavery at the Nation’s Founding Author: Sean Wilentz Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans revere the Constitution even as they argue fiercely over its original toleration of slavery. Some historians have charged that slaveholders actually enshrined human bondage at the nation's founding. The acclaimed political historian Sean Wilentz shares the dismay but sees the Constitution and slavery differently. Although the proslavery side won important concessions, he asserts, antislavery impulses also influenced the framers' work. Far from covering up a crime against humanity, the Constitution restricted slavery's legitimacy under the new national government. In time, that limitation would open the way for the creation of an antislavery politics that led to Southern secession, the Civil War, and Emancipation. Wilentz's controversial and timely reconsideration upends orthodox views of the Constitution. He describes the document as a tortured paradox that abided slavery without legitimizing it. This paradox lay behind the great political battles that fractured the nation over the next seventy years. As Southern Fire-eaters invented a proslavery version of the Constitution, antislavery advocates, including Abraham Lincoln and Frederick Douglass, proclaimed antislavery versions based on the framers' refusal to validate what they called 'property in man.']]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/anarchy-state-and-utopia-by-robert-nozick--65209308https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia Author: Robert Nozick Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this classic work, award-winning philosopher Robert Nozick offers a “complex, sophisticated, and ingenious” (The Economist) defense of libertarianism First published in response to John Rawls' A Theory of Justice, Robert Nozick's Anarchy, State, and Utopia has since become one of the defining texts in classic libertarian thought. Challenging and ultimately rejecting liberal, socialist, and conservative agendas, Nozick boldly asserts that the rights of individuals are violated as a state's responsibilities increase—and the only way to avoid these violations rests in the creation of a minimalist state limited to protection against force, fraud, theft, and the enforcement of contracts. Winner of the 1975 National Book Award, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date. With a new foreword by Thomas Nagel, this revised edition introduces Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia Author: Robert Nozick Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia Author: Robert Nozick Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this classic work, award-winning philosopher Robert Nozick offers a “complex, sophisticated, and ingenious” (The Economist) defense of libertarianism First published in response to John Rawls' A Theory of Justice, Robert Nozick's Anarchy, State, and Utopia has since become one of the defining texts in classic libertarian thought. Challenging and ultimately rejecting liberal, socialist, and conservative agendas, Nozick boldly asserts that the rights of individuals are violated as a state's responsibilities increase—and the only way to avoid these violations rests in the creation of a minimalist state limited to protection against force, fraud, theft, and the enforcement of contracts. Winner of the 1975 National Book Award, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date. With a new foreword by Thomas Nagel, this revised edition introduces Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/militant-normals-how-regular-americans-are-rebelling-against-the-elite-to-reclaim-our-democracy-by-kurt-schlichter--65209297https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Militant Normals: How Regular Americans Are Rebelling Against the Elite to Reclaim Our Democracy Author: Kurt Schlichter Narrator: Tony Katz, Kurt Schlichter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Militant Normals, written by one of the conservative movement's wittiest commentators, is a no-holds-barred takedown of the preening elites who have all but made normalcy a crime in America. Donald Trump is only the beginning of a mighty disruption in American politics and culture, thanks to the rise of the militant Normals in America. They built this country, they make it run, and when called on, they fight for it. They are the heart and soul of the United States of America, They are the Normals, the regular Americans of all races, creeds, preferences, and both sexes who just want to raise their families and live their lives in peace. And they are getting angry. . . For decades they have seen their cherished beliefs and beloved traditions under attack. They have been told they are racist, sexist, and hateful, but it was all a lie. Their ability to provide for their families has been undermined by globalization with no consideration of the effects on Americans who did not go to Harvard, and who live in that vast forgotten space between New York and Santa Monica. A smug, condescending elite spanning both established parties has gripped the throat of the nation. Convinced of their own exquisite merit while refusing to be held accountable for their myriad failures, these elitists managed to suppress the first rumblings of discontent when they arose in the form of the Tea Party. But they were stunned when the Normals did not simply scurry back to their flyover homes. Instead, the Normals came out in force and elected Donald Trump. Now, as the ruling caste throws everything it can into the fight to depose Donald Trump and reestablish unchallenged control, the Normals face a choice. They can either surrender their country and their sovereignty, or they can become even more militant. . .]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356539Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Militant Normals: How Regular Americans Are Rebelling Against the Elite to Reclaim Our Democracy Author: Kurt Schlichter Narrator: Tony Katz, Kurt...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Militant Normals: How Regular Americans Are Rebelling Against the Elite to Reclaim Our Democracy Author: Kurt Schlichter Narrator: Tony Katz, Kurt Schlichter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Militant Normals, written by one of the conservative movement's wittiest commentators, is a no-holds-barred takedown of the preening elites who have all but made normalcy a crime in America. Donald Trump is only the beginning of a mighty disruption in American politics and culture, thanks to the rise of the militant Normals in America. They built this country, they make it run, and when called on, they fight for it. They are the heart and soul of the United States of America, They are the Normals, the regular Americans of all races, creeds, preferences, and both sexes who just want to raise their families and live their lives in peace. And they are getting angry. . . For decades they have seen their cherished beliefs and beloved traditions under attack. They have been told they are racist, sexist, and hateful, but it was all a lie. Their ability to provide for their families has been undermined by globalization with no consideration of the effects on Americans who did not go to Harvard, and who live in that vast forgotten space between New York and Santa Monica. A smug, condescending elite spanning both established parties has gripped the throat of the nation. Convinced of their own exquisite merit while refusing to be held accountable for their myriad failures, these elitists managed to suppress the first rumblings of discontent when they arose in the form of the Tea Party. But they were stunned when the Normals did not simply scurry back to their flyover homes. Instead, the Normals came out in force and elected Donald Trump. Now, as the ruling caste throws everything it can into the fight to depose Donald Trump and reestablish unchallenged control, the Normals face a choice. They can either surrender their country and their sovereignty, or they can become even more militant. . .]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blackout-wars-state-initiatives-to-achieve-preparedness-against-an-electromagnetic-pulse-emp-catastrophe-by-dr-peter-vincent-pry--65209411https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackout Wars: State Initiatives To Achieve Preparedness Against An Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Catastrophe Author: Dr. Peter Vincent Pry Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Blackout Wars is about the historically unprecedented threat to our electronic civilization from its dependence on the electric power grid. Most Americans have experienced temporary blackouts, and regard them as merely an inconvenience. Some Americans have experienced more protracted local and regional blackouts, as in the aftermaths of Hurricanes Sandy and Katrina, and may be better able to imagine the consequences of a nationwide blackout lasting months or years, that plunges the entire United States into the dark. In such a nightmare blackout, the entire population of the United States could be at risk. There would be no food. No water. Communications, transportation, industry, business, and finance—all of the critical infrastructures that support modern civilization and the lives of the American people would be paralyzed by collapse of the electric power grid. Millions could die. How could a catastrophic blackout happen? Threats to the electric power grid are posed by cyber attack, sabotage, a geomagnetic super-storm, and electromagnetic pulse (EMP) from the high-altitude detonation of a nuclear weapon. Blackout Wars warns that terrorists and rogue states are developing a revolutionary new military strategy that could exploit all of these threats in combination, including exploiting the opportunity of severe weather or a geo-storm, to collapse the national electric grid and all the critical infrastructures. It would be the fall of American civilization. For the first time in history, the most dysfunctional societies, like North Korea that cannot even feed its own people, or even non-state actors like terrorists, could destroy the most successful societies on Earth—by means of a Blackout War. Attacking the electric grid enables an adversary to strike at the technological and societal Achilles Heel of U.S. military and economic power. Blackout Wars likens this new Revolution in Military Affairs to Nazi Germany's Blitzkrieg strategy, secretly developed and tested in low-profile experiments during the 1930s, sprung upon the Allies in 1939–1941 in a series of surprise attacks that nearly enabled the Third Reich to win World War II. Just as the West was asleep to the threat from the Blitzkrieg, so today U.S. and Western elites are blind to the looming threat from a Blackout War.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354985Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackout Wars: State Initiatives To Achieve Preparedness Against An Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Catastrophe Author: Dr. Peter Vincent Pry Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackout Wars: State Initiatives To Achieve Preparedness Against An Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Catastrophe Author: Dr. Peter Vincent Pry Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Blackout Wars is about the historically unprecedented threat to our electronic civilization from its dependence on the electric power grid. Most Americans have experienced temporary blackouts, and regard them as merely an inconvenience. Some Americans have experienced more protracted local and regional blackouts, as in the aftermaths of Hurricanes Sandy and Katrina, and may be better able to imagine the consequences of a nationwide blackout lasting months or years, that plunges the entire United States into the dark. In such a nightmare blackout, the entire population of the United States could be at risk. There would be no food. No water. Communications, transportation, industry, business, and finance—all of the critical infrastructures that support modern civilization and the lives of the American people would be paralyzed by collapse of the electric power grid. Millions could die. How could a catastrophic blackout happen? Threats to the electric power grid are posed by cyber attack, sabotage, a geomagnetic super-storm, and electromagnetic pulse (EMP) from the high-altitude detonation of a nuclear weapon. Blackout Wars warns that terrorists and rogue states are developing a revolutionary new military strategy that could exploit all of these threats in combination, including exploiting the opportunity of severe weather or a geo-storm, to collapse the national electric grid and all the critical infrastructures. It would be the fall of American civilization. For the first time in history, the most dysfunctional societies, like North Korea that cannot even feed its own people, or even non-state actors like terrorists, could destroy the most successful societies on Earth—by means of a Blackout War. Attacking the electric grid enables an adversary to strike at the technological and societal Achilles Heel of U.S. military and economic power. Blackout Wars likens this new Revolution in Military Affairs to Nazi Germany's Blitzkrieg strategy, secretly developed and tested in low-profile experiments during the 1930s, sprung upon the Allies in 1939–1941 in a series of surprise attacks that nearly enabled the Third Reich to win World War II. Just as the West was asleep to the threat from the Blitzkrieg, so today U.S. and Western elites are blind to the looming threat from a Blackout War.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-code-of-putinism-by-brian-d-taylor--65209388https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Code of Putinism Author: Brian D. Taylor Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is Vladimir Putin up to? This book shows how the mentality of Putin and his team—the code of Putinism—has shaped Russian politics over the past two decades. It explains not only the thoughts and ideas that motivate Putin's decisions, but also the set of emotions and habits that influence how Putin and his close allies view the world. Taylor draws on a large number of interviews, the speeches of Putin and other top officials, and the Russian media to analyze the mentality of Team Putin. Key features of Russian politics today—such as authoritarianism, Putin's reliance on a small group of loyal friends and associates, state domination of the economy, and an assertive foreign policy—are traced to the code of Putinism. Key ideas of the code include conservatism, anti-Americanism, and the importance of a state that is powerful both at home and abroad. Dominant habits of Putin and his associates include control, order, and loyalty. Important feelings driving Russia's rulers include the need for respect, resentment about lost status and mistreatment by the West, and vulnerability. While some observers portray Putin as either a cold-blooded pragmatist or a strident Russian nationalist, Taylor provides a more nuanced and compelling interpretation of Putin's motives and actions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354972Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Code of Putinism Author: Brian D. Taylor Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Code of Putinism Author: Brian D. Taylor Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is Vladimir Putin up to? This book shows how the mentality of Putin and his team—the code of Putinism—has shaped Russian politics over the past two decades. It explains not only the thoughts and ideas that motivate Putin's decisions, but also the set of emotions and habits that influence how Putin and his close allies view the world. Taylor draws on a large number of interviews, the speeches of Putin and other top officials, and the Russian media to analyze the mentality of Team Putin. Key features of Russian politics today—such as authoritarianism, Putin's reliance on a small group of loyal friends and associates, state domination of the economy, and an assertive foreign policy—are traced to the code of Putinism. Key ideas of the code include conservatism, anti-Americanism, and the importance of a state that is powerful both at home and abroad. Dominant habits of Putin and his associates include control, order, and loyalty. Important feelings driving Russia's rulers include the need for respect, resentment about lost status and mistreatment by the West, and vulnerability. While some observers portray Putin as either a cold-blooded pragmatist or a strident Russian nationalist, Taylor provides a more nuanced and compelling interpretation of Putin's motives and actions.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/food-from-the-radical-center-healing-our-land-and-communities-by-gary-paul-nabhan--65209477https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food from the Radical Center: Healing Our Land and Communities Author: Gary Paul Nabhan Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America has never felt more divided. But in the midst of all the acrimony comes one of the most promising movements in our country's history. People of all races, faiths, and political persuasions are coming together to restore America's natural wealth: its ability to produce healthy foods. In Food from the Radical Center, Gary Nabhan tells the stories of diverse communities who are getting their hands dirty and bringing back North America's unique fare: bison, sturgeon, camas lilies, ancient grains, turkeys, and more. These efforts have united people from the left and right, rural and urban, faith-based and science-based, in game-changing collaborations. Their successes are extraordinary by any measure, whether economic, ecological, or social. In fact, the restoration of land and rare species has provided—dollar for dollar—one of the best returns on investment of any conservation initiative. As a leading thinker and seasoned practitioner in biocultural conservation, Nabhan offers a truly unique perspective on the movement. He draws on fifty years of work with community-based projects around the nation, from the desert Southwest to the low country of the Southeast. Yet Nabhan's most enduring legacy may be his message of hope: a vision of a new environmentalism that is just and inclusive, allowing former adversaries to commune over delicious foods.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401Thu, 27 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food from the Radical Center: Healing Our Land and Communities Author: Gary Paul Nabhan Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354401 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food from the Radical Center: Healing Our Land and Communities Author: Gary Paul Nabhan Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America has never felt more divided. But in the midst of all the acrimony comes one of the most promising movements in our country's history. People of all races, faiths, and political persuasions are coming together to restore America's natural wealth: its ability to produce healthy foods. In Food from the Radical Center, Gary Nabhan tells the stories of diverse communities who are getting their hands dirty and bringing back North America's unique fare: bison, sturgeon, camas lilies, ancient grains, turkeys, and more. These efforts have united people from the left and right, rural and urban, faith-based and science-based, in game-changing collaborations. Their successes are extraordinary by any measure, whether economic, ecological, or social. In fact, the restoration of land and rare species has provided—dollar for dollar—one of the best returns on investment of any conservation initiative. As a leading thinker and seasoned practitioner in biocultural conservation, Nabhan offers a truly unique perspective on the movement. He draws on fifty years of work with community-based projects around the nation, from the desert Southwest to the low country of the Southeast. Yet Nabhan's most enduring legacy may be his message of hope: a vision of a new environmentalism that is just and inclusive, allowing former adversaries to commune over delicious foods.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fandango-at-the-wall-creating-harmony-between-the-united-states-and-mexico-by-kabir-sehgal--65209461https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fandango at the Wall: Creating Harmony Between the United States and Mexico Author: Kabir Sehgal Narrator: Kabir Sehgal, Douglas Brinkley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Multi-Grammy-winning producer and New York Times bestselling author Kabir Sehgal examines the relationship between the US and Mexico, accompanied by music from Grammy-winning musician Arturo O'Farrill and special guests, an extended foreword from historian Douglas Brinkley, and afterword by Ambassador Andrew Young. The US-Mexican relationship has involved periods of great friendship with robust trade and loose immigration policies. But its history has also been beset by wars, drug trade, and human trafficking. With the latest xenophobic turn toward Mexico, this book contextualizes the latest swing in the up-and-down, two-hundred-year history of these two countries. In a lyrical narrative reflecting on Fandango Fronterizo, an annual musical celebration held on both sides of the border wall, Sehgal addresses how the broken US-Mexico relationship has been repaired in the past and continues to adapt today. Fandango at the Wall provides clarity to the current debate regarding construction of the wall and America's posture toward immigration. Sehgal and his artistic collaborators brought over thirty musicians from various traditions to the San Diego-Tijuana border to record a musical repertoire composed of son jarocho songs from Veracruz, Mexico and Latin jazz. With these tunes accompanying a call-to-action narrative, Fandango at the Wall demonstrates how music can heal and provide a soundtrack for the US, Mexico, and beyond.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347141Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fandango at the Wall: Creating Harmony Between the United States and Mexico Author: Kabir Sehgal Narrator: Kabir Sehgal, Douglas Brinkley Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fandango at the Wall: Creating Harmony Between the United States and Mexico Author: Kabir Sehgal Narrator: Kabir Sehgal, Douglas Brinkley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Multi-Grammy-winning producer and New York Times bestselling author Kabir Sehgal examines the relationship between the US and Mexico, accompanied by music from Grammy-winning musician Arturo O'Farrill and special guests, an extended foreword from historian Douglas Brinkley, and afterword by Ambassador Andrew Young. The US-Mexican relationship has involved periods of great friendship with robust trade and loose immigration policies. But its history has also been beset by wars, drug trade, and human trafficking. With the latest xenophobic turn toward Mexico, this book contextualizes the latest swing in the up-and-down, two-hundred-year history of these two countries. In a lyrical narrative reflecting on Fandango Fronterizo, an annual musical celebration held on both sides of the border wall, Sehgal addresses how the broken US-Mexico relationship has been repaired in the past and continues to adapt today. Fandango at the Wall provides clarity to the current debate regarding construction of the wall and America's posture toward immigration. Sehgal and his artistic collaborators brought over thirty musicians from various traditions to the San Diego-Tijuana border to record a musical repertoire composed of son jarocho songs from Veracruz, Mexico and Latin jazz. With these tunes accompanying a call-to-action narrative, Fandango at the Wall demonstrates how music can heal and provide a soundtrack for the US, Mexico, and beyond.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/catch-67-the-left-the-right-and-the-legacy-of-the-six-day-war-by-micah-goodman--65209451https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catch-67: The Left, the Right, and the Legacy of the Six-Day War Author: Micah Goodman Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A controversial examination of the internal Israeli debate over the Israeli-Palestinian conflict from a best-selling Israeli author. Since the Six-Day War, Israelis have been entrenched in a national debate over whether to keep the land they conquered or to return some, if not all, of the territories to Palestinians. In a balanced and insightful analysis, Micah Goodman deftly sheds light on the ideas that have shaped Israelis' thinking on both sides of the debate, and among secular and religious Jews about the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Contrary to opinions that dominate the discussion, he shows that the paradox of Israeli political discourse is that both sides are right in what they affirm—and wrong in what they deny. Although he concludes that the conflict cannot be solved, Goodman is far from a pessimist and explores how instead it can be reduced in scope and danger through limited, practical steps. Through philosophical critique and political analysis, Goodman builds a creative, compelling case for pragmatism in a dispute where a comprehensive solution seems impossible.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354400Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catch-67: The Left, the Right, and the Legacy of the Six-Day War Author: Micah Goodman Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catch-67: The Left, the Right, and the Legacy of the Six-Day War Author: Micah Goodman Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A controversial examination of the internal Israeli debate over the Israeli-Palestinian conflict from a best-selling Israeli author. Since the Six-Day War, Israelis have been entrenched in a national debate over whether to keep the land they conquered or to return some, if not all, of the territories to Palestinians. In a balanced and insightful analysis, Micah Goodman deftly sheds light on the ideas that have shaped Israelis' thinking on both sides of the debate, and among secular and religious Jews about the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Contrary to opinions that dominate the discussion, he shows that the paradox of Israeli political discourse is that both sides are right in what they affirm—and wrong in what they deny. Although he concludes that the conflict cannot be solved, Goodman is far from a pessimist and explores how instead it can be reduced in scope and danger through limited, practical steps. Through philosophical critique and political analysis, Goodman builds a creative, compelling case for pragmatism in a dispute where a comprehensive solution seems impossible.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-the-way-the-world-ends-how-droughts-and-die-offs-heat-waves-and-hurricanes-are-converging-on-america-by-jeff-nesbit--65209446https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Way the World Ends: How Droughts and Die-offs, Heat Waves and Hurricanes Are Converging on America Author: Jeff Nesbit Narrator: Jeff Nesbit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'With This is the Way the World Ends Jeff Nesbit has delivered an enlightening - and alarming - explanation of the climate challenge as it exists today. Climate change is no far-off threat. It's impacting communities all over the world at this very moment, and we ignore the scientific reality at our own peril. The good news? As Nesbit underscores, disaster is not preordained. The global community can meet this moment — and we must.' —Senator John Kerry A unique view of climate change glimpsed through the world's resources that are disappearing. The world itself won’t end, of course. Only ours will: our livelihoods, our homes, our cultures. And we’re squarely at the tipping point. Longer droughts in the Middle East. Growing desertification in China and Africa. The monsoon season shrinking in India. Amped-up heat waves in Australia. More intense hurricanes reaching America. Water wars in the Horn of Africa. Rebellions, refugees and starving children across the globe. These are not disconnected events. These are the pieces of a larger puzzle that environmental expert Jeff Nesbit puts together Unless we start addressing the causes of climate change and stop simply navigating its effects, we will be facing a series of unstoppable catastrophes by the time our preschoolers graduate from college. Our world is in trouble – right now. This Is the Way the World Ends tells the real stories of the substantial impacts to Earth’s systems unfolding across each continent. The bad news? Within two decades or so, our carbon budget will reach a point of no return. But there’s good news. Like every significant challenge we’ve faced—from creating civilization in the shadow of the last ice age to the Industrial Revolution—we can get out of this box canyon by understanding the realities, changing the worn-out climate conversation to one that’s relevant to every person. Nesbit provides a clear blueprint for real-time, workable solutions we can tackle together.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Way the World Ends: How Droughts and Die-offs, Heat Waves and Hurricanes Are Converging on America Author: Jeff Nesbit Narrator: Jeff...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Way the World Ends: How Droughts and Die-offs, Heat Waves and Hurricanes Are Converging on America Author: Jeff Nesbit Narrator: Jeff Nesbit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'With This is the Way the World Ends Jeff Nesbit has delivered an enlightening - and alarming - explanation of the climate challenge as it exists today. Climate change is no far-off threat. It's impacting communities all over the world at this very moment, and we ignore the scientific reality at our own peril. The good news? As Nesbit underscores, disaster is not preordained. The global community can meet this moment — and we must.' —Senator John Kerry A unique view of climate change glimpsed through the world's resources that are disappearing. The world itself won’t end, of course. Only ours will: our livelihoods, our homes, our cultures. And we’re squarely at the tipping point. Longer droughts in the Middle East. Growing desertification in China and Africa. The monsoon season shrinking in India. Amped-up heat waves in Australia. More intense hurricanes reaching America. Water wars in the Horn of Africa. Rebellions, refugees and starving children across the globe. These are not disconnected events. These are the pieces of a larger puzzle that environmental expert Jeff Nesbit puts together Unless we start addressing the causes of climate change and stop simply navigating its effects, we will be facing a series of unstoppable catastrophes by the time our preschoolers graduate from college. Our world is in trouble – right now. This Is the Way the World Ends tells the real stories of the substantial impacts to Earth’s systems unfolding across each continent. The bad news? Within two decades or so, our carbon budget will reach a point of no return. But there’s good news. Like every significant challenge we’ve faced—from creating civilization in the shadow of the last ice age to the Industrial Revolution—we can get out of this box canyon by understanding the realities, changing the worn-out climate conversation to one that’s relevant to every person. Nesbit provides a clear blueprint for real-time, workable solutions we can tackle together.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/republicans-buy-sneakers-too-how-the-left-is-ruining-sports-with-politics-by-clay-travis--65209429https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republicans Buy Sneakers Too: How the Left Is Ruining Sports with Politics Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sports media superstar Clay Travis wants to save sports from the social justice warriors seeking to turn them into another political battleground. Have you ever tuned into your favorite sports highlights show, only to find the talking heads yammering about the newest Trump tweets or what an athlete thinks about the second amendment? The way Clay Travis sees it, sports are barely about sports anymore. Whether it’s in the stadium or the studio, the conversation isn’t about who’s talented and who stinks. It’s about who said the right or wrong thing from the sidelines or on social media. And we know which side is playing referee in that game. Having ruined journalism and Hollywood, far left-wing activists have now turned to sports. Travis argues it’s time for right-thinking fans everywhere to put down their beers and reclaim their teams and their traditions. In Republicans Buy Sneakers, Too he replays the arguments he’s won and lays out all the battles ahead. His goal is simple: to make sports great again. Travis wants sports to remain the great equalizer and ultimate meritocracy—a passion that unites Americans of all races, genders, and creeds, providing an opportunity to find common ground and an escape from polarizing commentary. He takes readers through the recent politicization of sports, controversy by controversy and untalented-but-celebrated hero by hero, and skewers outlets like ESPN which spend more time mimicking MSNBC than covering sports. Travis hopes that if we can stop sports from being just another political battlefield, and return it to our common ground, we can come together as a country again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republicans Buy Sneakers Too: How the Left Is Ruining Sports with Politics Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347446 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republicans Buy Sneakers Too: How the Left Is Ruining Sports with Politics Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sports media superstar Clay Travis wants to save sports from the social justice warriors seeking to turn them into another political battleground. Have you ever tuned into your favorite sports highlights show, only to find the talking heads yammering about the newest Trump tweets or what an athlete thinks about the second amendment? The way Clay Travis sees it, sports are barely about sports anymore. Whether it’s in the stadium or the studio, the conversation isn’t about who’s talented and who stinks. It’s about who said the right or wrong thing from the sidelines or on social media. And we know which side is playing referee in that game. Having ruined journalism and Hollywood, far left-wing activists have now turned to sports. Travis argues it’s time for right-thinking fans everywhere to put down their beers and reclaim their teams and their traditions. In Republicans Buy Sneakers, Too he replays the arguments he’s won and lays out all the battles ahead. His goal is simple: to make sports great again. Travis wants sports to remain the great equalizer and ultimate meritocracy—a passion that unites Americans of all races, genders, and creeds, providing an opportunity to find common ground and an escape from polarizing commentary. He takes readers through the recent politicization of sports, controversy by controversy and untalented-but-celebrated hero by hero, and skewers outlets like ESPN which spend more time mimicking MSNBC than covering sports. Travis hopes that if we can stop sports from being just another political battlefield, and return it to our common ground, we can come together as a country again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/point-made-how-to-write-like-the-nation-s-top-advocates-second-edition-by-ross-guberman--65209428https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Point Made: How to Write Like the Nation's Top Advocates, Second Edition Author: Ross Guberman Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With Point Made, legal writing expert Ross Guberman throws a life preserver to attorneys, who are under more pressure than ever to produce compelling prose. What is the strongest opening for a motion or brief? How to draft winning headings? How to tell a persuasive story when the record is dry and dense? The answers are 'more science than art,' says Guberman, who has analyzed stellar arguments by distinguished attorneys to develop step-by-step instructions for achieving the results you want. The author takes an empirical approach, drawing heavily on the writings of the nation's fifty most influential lawyers, including Barack Obama, John Roberts, Elena Kagan, Ted Olson, and David Boies. Their strategies, demystified and broken down into specific, learnable techniques, become a detailed writing guide full of practical models. In FCC v. Fox, for example, Kathleen Sullivan conjures the potentially dangerous, unintended consequences of finding for the other side (the 'Why Should I Care?' technique). Arguing against allowing the FCC to continue fining broadcasters that let the 'F-word' slip out, she highlights the chilling effect these fines have on America's radio and TV stations, 'discouraging live programming altogether, with attendant loss to valuable and vibrant programming that has long been part of American culture.' Each chapter of Point Made focuses on a typically tough challenge, providing a strategic roadmap and practical tips along with annotated examples of how prominent attorneys have resolved that challenge in varied trial and appellate briefs. Short examples and explanations with engaging titles—'Brass Tacks,' 'Talk to Yourself,' 'Russian Doll'—deliver weighty materials with a light tone, making the guidelines easy to remember and apply. In addition to all-new examples from the original fifty advocates, this Second Edition introduces eight new superstar lawyers from Solicitor General Don Verrilli, Deanne Maynard, Larry Robbins, and Lisa Blatt to Joshua Rosencranz, Texas Senator Ted Cruz, Judy Clarke, and Sri Srinvasan, now a D.C. Circuit Judge. Ross Guberman also provides provocative new examples from the Affordable Care Act wars, the same-sex marriage fight, and many other recent high-profile cases. Considerably more commentary on the examples is included, along with dozens of style and grammar tips interspersed throughout. Also, for those who seek to improve their advocacy skills and for those who simply need a step-by-step guide to making a good brief better, the book concludes with an all-new set of fifty writing challenges corresponding to the fifty techniques.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354360Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Point Made: How to Write Like the Nation's Top Advocates, Second Edition Author: Ross Guberman Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Point Made: How to Write Like the Nation's Top Advocates, Second Edition Author: Ross Guberman Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With Point Made, legal writing expert Ross Guberman throws a life preserver to attorneys, who are under more pressure than ever to produce compelling prose. What is the strongest opening for a motion or brief? How to draft winning headings? How to tell a persuasive story when the record is dry and dense? The answers are 'more science than art,' says Guberman, who has analyzed stellar arguments by distinguished attorneys to develop step-by-step instructions for achieving the results you want. The author takes an empirical approach, drawing heavily on the writings of the nation's fifty most influential lawyers, including Barack Obama, John Roberts, Elena Kagan, Ted Olson, and David Boies. Their strategies, demystified and broken down into specific, learnable techniques, become a detailed writing guide full of practical models. In FCC v. Fox, for example, Kathleen Sullivan conjures the potentially dangerous, unintended consequences of finding for the other side (the 'Why Should I Care?' technique). Arguing against allowing the FCC to continue fining broadcasters that let the 'F-word' slip out, she highlights the chilling effect these fines have on America's radio and TV stations, 'discouraging live programming altogether, with attendant loss to valuable and vibrant programming that has long been part of American culture.' Each chapter of Point Made focuses on a typically tough challenge, providing a strategic roadmap and practical tips along with annotated examples of how prominent attorneys have resolved that challenge in varied trial and appellate briefs. Short examples and explanations with engaging titles—'Brass Tacks,' 'Talk to Yourself,' 'Russian Doll'—deliver weighty materials with a light tone, making the guidelines easy to remember and apply. In addition to all-new examples from the original fifty advocates, this Second Edition introduces eight new superstar lawyers from Solicitor General Don Verrilli, Deanne Maynard, Larry Robbins, and Lisa Blatt to Joshua Rosencranz, Texas Senator Ted Cruz, Judy Clarke, and Sri Srinvasan, now a D.C. Circuit Judge. Ross Guberman also provides provocative new examples from the Affordable Care Act wars, the same-sex marriage fight, and many other recent high-profile cases. Considerably more commentary on the examples is included, along with dozens of style and grammar tips interspersed throughout. Also, for those who seek to improve their advocacy skills and for those who simply need a step-by-step guide to making a good brief better, the book concludes with an all-new set of fifty writing challenges corresponding to the fifty techniques.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/invisible-martyrs-inside-the-secret-world-of-female-islamic-radicals-by-farhana-qazi--65209407https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Martyrs: Inside the Secret World of Female Islamic Radicals Author: Farhana Qazi Narrator: Farhana Qazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is an extraordinary book, written by an extraordinary woman. Qazi is a master storyteller, capturing the emotion as well as the subtleties of what she wants to communicate. And as the first Islamic member of the U.S. Counterterrorism Center, there is a lot that she wants to tell readers about.' -Anna Jedrziewski, Retailing Insight Why would a girl from Denver join ISIS, a radical movement known for its mistreatment of women? Why would a teenage Iraqi girl strap on a suicide bomb and detonate it? Farhana Qazi, the first Muslim woman to work for the U.S. government's Counterterrorism Center, has been fascinated, even obsessed, by this phenomena for over a decade and has circled the globe searching for answers. What she has found are women, sometimes confused, sometimes taken advantage of, and sometimes as radical and dedicated as their male counterparts, women whose stories she tells. Here is the book that reframes the story so readers can see the female terrorists as they are- ordinary women co-opted by radical men, other extremist women, or motivated by their own experience of oppression. The untold story of the women of these movements is important to understand and recognize if the world hopes to contain the expansion of these ever present threats.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Martyrs: Inside the Secret World of Female Islamic Radicals Author: Farhana Qazi Narrator: Farhana Qazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Martyrs: Inside the Secret World of Female Islamic Radicals Author: Farhana Qazi Narrator: Farhana Qazi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is an extraordinary book, written by an extraordinary woman. Qazi is a master storyteller, capturing the emotion as well as the subtleties of what she wants to communicate. And as the first Islamic member of the U.S. Counterterrorism Center, there is a lot that she wants to tell readers about.' -Anna Jedrziewski, Retailing Insight Why would a girl from Denver join ISIS, a radical movement known for its mistreatment of women? Why would a teenage Iraqi girl strap on a suicide bomb and detonate it? Farhana Qazi, the first Muslim woman to work for the U.S. government's Counterterrorism Center, has been fascinated, even obsessed, by this phenomena for over a decade and has circled the globe searching for answers. What she has found are women, sometimes confused, sometimes taken advantage of, and sometimes as radical and dedicated as their male counterparts, women whose stories she tells. Here is the book that reframes the story so readers can see the female terrorists as they are- ordinary women co-opted by radical men, other extremist women, or motivated by their own experience of oppression. The untold story of the women of these movements is important to understand and recognize if the world hopes to contain the expansion of these ever present threats.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-the-hell-do-you-have-to-lose-trump-s-war-on-civil-rights-by-juan-williams--65209342https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Hell Do You Have to Lose?: Trump's War on Civil Rights Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Dale E. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author, political analyst, and civil rights expert delivers a forceful critique of the Trump administration's ignorant and unprecedented rollback of the civil rights movement. In this powerful and timely book, civil rights historian and political analyst Juan Williams denounces Donald Trump for intentionally twisting history to fuel racial tensions for his political advantage. In Williams's lifetime, crusaders for civil rights have braved hatred, violence, and imprisonment, and in so doing made life immeasurably better for African Americans and other marginalized groups. Remarkably, all this progress suddenly seems to have been forgotten -- or worse, undone. The stirring history of hard-fought and heroic battles for voting rights, integrated schools, and more is under direct threat from an administration dedicated to restricting these basic freedoms. Williams pulls the fire alarm on the Trump administration's policies, which pose a threat to civil rights without precedent in modern America. What the Hell Do You Have to Lose? makes a searing case for the enduring value of our historic accomplishments and what happens if they are lost.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Hell Do You Have to Lose?: Trump's War on Civil Rights Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Dale E. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355263 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Hell Do You Have to Lose?: Trump's War on Civil Rights Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Dale E. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author, political analyst, and civil rights expert delivers a forceful critique of the Trump administration's ignorant and unprecedented rollback of the civil rights movement. In this powerful and timely book, civil rights historian and political analyst Juan Williams denounces Donald Trump for intentionally twisting history to fuel racial tensions for his political advantage. In Williams's lifetime, crusaders for civil rights have braved hatred, violence, and imprisonment, and in so doing made life immeasurably better for African Americans and other marginalized groups. Remarkably, all this progress suddenly seems to have been forgotten -- or worse, undone. The stirring history of hard-fought and heroic battles for voting rights, integrated schools, and more is under direct threat from an administration dedicated to restricting these basic freedoms. Williams pulls the fire alarm on the Trump administration's policies, which pose a threat to civil rights without precedent in modern America. What the Hell Do You Have to Lose? makes a searing case for the enduring value of our historic accomplishments and what happens if they are lost.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/exploding-data-reclaiming-our-cyber-security-in-the-digital-age-by-michael-chertoff--65209457https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exploding Data: Reclaiming Our Cyber Security in the Digital Age Author: Michael Chertoff Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this bracing book, Michael Chertoff makes clear that our laws and policies surrounding the protection of personal information, written for an earlier time, need to be completely overhauled in the Internet era. On the one hand, the collection of data—more widespread by business than by government, and impossible to stop—should be facilitated as an ultimate protection for society. On the other, standards under which information can be inspected, analyzed, or used must be significantly tightened. In offering his compelling call for action, Chertoff argues that what is at stake is not so much the simple loss of privacy, which is almost impossible to protect, but of individual autonomy—the ability to make personal choices free of manipulation or coercion. Offering colorful stories over many decades that illuminate the three periods of data gathering we have experienced, Chertoff explains the complex legalities surrounding issues of data collection and dissemination today, and charts a path that balances the needs of government, business, and individuals alike.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354066Wed, 19 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exploding Data: Reclaiming Our Cyber Security in the Digital Age Author: Michael Chertoff Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exploding Data: Reclaiming Our Cyber Security in the Digital Age Author: Michael Chertoff Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this bracing book, Michael Chertoff makes clear that our laws and policies surrounding the protection of personal information, written for an earlier time, need to be completely overhauled in the Internet era. On the one hand, the collection of data—more widespread by business than by government, and impossible to stop—should be facilitated as an ultimate protection for society. On the other, standards under which information can be inspected, analyzed, or used must be significantly tightened. In offering his compelling call for action, Chertoff argues that what is at stake is not so much the simple loss of privacy, which is almost impossible to protect, but of individual autonomy—the ability to make personal choices free of manipulation or coercion. Offering colorful stories over many decades that illuminate the three periods of data gathering we have experienced, Chertoff explains the complex legalities surrounding issues of data collection and dissemination today, and charts a path that balances the needs of government, business, and individuals alike.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/navigation-by-judgment-why-and-when-top-down-management-of-foreign-aid-doesn-t-work-by-dan-honig--65209448https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Navigation by Judgment: Why and When Top Down Management of Foreign Aid Doesn't Work Author: Dan Honig Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Foreign aid organizations collectively spend hundreds of billions of dollars annually, with mixed results. Part of the problem in these endeavors lies in their execution. When should foreign aid organizations empower actors on the front lines of delivery to guide aid interventions, and when should distant headquarters lead? In Navigation by Judgment, Dan Honig argues that high-quality implementation of foreign aid programs often requires contextual information that cannot be seen by those in distant headquarters. Tight controls and a focus on reaching pre-set measurable targets often prevent front-line workers from using skill, local knowledge, and creativity to solve problems in ways that maximize the impact of foreign aid. Drawing on a novel database of over 14,000 discrete development projects across nine aid agencies and eight paired case studies of development projects, Honig concludes that aid agencies will often benefit from giving field agents the authority to use their own judgments to guide aid delivery. This 'navigation by judgment' is particularly valuable when environments are unpredictable and when accomplishing an aid program's goals is hard to accurately measure.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354010Wed, 19 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Navigation by Judgment: Why and When Top Down Management of Foreign Aid Doesn't Work Author: Dan Honig Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Navigation by Judgment: Why and When Top Down Management of Foreign Aid Doesn't Work Author: Dan Honig Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Foreign aid organizations collectively spend hundreds of billions of dollars annually, with mixed results. Part of the problem in these endeavors lies in their execution. When should foreign aid organizations empower actors on the front lines of delivery to guide aid interventions, and when should distant headquarters lead? In Navigation by Judgment, Dan Honig argues that high-quality implementation of foreign aid programs often requires contextual information that cannot be seen by those in distant headquarters. Tight controls and a focus on reaching pre-set measurable targets often prevent front-line workers from using skill, local knowledge, and creativity to solve problems in ways that maximize the impact of foreign aid. Drawing on a novel database of over 14,000 discrete development projects across nine aid agencies and eight paired case studies of development projects, Honig concludes that aid agencies will often benefit from giving field agents the authority to use their own judgments to guide aid delivery. This 'navigation by judgment' is particularly valuable when environments are unpredictable and when accomplishing an aid program's goals is hard to accurately measure.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-branding-of-right-wing-activism-the-news-media-and-the-tea-party-by-khadijah-costley-white--65209437https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354038 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Branding of Right-Wing Activism: The News Media and the Tea Party Author: Khadijah Costley White Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the start of Barack Obama's presidency in 2009, conservative populist groups began fomenting political fractiousness, dissent, and surprising electoral success. The Tea Party was one of the major characters driving this story. But, as Khadijah Costley White argues in this book, the Tea Party's ascent to major political phenomenon can be attributed to the way in which partisan and non-partisan news outlets 'branded' the Party as a pot-stirrer in political conflicts over race, class, and gender. In other words, the news media played a major role in developing, cultivating, and promoting populism's brand, particularly within the news spaces of commentary and opinion. Through the language of political marketing, branding, and promotion, the news media not only reported on the Tea Party, but also acted as its political strategist and brand consultant. Moreover, the conservative press acted more as a political party than a news medium, deliberately promoting the Tea Party. In a media environment in which everyone has the opportunity to tune out, tune in, and speak back, The Branding of Right-Wing Activism ultimately shows that distinctions between citizens, journalists, activists, politicians, celebrities, and consumers are more symbolic than concrete.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354038Wed, 19 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354038 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Branding of Right-Wing Activism: The News Media and the Tea Party Author: Khadijah Costley White Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354038 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Branding of Right-Wing Activism: The News Media and the Tea Party Author: Khadijah Costley White Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the start of Barack Obama's presidency in 2009, conservative populist groups began fomenting political fractiousness, dissent, and surprising electoral success. The Tea Party was one of the major characters driving this story. But, as Khadijah Costley White argues in this book, the Tea Party's ascent to major political phenomenon can be attributed to the way in which partisan and non-partisan news outlets 'branded' the Party as a pot-stirrer in political conflicts over race, class, and gender. In other words, the news media played a major role in developing, cultivating, and promoting populism's brand, particularly within the news spaces of commentary and opinion. Through the language of political marketing, branding, and promotion, the news media not only reported on the Tea Party, but also acted as its political strategist and brand consultant. Moreover, the conservative press acted more as a political party than a news medium, deliberately promoting the Tea Party. In a media environment in which everyone has the opportunity to tune out, tune in, and speak back, The Branding of Right-Wing Activism ultimately shows that distinctions between citizens, journalists, activists, politicians, celebrities, and consumers are more symbolic than concrete.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-prison-a-reporter-s-undercover-journey-into-the-business-of-punishment-by-shane-bauer--65209467https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348897 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Prison: A Reporter's Undercover Journey into the Business of Punishment Author: Shane Bauer Narrator: James Fouhey, Shane Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An enraging, necessary look at the private prison system, and a convincing clarion call for prison reform.” —NPR.org New York Times Book Review 10 Best Books of 2018 * One of President Barack Obama’s favorite books of 2018 * Winner of the 2019 J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize * Winner of the Helen Bernstein Book Award for Excellence in Journalism * Winner of the 2019 RFK Book and Journalism Award * A New York Times Notable Book  A ground-breaking and brave inside reckoning with the nexus of prison and profit in America: in one Louisiana prison and over the course of our country's history. In 2014, Shane Bauer was hired for $9 an hour to work as an entry-level prison guard at a private prison in Winnfield, Louisiana. An award-winning investigative journalist, he used his real name; there was no meaningful background check. Four months later, his employment came to an abrupt end. But he had seen enough, and in short order he wrote an exposé about his experiences that won a National Magazine Award and became the most-read feature in the history of the magazine Mother Jones. Still, there was much more that he needed to say. In American Prison, Bauer weaves a much deeper reckoning with his experiences together with a thoroughly researched history of for-profit prisons in America from their origins in the decades before the Civil War. For, as he soon realized, we can't understand the cruelty of our current system and its place in the larger story of mass incarceration without understanding where it came from. Private prisons became entrenched in the South as part of a systemic effort to keep the African-American labor force in place in the aftermath of slavery, and the echoes of these shameful origins are with us still. The private prison system is deliberately unaccountable to public scrutiny. Private prisons are not incentivized to tend to the health of their inmates, or to feed them well, or to attract and retain a highly-trained prison staff. Though Bauer befriends some of his colleagues and sympathizes with their plight, the chronic dysfunction of their lives only adds to the prison's sense of chaos. To his horror, Bauer finds himself becoming crueler and more aggressive the longer he works in the prison, and he is far from alone. A blistering indictment of the private prison system, and the powerful forces that drive it, American Prison is a necessary human document about the true face of justice in America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348897Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348897 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Prison: A Reporter's Undercover Journey into the Business of Punishment Author: Shane Bauer Narrator: James Fouhey, Shane Bauer Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348897 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Prison: A Reporter's Undercover Journey into the Business of Punishment Author: Shane Bauer Narrator: James Fouhey, Shane Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An enraging, necessary look at the private prison system, and a convincing clarion call for prison reform.” —NPR.org New York Times Book Review 10 Best Books of 2018 * One of President Barack Obama’s favorite books of 2018 * Winner of the 2019 J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize * Winner of the Helen Bernstein Book Award for Excellence in Journalism * Winner of the 2019 RFK Book and Journalism Award * A New York Times Notable Book  A ground-breaking and brave inside reckoning with the nexus of prison and profit in America: in one Louisiana prison and over the course of our country's history. In 2014, Shane Bauer was hired for $9 an hour to work as an entry-level prison guard at a private prison in Winnfield, Louisiana. An award-winning investigative journalist, he used his real name; there was no meaningful background check. Four months later, his employment came to an abrupt end. But he had seen enough, and in short order he wrote an exposé about his experiences that won a National Magazine Award and became the most-read feature in the history of the magazine Mother Jones. Still, there was much more that he needed to say. In American Prison, Bauer weaves a much deeper reckoning with his experiences together with a thoroughly researched history of for-profit prisons in America from their origins in the decades before the Civil War. For, as he soon realized, we can't understand the cruelty of our current system and its place in the larger story of mass incarceration without understanding where it came from. Private prisons became entrenched in the South as part of a systemic effort to keep the African-American labor force in place in the aftermath of slavery, and the echoes of these shameful origins are with us still. The private prison system is deliberately unaccountable to public scrutiny. Private prisons are not incentivized to tend to the health of their inmates, or to feed them well, or to attract and retain a highly-trained prison staff. Though Bauer befriends some of his colleagues and sympathizes with their plight, the chronic dysfunction of their lives only adds to the prison's sense of chaos. To his horror, Bauer finds himself becoming crueler and more aggressive the longer he works in the prison, and he is far from alone. A blistering indictment of the private prison system, and the powerful forces that drive it, American Prison is a necessary human document about the true face of justice in America.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/leadership-by-doris-kearns-goodwin--65209455https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Intro And Afterword Read By The Author Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 115 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning author and esteemed presidential historian Doris Kearns Goodwin, an invaluable guide to the development and exercise of leadership from Abraham Lincoln, Theodore Roosevelt, Lyndon B. Johnson, and Franklin D. Roosevelt. The inspiration for the multipart HISTORY Channel series Abraham Lincoln and Theodore Roosevelt. “After five decades of magisterial output, Doris Kearns Goodwin leads the league of presidential historians” (USA TODAY). In her “inspiring” (The Christian Science Monitor) Leadership, Doris Kearns Goodwin draws upon the four presidents she has studied most closely—Abraham Lincoln, Theodore Roosevelt, Franklin D. Roosevelt, and Lyndon B. Johnson (in civil rights)—to show how they recognized leadership qualities within themselves and were recognized as leaders by others. By looking back to their first entries into public life, we encounter them at a time when their paths were filled with confusion, fear, and hope. Leadership tells the story of how they all collided with dramatic reversals that disrupted their lives and threatened to shatter forever their ambitions. Nonetheless, they all emerged fitted to confront the contours and dilemmas of their times. At their best, all four were guided by a sense of moral purpose. At moments of great challenge, they were able to summon their talents to enlarge the opportunities and lives of others. Does the leader make the times or do the times make the leader? “If ever our nation needed a short course on presidential leadership, it is now” (The Seattle Times). This seminal work provides an accessible and essential road map for aspiring and established leaders in every field. In today’s polarized world, these stories of authentic leadership in times of apprehension and fracture take on a singular urgency. “Goodwin’s volume deserves much praise—it is insightful, readable, compelling: Her book arrives just in time” (The Boston Globe).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349001Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Intro And Afterword Read By The Author Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 6 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Intro And Afterword Read By The Author Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 115 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning author and esteemed presidential historian Doris Kearns Goodwin, an invaluable guide to the development and exercise of leadership from Abraham Lincoln, Theodore Roosevelt, Lyndon B. Johnson, and Franklin D. Roosevelt. The inspiration for the multipart HISTORY Channel series Abraham Lincoln and Theodore Roosevelt. “After five decades of magisterial output, Doris Kearns Goodwin leads the league of presidential historians” (USA TODAY). In her “inspiring” (The Christian Science Monitor) Leadership, Doris Kearns Goodwin draws upon the four presidents she has studied most closely—Abraham Lincoln, Theodore Roosevelt, Franklin D. Roosevelt, and Lyndon B. Johnson (in civil rights)—to show how they recognized leadership qualities within themselves and were recognized as leaders by others. By looking back to their first entries into public life, we encounter them at a time when their paths were filled with confusion, fear, and hope. Leadership tells the story of how they all collided with dramatic reversals that disrupted their lives and threatened to shatter forever their ambitions. Nonetheless, they all emerged fitted to confront the contours and dilemmas of their times. At their best, all four were guided by a sense of moral purpose. At moments of great challenge, they were able to summon their talents to enlarge the opportunities and lives of others. Does the leader make the times or do the times make the leader? “If ever our nation needed a short course on presidential leadership, it is now” (The Seattle Times). This seminal work provides an accessible and essential road map for aspiring and established leaders in every field. In today’s polarized world, these stories of authentic leadership in times of apprehension and fracture take on a singular urgency. “Goodwin’s volume deserves much praise—it is insightful, readable, compelling: Her book arrives just in time” (The Boston Globe).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/addicted-to-outrage-how-thinking-like-a-recovering-addict-can-heal-the-country-by-glenn-beck--65209433https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addicted to Outrage: How Thinking Like a Recovering Addict Can Heal the Country Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset—issues a startling challenge to people on both sides of the aisle: America is addicted to outrage, we’re at the height of a twenty-year bender, and we need an intervention. In the instant New York Times bestseller, Glenn Beck addresses how America has become more and more divided—both politically and socially. Americans are now less accepting, less forgiving, and have lost faith in many of the country’s signature ideals. They are quick to point a judgmental finger at the opposing party, are unwilling to doubt their own ideologies, and refuse to have any self-awareness whatsoever. Beck states that this current downward spiral will ultimately lead to the destruction of everything America has fought so hard to preserve. This is not simply a Republican problem. This is not simply a Democratic problem. This is everyone’s burden, and we need to think like recovering addicts and change. Mirroring traditional twelve-step programs, Beck outlines the actions that Americans must follow in order to prevent a farther decline down this current path of hostile bitterness. Drawing from his own life experiences and including relevant examples for each step, he is able to lead us to a more hopeful, happy future. From learning how to believe in something greater than ourselves to understanding the importance of humility, each chapter encourages self-reflection and growth. Addicted to Outrage is a timely and necessary guide for how Americans—right and left—must change to survive.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349007Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addicted to Outrage: How Thinking Like a Recovering Addict Can Heal the Country Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addicted to Outrage: How Thinking Like a Recovering Addict Can Heal the Country Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset—issues a startling challenge to people on both sides of the aisle: America is addicted to outrage, we’re at the height of a twenty-year bender, and we need an intervention. In the instant New York Times bestseller, Glenn Beck addresses how America has become more and more divided—both politically and socially. Americans are now less accepting, less forgiving, and have lost faith in many of the country’s signature ideals. They are quick to point a judgmental finger at the opposing party, are unwilling to doubt their own ideologies, and refuse to have any self-awareness whatsoever. Beck states that this current downward spiral will ultimately lead to the destruction of everything America has fought so hard to preserve. This is not simply a Republican problem. This is not simply a Democratic problem. This is everyone’s burden, and we need to think like recovering addicts and change. Mirroring traditional twelve-step programs, Beck outlines the actions that Americans must follow in order to prevent a farther decline down this current path of hostile bitterness. Drawing from his own life experiences and including relevant examples for each step, he is able to lead us to a more hopeful, happy future. From learning how to believe in something greater than ourselves to understanding the importance of humility, each chapter encourages self-reflection and growth. Addicted to Outrage is a timely and necessary guide for how Americans—right and left—must change to survive.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-revolution-generation-how-millennials-can-save-america-and-the-world-before-it-s-too-late-by-josh-tickell--65209432https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolution Generation: How Millennials Can Save America and the World (Before It's Too Late) Author: Josh Tickell Narrator: Josh Tickell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the activist and Sundance Award-winning filmmaker of Fuel and Kiss the Ground comes an ambitious book showcasing the captivating stories of Millennial change-makers in order to empower and motivate today’s young adults to rise up to their potential for greatness. With eye-opening research and inspiring interviews, The Revolution Generation is the first in-depth exploration of the world-changing activism and potential of people born between 1980 and 2000. Labeled Generation Y or Millennials, theirs is the first digitally fluent generation. From sex and dating, to parental relationships, to jobs and the economy, Millennials live within a dynamic interplay of technological advances and real world setbacks. Their connectivity and global awareness have created astonishing new opportunities, but have also come at a time of peril. According to the United Nations, today’s youth face the ten largest global crises in human history (including the sixth major species extinction, a rapidly changing climate, and a worldwide refugee crisis). In no uncertain terms, the future of humanity rests on their shoulders. While these challenges may be daunting, Millennials are part of the largest, most educated, most digitally plugged-in generation to date and The Revolution Generation elucidates their often-overlooked strengths and shows how they can build a brighter, more sustainable and democratic future for themselves—and all of humanity. The Revolution Generation is also a full-length documentary featuring Bernie Sanders, Shailene Woodley, Rosario Dawson, and more.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolution Generation: How Millennials Can Save America and the World (Before It's Too Late) Author: Josh Tickell Narrator: Josh Tickell Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolution Generation: How Millennials Can Save America and the World (Before It's Too Late) Author: Josh Tickell Narrator: Josh Tickell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the activist and Sundance Award-winning filmmaker of Fuel and Kiss the Ground comes an ambitious book showcasing the captivating stories of Millennial change-makers in order to empower and motivate today’s young adults to rise up to their potential for greatness. With eye-opening research and inspiring interviews, The Revolution Generation is the first in-depth exploration of the world-changing activism and potential of people born between 1980 and 2000. Labeled Generation Y or Millennials, theirs is the first digitally fluent generation. From sex and dating, to parental relationships, to jobs and the economy, Millennials live within a dynamic interplay of technological advances and real world setbacks. Their connectivity and global awareness have created astonishing new opportunities, but have also come at a time of peril. According to the United Nations, today’s youth face the ten largest global crises in human history (including the sixth major species extinction, a rapidly changing climate, and a worldwide refugee crisis). In no uncertain terms, the future of humanity rests on their shoulders. While these challenges may be daunting, Millennials are part of the largest, most educated, most digitally plugged-in generation to date and The Revolution Generation elucidates their often-overlooked strengths and shows how they can build a brighter, more sustainable and democratic future for themselves—and all of humanity. The Revolution Generation is also a full-length documentary featuring Bernie Sanders, Shailene Woodley, Rosario Dawson, and more.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rise-in-defense-of-judeo-christian-values-and-freedom-by-brigitte-gabriel--65209466https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise: In Defense of Judeo-Christian Values and Freedom Author: Brigitte Gabriel Narrator: Brigitte Gabriel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'YOU NEVER REALLY OWN FREEDOM, YOU ONLY PRESERVE IT FOR THE NEXT GENERATION.' Issuing a bold wake-up call to America, New York Times best-selling author Brigitte Gabriel reveals the people, organizations, and forces at work to dismantle our Judeo-Christian values and freedoms, destabilize and threaten our national security, and radically redefine our very way of life. Gabriel regularly faces death threats from terrorists, condemnation from critics, and attacks from the 'PC police,' yet she refuses to back down.Rise will empower you by: ·Providing a plan for preserving your values and freedoms before it's too late ·Educating you on how to identify behaviors and ideas that could threaten the local community and ultimately national security ·Motivating you to unite with other patriots who wish to preserve our endangered Judeo-Christian values and freedoms ·Helping you understand what you can do to fight the forces that aim to undermine our nation This book is critical to your family and your personal freedom. Will you sit back and watch the greatest country our world has ever known slowly fade away? Or will you rise?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346874Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise: In Defense of Judeo-Christian Values and Freedom Author: Brigitte Gabriel Narrator: Brigitte Gabriel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise: In Defense of Judeo-Christian Values and Freedom Author: Brigitte Gabriel Narrator: Brigitte Gabriel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'YOU NEVER REALLY OWN FREEDOM, YOU ONLY PRESERVE IT FOR THE NEXT GENERATION.' Issuing a bold wake-up call to America, New York Times best-selling author Brigitte Gabriel reveals the people, organizations, and forces at work to dismantle our Judeo-Christian values and freedoms, destabilize and threaten our national security, and radically redefine our very way of life. Gabriel regularly faces death threats from terrorists, condemnation from critics, and attacks from the 'PC police,' yet she refuses to back down.Rise will empower you by: ·Providing a plan for preserving your values and freedoms before it's too late ·Educating you on how to identify behaviors and ideas that could threaten the local community and ultimately national security ·Motivating you to unite with other patriots who wish to preserve our endangered Judeo-Christian values and freedoms ·Helping you understand what you can do to fight the forces that aim to undermine our nation This book is critical to your family and your personal freedom. Will you sit back and watch the greatest country our world has ever known slowly fade away? Or will you rise?]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/coercion-the-power-to-hurt-in-international-politics-by-peter-krause-kelly-m-greenhill--65209452https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coercion: The Power to Hurt in International Politics Author: Peter Krause, Kelly M. Greenhill Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the rising significance of non-state actors to the increasing influence of regional powers, the nature and conduct of international politics has arguably changed dramatically since the height of the Cold War. Yet much of the literature on deterrence and compellence continues to draw (whether implicitly or explicitly) upon assumptions and precepts formulated in—and predicated upon—politics in a state-centric, bipolar world. Coercion moves beyond these somewhat hidebound premises and examines the critical issue of coercion in the twenty-first century, with a particular focus on new actors, strategies and objectives in this very old bargaining game. The chapters in this volume examine intra-state, inter-state, and transnational coercion and deterrence as well as both military and non-military instruments of persuasion, thus expanding our understanding of coercion for conflict in the twenty-first century.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350349Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coercion: The Power to Hurt in International Politics Author: Peter Krause, Kelly M. Greenhill Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coercion: The Power to Hurt in International Politics Author: Peter Krause, Kelly M. Greenhill Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the rising significance of non-state actors to the increasing influence of regional powers, the nature and conduct of international politics has arguably changed dramatically since the height of the Cold War. Yet much of the literature on deterrence and compellence continues to draw (whether implicitly or explicitly) upon assumptions and precepts formulated in—and predicated upon—politics in a state-centric, bipolar world. Coercion moves beyond these somewhat hidebound premises and examines the critical issue of coercion in the twenty-first century, with a particular focus on new actors, strategies and objectives in this very old bargaining game. The chapters in this volume examine intra-state, inter-state, and transnational coercion and deterrence as well as both military and non-military instruments of persuasion, thus expanding our understanding of coercion for conflict in the twenty-first century.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-must-go-the-top-100-reasons-to-dump-trump-and-one-to-keep-him-by-bill-press--65209431https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Must Go: The Top 100 Reasons to Dump Trump (and One to Keep Him) Author: Bill Press Narrator: Bill Press Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I'd give us an A.' —Donald Trump, on his first 100 days in office. Americans increasingly agree on one thing: Every day that Trump stays in office, he diminishes the United States and its people. In Trump Must Go, TV and radio host Bill Press offers 100 reasons why Trump needs to be removed from office, whether by impeachment, the 25th Amendment, or the ballot box. Beginning with the man himself and moving through Trump’s executive action damage, Press covers Trump’s debasement of the United States political system and destruction of the Republican Party. Ranging from banning federal employees’ use of the phrase “climate change,” to putting down Haiti, El Salvador, and African nations as “shithole” countries, we have to wonder what he’ll do next. He has a bromance with Putin that enables several meetings between Trump staffers and Russian officials, and he has a wrecking crew administration: Attorney General Jeff Sessions, Education Secretary Betsy DeVos, and Housing Secretary Ben Carson, to name a few. Extensive “executive time” marks Trump’s calendar so he can golf, watch TV, and eat fast food. Trump has done it all…badly. But, in a political climate where the world has learned to expect the unexpected, Press offers listeners a twist: one reason not to ditch Donald Trump.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348162Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Must Go: The Top 100 Reasons to Dump Trump (and One to Keep Him) Author: Bill Press Narrator: Bill Press Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Must Go: The Top 100 Reasons to Dump Trump (and One to Keep Him) Author: Bill Press Narrator: Bill Press Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I'd give us an A.' —Donald Trump, on his first 100 days in office. Americans increasingly agree on one thing: Every day that Trump stays in office, he diminishes the United States and its people. In Trump Must Go, TV and radio host Bill Press offers 100 reasons why Trump needs to be removed from office, whether by impeachment, the 25th Amendment, or the ballot box. Beginning with the man himself and moving through Trump’s executive action damage, Press covers Trump’s debasement of the United States political system and destruction of the Republican Party. Ranging from banning federal employees’ use of the phrase “climate change,” to putting down Haiti, El Salvador, and African nations as “shithole” countries, we have to wonder what he’ll do next. He has a bromance with Putin that enables several meetings between Trump staffers and Russian officials, and he has a wrecking crew administration: Attorney General Jeff Sessions, Education Secretary Betsy DeVos, and Housing Secretary Ben Carson, to name a few. Extensive “executive time” marks Trump’s calendar so he can golf, watch TV, and eat fast food. Trump has done it all…badly. But, in a political climate where the world has learned to expect the unexpected, Press offers listeners a twist: one reason not to ditch Donald Trump.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/everything-for-everyone-the-radical-tradition-that-is-shaping-the-next-economy-by-nathan-schneider--65209393https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything for Everyone: The Radical Tradition That Is Shaping the Next Economy Author: Nathan Schneider Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The origins of the next radical economy is rooted in a tradition that has empowered people for centuries and is now making a comeback. A new feudalism is on the rise. While monopolistic corporations feed their spoils to the rich, more and more of us are expected to live gig to gig. But, as Nathan Schneider shows, an alternative to the robber-baron economy is hiding in plain sight; we just need to know where to look. Cooperatives are jointly owned, democratically controlled enterprises that advance the economic, social, and cultural interests of their members. They often emerge during moments of crisis not unlike our own, putting people in charge of the workplaces, credit unions, grocery stores, healthcare, and utilities they depend on. Everything for Everyone chronicles this revolution -- from taxi cooperatives keeping Uber at bay, to an outspoken mayor transforming his city in the Deep South, to a fugitive building a fairer version of Bitcoin, to the rural electric co-op members who are propelling an aging system into the future. As these pioneers show, co-ops are helping us rediscover our capacity for creative, powerful, and fair democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything for Everyone: The Radical Tradition That Is Shaping the Next Economy Author: Nathan Schneider Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349043 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything for Everyone: The Radical Tradition That Is Shaping the Next Economy Author: Nathan Schneider Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The origins of the next radical economy is rooted in a tradition that has empowered people for centuries and is now making a comeback. A new feudalism is on the rise. While monopolistic corporations feed their spoils to the rich, more and more of us are expected to live gig to gig. But, as Nathan Schneider shows, an alternative to the robber-baron economy is hiding in plain sight; we just need to know where to look. Cooperatives are jointly owned, democratically controlled enterprises that advance the economic, social, and cultural interests of their members. They often emerge during moments of crisis not unlike our own, putting people in charge of the workplaces, credit unions, grocery stores, healthcare, and utilities they depend on. Everything for Everyone chronicles this revolution -- from taxi cooperatives keeping Uber at bay, to an outspoken mayor transforming his city in the Deep South, to a fugitive building a fairer version of Bitcoin, to the rural electric co-op members who are propelling an aging system into the future. As these pioneers show, co-ops are helping us rediscover our capacity for creative, powerful, and fair democracy.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/every-man-a-king-a-short-colorful-history-of-american-populists-by-chris-stirewalt--65209381https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Man a King: A Short, Colorful History of American Populists Author: Chris Stirewalt Narrator: Chris Stirewalt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Fox News' politics editor Chris Stirewalt -- a fun and lively account of America's populist tradition, from Andrew Jackson and Teddy Roosevelt, to Ross Perot, Pat Buchanan, and Donald Trump. Whatever the ideological fad of the moment, American populism has always been home to a fascinating assortment of charismatic leaders, characters, kooks, cranks, and sometimes charlatans who have - with widely varying degrees of success - led the charge of ordinary folks who have gotten wise to the ways of the swamp. This attitude of skeptical resentment also makes populism a fertile field for the work of conspiracy theorists and other enthusiastic apostates from civic convention. After all, if the people in power are found to be rigging one part of the system, why not the rest? Every Man a King tells the stories of America's populist leaders, from an elderly Andrew Jackson brutally caning his would-be-assassin, to William Jennings Bryan's pre-speech routine that combined equally prodigious quantities of prayer and food, to Ross Perot's military-style campaign that made even volunteers wear badges with stars to show rank. It is a rollicking history of an American attitude that has shaped not only our current moment, but also the long struggle over who gets to define the truths we hold to be self evident.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351144Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Man a King: A Short, Colorful History of American Populists Author: Chris Stirewalt Narrator: Chris Stirewalt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Man a King: A Short, Colorful History of American Populists Author: Chris Stirewalt Narrator: Chris Stirewalt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Fox News' politics editor Chris Stirewalt -- a fun and lively account of America's populist tradition, from Andrew Jackson and Teddy Roosevelt, to Ross Perot, Pat Buchanan, and Donald Trump. Whatever the ideological fad of the moment, American populism has always been home to a fascinating assortment of charismatic leaders, characters, kooks, cranks, and sometimes charlatans who have - with widely varying degrees of success - led the charge of ordinary folks who have gotten wise to the ways of the swamp. This attitude of skeptical resentment also makes populism a fertile field for the work of conspiracy theorists and other enthusiastic apostates from civic convention. After all, if the people in power are found to be rigging one part of the system, why not the rest? Every Man a King tells the stories of America's populist leaders, from an elderly Andrew Jackson brutally caning his would-be-assassin, to William Jennings Bryan's pre-speech routine that combined equally prodigious quantities of prayer and food, to Ross Perot's military-style campaign that made even volunteers wear badges with stars to show rank. It is a rollicking history of an American attitude that has shaped not only our current moment, but also the long struggle over who gets to define the truths we hold to be self evident.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-localism-how-cities-can-thrive-in-the-age-of-populism-by-jeremy-nowak-bruce-katz--65209376https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350403 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Localism: How Cities Can Thrive in the Age of Populism Author: Jeremy Nowak, Bruce Katz Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In their new book, The New Localism, urban experts Bruce Katz and Jeremy Nowak reveal where the real power to create change lies and how it can be used to address our most serious social, economic, and environmental challenges. Power is shifting in the world: downward from national governments and states to cities and metropolitan communities; horizontally from the public sector to networks of public, private and civic actors; and globally along circuits of capital, trade, and innovation. This new locus of power—this new localism—is emerging by necessity to solve the grand challenges characteristic of modern societies: economic competitiveness, social inclusion and opportunity; a renewed public life; the challenge of diversity; and the imperative of environmental sustainability. Where rising populism on the right and the left exploits the grievances of those left behind in the global economy, new localism has developed as a mechanism to address them head on. New localism is not a replacement for the vital roles federal governments play; it is the ideal complement to an effective federal government, and, currently, an urgently needed remedy for national dysfunction. In The New Localism, Katz and Nowak tell the stories of the cities that are on the vanguard of problem solving. Pittsburgh is catalyzing inclusive growth by inventing and deploying new industries and technologies. Indianapolis is governing its city and metropolis through a network of public, private and civic leaders. Copenhagen is using publicly owned assets like their waterfront to spur large scale redevelopment and finance infrastructure from land sales. Out of these stories emerge new norms of growth, governance, and finance and a path toward a more prosperous, sustainable, and inclusive society. Katz and Nowak imagine a world in which urban institutions finance the future through smart investments in innovation, infrastructure and children and urban intermediaries take solutions created in one city and adapt and tailor them to other cities with speed and precision.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350403Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350403 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Localism: How Cities Can Thrive in the Age of Populism Author: Jeremy Nowak, Bruce Katz Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350403 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Localism: How Cities Can Thrive in the Age of Populism Author: Jeremy Nowak, Bruce Katz Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In their new book, The New Localism, urban experts Bruce Katz and Jeremy Nowak reveal where the real power to create change lies and how it can be used to address our most serious social, economic, and environmental challenges. Power is shifting in the world: downward from national governments and states to cities and metropolitan communities; horizontally from the public sector to networks of public, private and civic actors; and globally along circuits of capital, trade, and innovation. This new locus of power—this new localism—is emerging by necessity to solve the grand challenges characteristic of modern societies: economic competitiveness, social inclusion and opportunity; a renewed public life; the challenge of diversity; and the imperative of environmental sustainability. Where rising populism on the right and the left exploits the grievances of those left behind in the global economy, new localism has developed as a mechanism to address them head on. New localism is not a replacement for the vital roles federal governments play; it is the ideal complement to an effective federal government, and, currently, an urgently needed remedy for national dysfunction. In The New Localism, Katz and Nowak tell the stories of the cities that are on the vanguard of problem solving. Pittsburgh is catalyzing inclusive growth by inventing and deploying new industries and technologies. Indianapolis is governing its city and metropolis through a network of public, private and civic leaders. Copenhagen is using publicly owned assets like their waterfront to spur large scale redevelopment and finance infrastructure from land sales. Out of these stories emerge new norms of growth, governance, and finance and a path toward a more prosperous, sustainable, and inclusive society. Katz and Nowak imagine a world in which urban institutions finance the future through smart investments in innovation, infrastructure and children and urban intermediaries take solutions created in one city and adapt and tailor them to other cities with speed and precision.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/adam-smith-father-of-economics-by-jesse-norman--65209352https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adam Smith: Father of Economics Author: Jesse Norman Narrator: Jesse Norman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dazzlingly original, 'remarkable' account of the life and thought of legendary economist Adam Smith (Financial Times). Adam Smith (1723-1790) is now widely regarded as the greatest economist of all time. But what he really thought, and the implications of his ideas, remain fiercely contested. Was he an eloquent advocate of capitalism and individual freedom? A prime mover of 'market fundamentalism'? An apologist for human selfishness? Or something else entirely? In the tradition of The Worldly Philosophers, Adam Smith dispels the myths and caricatures, and provides a far more complex portrait of the man. Offering a highly engaging account of Smith's life and times, political philosopher Jesse Norman explores his work as a whole and traces his influence over two centuries to the present day. Finally, he shows how a proper understanding of Smith can help us address the problems of modern capitalism. The Smith who emerges from this book is not only the greatest of all economists but a pioneering theorist of moral philosophy, culture, and society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adam Smith: Father of Economics Author: Jesse Norman Narrator: Jesse Norman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adam Smith: Father of Economics Author: Jesse Norman Narrator: Jesse Norman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dazzlingly original, 'remarkable' account of the life and thought of legendary economist Adam Smith (Financial Times). Adam Smith (1723-1790) is now widely regarded as the greatest economist of all time. But what he really thought, and the implications of his ideas, remain fiercely contested. Was he an eloquent advocate of capitalism and individual freedom? A prime mover of 'market fundamentalism'? An apologist for human selfishness? Or something else entirely? In the tradition of The Worldly Philosophers, Adam Smith dispels the myths and caricatures, and provides a far more complex portrait of the man. Offering a highly engaging account of Smith's life and times, political philosopher Jesse Norman explores his work as a whole and traces his influence over two centuries to the present day. Finally, he shows how a proper understanding of Smith can help us address the problems of modern capitalism. The Smith who emerges from this book is not only the greatest of all economists but a pioneering theorist of moral philosophy, culture, and society.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-discontent-the-rise-of-donald-trump-and-decline-of-the-golden-age-by-john-l-campbell--65209453https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Discontent: The Rise of Donald Trump and Decline of the Golden Age Author: John L. Campbell Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2016 presidential election was unlike any other in recent memory, and Donald Trump was an entirely different kind of candidate than voters were used to seeing. He was the first true outsider to win the White House in over a century and the wealthiest populist in American history. Democrats and Republicans alike were left scratching their heads—how did this happen? In American Discontent, John L. Campbell contextualizes Donald Trump's success by focusing on the long-developing economic, racial, ideological, and political shifts that enabled Trump to win the White House. Campbell argues that Trump's rise to power was the culmination of a half-century of deep, slow-moving change in America, beginning with the decline of the Golden Age of prosperity that followed the Second World War. The worsening economic anxieties of many Americans reached a tipping point when the 2008 financial crisis and Barack Obama's election, as the first African American president, finally precipitated the worst political gridlock in generations. Americans were fed up and Trump rode a wave of discontent all the way to the White House.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349638Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Discontent: The Rise of Donald Trump and Decline of the Golden Age Author: John L. Campbell Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Discontent: The Rise of Donald Trump and Decline of the Golden Age Author: John L. Campbell Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2016 presidential election was unlike any other in recent memory, and Donald Trump was an entirely different kind of candidate than voters were used to seeing. He was the first true outsider to win the White House in over a century and the wealthiest populist in American history. Democrats and Republicans alike were left scratching their heads—how did this happen? In American Discontent, John L. Campbell contextualizes Donald Trump's success by focusing on the long-developing economic, racial, ideological, and political shifts that enabled Trump to win the White House. Campbell argues that Trump's rise to power was the culmination of a half-century of deep, slow-moving change in America, beginning with the decline of the Golden Age of prosperity that followed the Second World War. The worsening economic anxieties of many Americans reached a tipping point when the 2008 financial crisis and Barack Obama's election, as the first African American president, finally precipitated the worst political gridlock in generations. Americans were fed up and Trump rode a wave of discontent all the way to the White House.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/reckless-henry-kissinger-and-the-tragedy-of-vietnam-by-robert-k-brigham--65209444https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reckless: Henry Kissinger and the Tragedy of Vietnam Author: Robert K. Brigham Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Henry Kissinger's role in the Vietnam War prolonged the American tragedy and doomed the government of South Vietnam The American war in Vietnam was concluded in 1973 after eight years of fighting, bloodshed, and loss. Yet the terms of the truce that ended the war were effectively identical to what had been offered to the Nixon administration four years earlier. Those four years cost America and Vietnam thousands of lives and billions of dollars, and they were the direct result of the supposed master plan of the most important voice in American foreign policy: Henry Kissinger. Using newly available archival material from the Nixon Presidential Library, Kissinger's personal papers, and material from the archives in Vietnam, Robert K. Brigham punctures the myth of Kissinger as an infallible mastermind. Instead, he constructs a portrait of a rash, opportunistic, and suggestible politician. It was personal political rivalries, the domestic political climate, and strategic confusion that drove Kissinger's actions. There was no great master plan or Bismarckian theory that supported how the US continued the war or conducted peace negotiations. Its length was doubled for nothing but the ego and poor judgment of a single figure. This distant tragedy, perpetuated by Kissinger's actions, forever changed both countries. Now, perhaps for the first time, we can see the full scale of that tragedy and the machinations that fed it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349063Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reckless: Henry Kissinger and the Tragedy of Vietnam Author: Robert K. Brigham Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reckless: Henry Kissinger and the Tragedy of Vietnam Author: Robert K. Brigham Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Henry Kissinger's role in the Vietnam War prolonged the American tragedy and doomed the government of South Vietnam The American war in Vietnam was concluded in 1973 after eight years of fighting, bloodshed, and loss. Yet the terms of the truce that ended the war were effectively identical to what had been offered to the Nixon administration four years earlier. Those four years cost America and Vietnam thousands of lives and billions of dollars, and they were the direct result of the supposed master plan of the most important voice in American foreign policy: Henry Kissinger. Using newly available archival material from the Nixon Presidential Library, Kissinger's personal papers, and material from the archives in Vietnam, Robert K. Brigham punctures the myth of Kissinger as an infallible mastermind. Instead, he constructs a portrait of a rash, opportunistic, and suggestible politician. It was personal political rivalries, the domestic political climate, and strategic confusion that drove Kissinger's actions. There was no great master plan or Bismarckian theory that supported how the US continued the war or conducted peace negotiations. Its length was doubled for nothing but the ego and poor judgment of a single figure. This distant tragedy, perpetuated by Kissinger's actions, forever changed both countries. Now, perhaps for the first time, we can see the full scale of that tragedy and the machinations that fed it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/every-day-is-extra-by-john-kerry--65209439https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347557 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Day Is Extra Author: John Kerry Narrator: John Kerry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An instant New York Times bestseller, John Kerry’s revealing memoir offers “a detailed record of an important life…frank, thoughtful, and clearly written…A bittersweet reminder of what the country once demanded of its leaders” (The New York Times Book Review). Every Day Is Extra is John Kerry’s candid personal story. A Yale graduate, Kerry enlisted in the US Navy in 1966, and served in Vietnam. He returned home highly decorated but disillusioned, and he testified powerfully before Congress as a young veteran opposed to the war. Kerry was elected to the Senate in 1984, eventually serving five terms. In 2004 he was the Democratic presidential nominee and came within one state—Ohio—of winning. He succeeded Hillary Clinton as Secretary of State in 2013. In that position he tried to find peace in the Middle East; dealt with the Syrian civil war while combatting ISIS; and negotiated the Iran nuclear deal and the Paris climate agreement. “In these pages Kerry shows remarkable honesty, depth, even spirituality…There is remarkable poignancy—not the usual currency of the career politician and the country’s top diplomat” (The Boston Globe). A witness to some of the most important events of our recent history, Kerry tells wonderful stories about colleagues Ted Kennedy and John McCain, as well as President Obama and other major figures. He writes movingly of recovering his faith while in the Senate, and how he deplores the hyper-partisanship that has infected Washington. Every Day Is Extra “draws back the curtain on a life you thought you knew, but turns out to be a bit different…A surprisingly personal book” (The Washington Post) that shows Kerry for the dedicated, witty, and authentic man that he is and provides forceful testimony for the importance of diplomacy and American leadership to address the increasingly complex challenges of a more globalized world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347557Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347557 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Day Is Extra Author: John Kerry Narrator: John Kerry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347557 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Day Is Extra Author: John Kerry Narrator: John Kerry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An instant New York Times bestseller, John Kerry’s revealing memoir offers “a detailed record of an important life…frank, thoughtful, and clearly written…A bittersweet reminder of what the country once demanded of its leaders” (The New York Times Book Review). Every Day Is Extra is John Kerry’s candid personal story. A Yale graduate, Kerry enlisted in the US Navy in 1966, and served in Vietnam. He returned home highly decorated but disillusioned, and he testified powerfully before Congress as a young veteran opposed to the war. Kerry was elected to the Senate in 1984, eventually serving five terms. In 2004 he was the Democratic presidential nominee and came within one state—Ohio—of winning. He succeeded Hillary Clinton as Secretary of State in 2013. In that position he tried to find peace in the Middle East; dealt with the Syrian civil war while combatting ISIS; and negotiated the Iran nuclear deal and the Paris climate agreement. “In these pages Kerry shows remarkable honesty, depth, even spirituality…There is remarkable poignancy—not the usual currency of the career politician and the country’s top diplomat” (The Boston Globe). A witness to some of the most important events of our recent history, Kerry tells wonderful stories about colleagues Ted Kennedy and John McCain, as well as President Obama and other major figures. He writes movingly of recovering his faith while in the Senate, and how he deplores the hyper-partisanship that has infected Washington. Every Day Is Extra “draws back the curtain on a life you thought you knew, but turns out to be a bit different…A surprisingly personal book” (The Washington Post) that shows Kerry for the dedicated, witty, and authentic man that he is and provides forceful testimony for the importance of diplomacy and American leadership to address the increasingly complex challenges of a more globalized world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-protest-a-visual-history-of-the-moments-that-changed-the-world-by-brenda-griffing--65209420https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Protest: A Visual History of the Moments That Changed the World Author: Brenda Griffing Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Times of great change did not occur by man's desire for change, but through protest and persistence. Across the globe, it seems we are in an era of protest and drive. Not since the '60s have we seen political divides and awareness of this magnitude and it is shaping all aspects of our day to day life. While some feel lost in despair and fear, we can look to the past and RISE UP ourselves. Protest changes the world like nothing else has to date. What change do you want to fight for?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349695Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Protest: A Visual History of the Moments That Changed the World Author: Brenda Griffing Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Protest: A Visual History of the Moments That Changed the World Author: Brenda Griffing Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Times of great change did not occur by man's desire for change, but through protest and persistence. Across the globe, it seems we are in an era of protest and drive. Not since the '60s have we seen political divides and awareness of this magnitude and it is shaping all aspects of our day to day life. While some feel lost in despair and fear, we can look to the past and RISE UP ourselves. Protest changes the world like nothing else has to date. What change do you want to fight for?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-for-the-faint-of-heart-lessons-in-courage-power-and-persistence-by-wendy-r-sherman--65209399https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not for the Faint of Heart: Lessons in Courage, Power, and Persistence Author: Wendy R. Sherman Narrator: Wendy R. Sherman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Distinguished diplomat Ambassador Wendy Sherman brings readers inside the negotiating room to show how to put diplomatic values like courage, power, and persistence to work in their own lives. Few people have sat across from the Iranians and the North Koreans at the negotiating table. Wendy Sherman has done both. During her time as the lead US negotiator of the historic Iran nuclear deal and throughout her distinguished career, Wendy Sherman has amassed tremendous expertise in the most pressing foreign policy issues of our time. Throughout her life -- from growing up in civil-rights-era Baltimore, to stints as a social worker, campaign manager, and business owner, to advising multiple presidents -- she has relied on values that have shaped her approach to work and leadership: authenticity, effective use of power and persistence, acceptance of change, and commitment to the team. Not for the Faint of Heart takes readers inside the world of international diplomacy and into the mind of one of our most effective negotiators -- often the only woman in the room. She shows why good work in her field is so hard to do, and how we can learn to apply core skills of diplomacy to the challenges in our own lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349054Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not for the Faint of Heart: Lessons in Courage, Power, and Persistence Author: Wendy R. Sherman Narrator: Wendy R. Sherman Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not for the Faint of Heart: Lessons in Courage, Power, and Persistence Author: Wendy R. Sherman Narrator: Wendy R. Sherman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Distinguished diplomat Ambassador Wendy Sherman brings readers inside the negotiating room to show how to put diplomatic values like courage, power, and persistence to work in their own lives. Few people have sat across from the Iranians and the North Koreans at the negotiating table. Wendy Sherman has done both. During her time as the lead US negotiator of the historic Iran nuclear deal and throughout her distinguished career, Wendy Sherman has amassed tremendous expertise in the most pressing foreign policy issues of our time. Throughout her life -- from growing up in civil-rights-era Baltimore, to stints as a social worker, campaign manager, and business owner, to advising multiple presidents -- she has relied on values that have shaped her approach to work and leadership: authenticity, effective use of power and persistence, acceptance of change, and commitment to the team. Not for the Faint of Heart takes readers inside the world of international diplomacy and into the mind of one of our most effective negotiators -- often the only woman in the room. She shows why good work in her field is so hard to do, and how we can learn to apply core skills of diplomacy to the challenges in our own lives.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bad-stories-what-the-hell-just-happened-to-our-country-by-steve-almond--65209378https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country Author: Steve Almond Narrator: Steve Almond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Like a lot of Americans, Steve Almond spent the weeks after the 2016 election lying awake, in a state of dread and bewilderment. The problem wasn’t just the election, but the fact that nobody could explain, in any sort of coherent way, why America had elected a cruel, corrupt, and incompetent man to the Presidency. Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country is Almond’s effort to make sense of our historical moment, to connect certain dots that go unconnected amid the deluge of hot takes and think pieces. Almond looks to literary voices―from Melville to Orwell, from Bradbury to Baldwin―to help explain the roots of our moral erosion as a people. The book argues that Trumpism is a bad outcome arising directly from the bad stories we tell ourselves. To understand how we got here, we have to confront our cultural delusions: our obsession with entertainment, sports, and political parody, the degeneration of our free press into a for-profit industry, our enduring pathologies of race, class, immigration, and tribalism. Bad Stories is a lamentation aimed at providing clarity. It’s the book you can pass along to an anguished fellow traveler with the promise, This will help you understand what the hell happened to our country.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208Mon, 03 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country Author: Steve Almond Narrator: Steve Almond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country Author: Steve Almond Narrator: Steve Almond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Like a lot of Americans, Steve Almond spent the weeks after the 2016 election lying awake, in a state of dread and bewilderment. The problem wasn’t just the election, but the fact that nobody could explain, in any sort of coherent way, why America had elected a cruel, corrupt, and incompetent man to the Presidency. Bad Stories: What the Hell Just Happened to Our Country is Almond’s effort to make sense of our historical moment, to connect certain dots that go unconnected amid the deluge of hot takes and think pieces. Almond looks to literary voices―from Melville to Orwell, from Bradbury to Baldwin―to help explain the roots of our moral erosion as a people. The book argues that Trumpism is a bad outcome arising directly from the bad stories we tell ourselves. To understand how we got here, we have to confront our cultural delusions: our obsession with entertainment, sports, and political parody, the degeneration of our free press into a for-profit industry, our enduring pathologies of race, class, immigration, and tribalism. Bad Stories is a lamentation aimed at providing clarity. It’s the book you can pass along to an anguished fellow traveler with the promise, This will help you understand what the hell happened to our country.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-you-should-know-about-politics-but-don-t-a-nonpartisan-guide-to-the-issues-that-matter-by-jessamyn-conrad--65209484https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Should Know About Politics . . . But Don't: A Nonpartisan Guide to the Issues That Matter Author: Jessamyn Conrad Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a world of sound bites, deliberate misinformation, and a political scene that is colored by the blue versus red partisan divide. How does the average educated American find a reliable source that's free of political spin? What You Should Know About Politics . . . But Don't breaks it all down, issue by issue, explaining who stands for what, and why—whether it's the economy, income inequality, Obamacare, foreign policy, education, immigration, or climate change. If you're a Democrat, a Republican, or somewhere in between, it's the perfect book to brush up on a single topic or read through to get a deeper understanding of the often mucky world of American politics. This is an essential volume for understanding the background to the 2016 presidential election. But it is also a book that transcends the season. It's truly for anyone who wants to know more about the issues, which are perennial issues that will continue to affect our everyday lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349669Fri, 31 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Should Know About Politics . . . But Don't: A Nonpartisan Guide to the Issues That Matter Author: Jessamyn Conrad Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Should Know About Politics . . . But Don't: A Nonpartisan Guide to the Issues That Matter Author: Jessamyn Conrad Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a world of sound bites, deliberate misinformation, and a political scene that is colored by the blue versus red partisan divide. How does the average educated American find a reliable source that's free of political spin? What You Should Know About Politics . . . But Don't breaks it all down, issue by issue, explaining who stands for what, and why—whether it's the economy, income inequality, Obamacare, foreign policy, education, immigration, or climate change. If you're a Democrat, a Republican, or somewhere in between, it's the perfect book to brush up on a single topic or read through to get a deeper understanding of the often mucky world of American politics. This is an essential volume for understanding the background to the 2016 presidential election. But it is also a book that transcends the season. It's truly for anyone who wants to know more about the issues, which are perennial issues that will continue to affect our everyday lives.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/just-responsibility-a-human-rights-theory-of-global-justice-by-brooke-a-ackerly--65209463https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Responsibility: A Human Rights Theory of Global Justice Author: Brooke A. Ackerly Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It has been well-established that many of the injustices that people around the world experience every day, from food insecurity to unsafe labor conditions and natural disasters, are the result of wide-scale structural problems of politics and economics. These are not merely random personal problems or consequences of bad luck or bad planning. Confronted by this fact, it is natural to ask what should or can we do to mitigate everyday injustices? In one sense, we answer this question when we buy the local homeless street newspaper, decide where to buy our clothes, remember our reusable bags when we shop, donate to disaster relief, or send letters to corporations about labor rights. But given the global scale of injustices related to poverty, environmental change, gender, and labor, can these individual acts really impact the seemingly intractable global social, political, and economic structures that perpetuate and exacerbate them? Moreover, can we respond to injustices in the world in ways that do more than just address their consequences? Just Responsibility integrates ways of taking political responsibility into a rich theory of political community, accountability, and leadership in which taking responsibility for injustice itself transforms the fabric of political life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349650Fri, 31 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Responsibility: A Human Rights Theory of Global Justice Author: Brooke A. Ackerly Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Responsibility: A Human Rights Theory of Global Justice Author: Brooke A. Ackerly Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It has been well-established that many of the injustices that people around the world experience every day, from food insecurity to unsafe labor conditions and natural disasters, are the result of wide-scale structural problems of politics and economics. These are not merely random personal problems or consequences of bad luck or bad planning. Confronted by this fact, it is natural to ask what should or can we do to mitigate everyday injustices? In one sense, we answer this question when we buy the local homeless street newspaper, decide where to buy our clothes, remember our reusable bags when we shop, donate to disaster relief, or send letters to corporations about labor rights. But given the global scale of injustices related to poverty, environmental change, gender, and labor, can these individual acts really impact the seemingly intractable global social, political, and economic structures that perpetuate and exacerbate them? Moreover, can we respond to injustices in the world in ways that do more than just address their consequences? Just Responsibility integrates ways of taking political responsibility into a rich theory of political community, accountability, and leadership in which taking responsibility for injustice itself transforms the fabric of political life.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/arrest-proof-yourself-second-edition-by-wes-denham-dale-c-carson--65209425https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arrest-Proof Yourself: Second Edition Author: Wes Denham, Dale C. Carson Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What do you say if a cop pulls you over and asks to search your car? What if he gets up in your face and uses a racial slur? What if there's a roach in the ashtray? And what if your hot-headed teenage son is at the wheel? If you listen to this book, you'll know exactly what to do and say. More people than ever are getting arrested—usually for petty offenses against laws that rarely used to be enforced. And because arrest information is so easily available via the Internet, just one little arrest can disqualify you from jobs, financing, and education. This eye-opening book tells you everything you need to know about how cops operate, the little things that can get you in trouble, and how to stay free from the hungry jaws of the criminal justice system. It is now updated with new and important information on the right of the police to search your car; on guns, knives, and self-defense; and on changes in surveillance methods.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349687Fri, 31 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arrest-Proof Yourself: Second Edition Author: Wes Denham, Dale C. Carson Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arrest-Proof Yourself: Second Edition Author: Wes Denham, Dale C. Carson Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What do you say if a cop pulls you over and asks to search your car? What if he gets up in your face and uses a racial slur? What if there's a roach in the ashtray? And what if your hot-headed teenage son is at the wheel? If you listen to this book, you'll know exactly what to do and say. More people than ever are getting arrested—usually for petty offenses against laws that rarely used to be enforced. And because arrest information is so easily available via the Internet, just one little arrest can disqualify you from jobs, financing, and education. This eye-opening book tells you everything you need to know about how cops operate, the little things that can get you in trouble, and how to stay free from the hungry jaws of the criminal justice system. It is now updated with new and important information on the right of the police to search your car; on guns, knives, and self-defense; and on changes in surveillance methods.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-21-lecciones-para-el-siglo-xxi-by-yuval-noah-harari--65209460https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Carlos Manuel Vesga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las mejores obras contemporáneas para escuchar Sapiens es un recorrido por nuestro pasado. Homo Deus, una mirada a nuestro futuro. 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI es una exploración de nuestro presente. ¿Cómo podemos protegernos de las guerras nucleares, los cataclismos ecológicos o las tecnologías disruptivas? ¿Qué podemos hacer contra la propagación de la posverdad o la amenaza del terrorismo? ¿Qué debemos enseñar a nuestros hijos? Con la misma prosa inteligente, fresca y provocadora, Harari vuelve a librerías con un nuevo título, 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI, en el que examina algunas de las cuestiones más urgentes de nuestro presente. El hilo dorado que recorre este estimulante nuevo libro es el desafío de mantener nuestro enfoque colectivo e individual frente al constante y desorientador cambio que estamos viviendo. ¿Somos aún capaces de entender el mundo que hemos creado?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347063Thu, 30 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Carlos Manuel Vesga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Carlos Manuel Vesga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las mejores obras contemporáneas para escuchar Sapiens es un recorrido por nuestro pasado. Homo Deus, una mirada a nuestro futuro. 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI es una exploración de nuestro presente. ¿Cómo podemos protegernos de las guerras nucleares, los cataclismos ecológicos o las tecnologías disruptivas? ¿Qué podemos hacer contra la propagación de la posverdad o la amenaza del terrorismo? ¿Qué debemos enseñar a nuestros hijos? Con la misma prosa inteligente, fresca y provocadora, Harari vuelve a librerías con un nuevo título, 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI, en el que examina algunas de las cuestiones más urgentes de nuestro presente. El hilo dorado que recorre este estimulante nuevo libro es el desafío de mantener nuestro enfoque colectivo e individual frente al constante y desorientador cambio que estamos viviendo. ¿Somos aún capaces de entender el mundo que hemos creado?]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-the-ramparts-how-bush-and-obama-paved-the-way-for-the-trump-presidency-and-why-it-isn-t-too-late-to-reverse-course-by-ralph-nader--65209483https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the Ramparts: How Bush and Obama Paved the Way for the Trump Presidency, and Why It Isn't Too Late to Reverse Course Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America's number one citizen Ralph Nader's latest book shows us how unchecked corporate power has led to the wrecking ball that is the Trump presidency. Nader brings together the outrages of the Trump administration with the key flaws and failures of the previous administrations—both Republican and Democratic—that have led our nation to its current precipice. It's all in the details, and Ralph Nader knows them all. Trump didn't come out of nowhere. Bush and Obama led the way. Writing as a Washington, D.C., activist and people's advocate for over fifty years—someone who has saved more lives and caused more impactful legislation to be enacted than almost any sitting president or legislator—Nader shows how Trump's crimes and misdemeanors followed the path of no resistance of the Obama, Bush, and Clinton regimes, which ushered in the extreme rise of corporate power and the abandonment of the poor and middle classes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349502Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the Ramparts: How Bush and Obama Paved the Way for the Trump Presidency, and Why It Isn't Too Late to Reverse Course Author: Ralph Nader Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the Ramparts: How Bush and Obama Paved the Way for the Trump Presidency, and Why It Isn't Too Late to Reverse Course Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America's number one citizen Ralph Nader's latest book shows us how unchecked corporate power has led to the wrecking ball that is the Trump presidency. Nader brings together the outrages of the Trump administration with the key flaws and failures of the previous administrations—both Republican and Democratic—that have led our nation to its current precipice. It's all in the details, and Ralph Nader knows them all. Trump didn't come out of nowhere. Bush and Obama led the way. Writing as a Washington, D.C., activist and people's advocate for over fifty years—someone who has saved more lives and caused more impactful legislation to be enacted than almost any sitting president or legislator—Nader shows how Trump's crimes and misdemeanors followed the path of no resistance of the Obama, Bush, and Clinton regimes, which ushered in the extreme rise of corporate power and the abandonment of the poor and middle classes.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/real-enemies-conspiracy-theories-and-american-democracy-world-war-i-to-9-11-by-kathryn-s-olmsted--65209481https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Enemies: Conspiracy Theories and American Democracy, World War I to 9/11 Author: Kathryn S. Olmsted Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many Americans believe that their own government is guilty of shocking crimes. Government agents shot the president. They faked the moon landing. They stood by and allowed the murders of 2,400 servicemen in Hawaii. Although paranoia has been a feature of the American scene since the birth of the Republic, in Real Enemies Kathryn Olmsted shows that it was only in the twentieth century that strange and unlikely conspiracy theories became central to American politics. In particular, she posits World War I as a critical turning point and shows that as the federal bureaucracy expanded, Americans grew more fearful of the government itself—the military, the intelligence community, and even the President. Analyzing the wide-spread suspicions surrounding such events as Pearl Harbor, the JFK assassination, Watergate, and 9/11, Olmsted sheds light on why so many Americans believe that their government conspires against them, why more people believe these theories over time, and how real conspiracies—such as the infamous Northwoods plan—have fueled our paranoia about the governments we ourselves elect.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Enemies: Conspiracy Theories and American Democracy, World War I to 9/11 Author: Kathryn S. Olmsted Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Enemies: Conspiracy Theories and American Democracy, World War I to 9/11 Author: Kathryn S. Olmsted Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many Americans believe that their own government is guilty of shocking crimes. Government agents shot the president. They faked the moon landing. They stood by and allowed the murders of 2,400 servicemen in Hawaii. Although paranoia has been a feature of the American scene since the birth of the Republic, in Real Enemies Kathryn Olmsted shows that it was only in the twentieth century that strange and unlikely conspiracy theories became central to American politics. In particular, she posits World War I as a critical turning point and shows that as the federal bureaucracy expanded, Americans grew more fearful of the government itself—the military, the intelligence community, and even the President. Analyzing the wide-spread suspicions surrounding such events as Pearl Harbor, the JFK assassination, Watergate, and 9/11, Olmsted sheds light on why so many Americans believe that their government conspires against them, why more people believe these theories over time, and how real conspiracies—such as the infamous Northwoods plan—have fueled our paranoia about the governments we ourselves elect.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-captured-economy-how-the-powerful-enrich-themselves-slow-down-growth-and-increase-inequality-by-steven-m-teles-brink-lindsey--65209478https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349534 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captured Economy: How the Powerful Enrich Themselves, Slow Down Growth, and Increase Inequality Author: Steven M. Teles, Brink Lindsey Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For years, America has been plagued by slow economic growth and increasing inequality. Yet economists have long taught that there is a tradeoff between equity and efficiency—that is, between making a bigger pie and dividing it more fairly. That is why our current predicament is so puzzling: today, we are faced with both a stagnating economy and sky-high inequality. In The Captured Economy, Brink Lindsey and Steven M. Teles identify a common factor behind these twin ills: breakdowns in democratic governance that allow wealthy special interests to capture the policymaking process for their own benefit. They document the proliferation of regressive regulations that redistribute wealth and income up the economic scale while stifling entrepreneurship and innovation. When the state entrenches privilege by subverting market competition, the tradeoff between equity and efficiency no longer holds. Over the past four decades, new regulatory barriers have worked to shield the powerful from the rigors of competition, thereby inflating their incomes—sometimes to an extravagant degree. Lindsey and Teles detail four of the most important cases: subsidies for the financial sector's excessive risk taking, overprotection of copyrights and patents, favoritism toward incumbent businesses through occupational licensing schemes, and the NIMBY-led escalation of land use controls that drive up rents for everyone else. Freeing the economy from regressive regulatory capture will be difficult. Lindsey and Teles are realistic about the chances for reform, but they offer a set of promising strategies to improve democratic deliberation and open pathways for meaningful policy change. An original and counterintuitive interpretation of the forces driving inequality and stagnation, The Captured Economy is a 'must-listen' for anyone concerned about America's mounting economic problems and the social tensions they are sparking.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349534Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349534 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captured Economy: How the Powerful Enrich Themselves, Slow Down Growth, and Increase Inequality Author: Steven M. Teles, Brink Lindsey Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349534 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captured Economy: How the Powerful Enrich Themselves, Slow Down Growth, and Increase Inequality Author: Steven M. Teles, Brink Lindsey Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For years, America has been plagued by slow economic growth and increasing inequality. Yet economists have long taught that there is a tradeoff between equity and efficiency—that is, between making a bigger pie and dividing it more fairly. That is why our current predicament is so puzzling: today, we are faced with both a stagnating economy and sky-high inequality. In The Captured Economy, Brink Lindsey and Steven M. Teles identify a common factor behind these twin ills: breakdowns in democratic governance that allow wealthy special interests to capture the policymaking process for their own benefit. They document the proliferation of regressive regulations that redistribute wealth and income up the economic scale while stifling entrepreneurship and innovation. When the state entrenches privilege by subverting market competition, the tradeoff between equity and efficiency no longer holds. Over the past four decades, new regulatory barriers have worked to shield the powerful from the rigors of competition, thereby inflating their incomes—sometimes to an extravagant degree. Lindsey and Teles detail four of the most important cases: subsidies for the financial sector's excessive risk taking, overprotection of copyrights and patents, favoritism toward incumbent businesses through occupational licensing schemes, and the NIMBY-led escalation of land use controls that drive up rents for everyone else. Freeing the economy from regressive regulatory capture will be difficult. Lindsey and Teles are realistic about the chances for reform, but they offer a set of promising strategies to improve democratic deliberation and open pathways for meaningful policy change. An original and counterintuitive interpretation of the forces driving inequality and stagnation, The Captured Economy is a 'must-listen' for anyone concerned about America's mounting economic problems and the social tensions they are sparking.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-the-shadow-of-korematsu-democratic-liberties-and-national-security-by-eric-k-yamamoto--65209465https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of Korematsu: Democratic Liberties and National Security Author: Eric K. Yamamoto Narrator: David Shih Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The national security and civil liberties tensions of the World War II mass incarceration link 9/11 and the 2015 Paris–San Bernardino attacks to the Trump era in America—an era darkened by accelerating discrimination against and intimidation of those asserting rights of freedom of religion, association and speech, and an era marked by increasingly volatile protests. This book discusses the broad civil liberties challenges posed by these past-into-the-future linkages, highlighting pressing questions about the significance of judicial independence for a constitutional democracy committed both to security and to the rule of law. What will happen when those profiled, detained, harassed, or discriminated against under the mantle of national security turn to the courts for legal protection? How will the U.S. courts respond to the need to protect both society and fundamental democratic values of our political process? Will courts fall passively in line with the elective branches, as they did in Korematsu v. United States, or serve as the guardian of the Bill of Rights, scrutinizing claims of 'pressing public necessity' as justification for curtailing fundamental liberties?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349506Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of Korematsu: Democratic Liberties and National Security Author: Eric K. Yamamoto Narrator: David Shih Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of Korematsu: Democratic Liberties and National Security Author: Eric K. Yamamoto Narrator: David Shih Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The national security and civil liberties tensions of the World War II mass incarceration link 9/11 and the 2015 Paris–San Bernardino attacks to the Trump era in America—an era darkened by accelerating discrimination against and intimidation of those asserting rights of freedom of religion, association and speech, and an era marked by increasingly volatile protests. This book discusses the broad civil liberties challenges posed by these past-into-the-future linkages, highlighting pressing questions about the significance of judicial independence for a constitutional democracy committed both to security and to the rule of law. What will happen when those profiled, detained, harassed, or discriminated against under the mantle of national security turn to the courts for legal protection? How will the U.S. courts respond to the need to protect both society and fundamental democratic values of our political process? Will courts fall passively in line with the elective branches, as they did in Korematsu v. United States, or serve as the guardian of the Bill of Rights, scrutinizing claims of 'pressing public necessity' as justification for curtailing fundamental liberties?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hubert-humphrey-the-conscience-of-the-country-by-arnold-a-offner--65209430https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hubert Humphrey: The Conscience of the Country Author: Arnold A. Offner Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hubert Humphrey (1911–1978) was one of the great liberal leaders of postwar American politics, yet because he never made it to the Oval Office he has been largely overlooked by biographers. His career encompassed three well-known high points: the civil rights speech at the 1948 Democratic Convention that risked his political future; his shepherding of the 1964 Civil Rights Act through the Senate; and his nea-victory in the 1968 presidential election, one of the angriest and most divisive in the country's history. Historian Arnold A. Offner has explored vast troves of archival records to recapture Humphrey's life, giving us previously unknown details of the vice president’s fractious relationship with Lyndon Johnson, showing how Johnson colluded with Richard Nixon to deny Humphrey the presidency, and describing the most neglected aspect of Humphrey’s career: his major legislative achievements after returning to the Senate in 1970. This definitive biography rediscovers one of America’s great political figures.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349683Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hubert Humphrey: The Conscience of the Country Author: Arnold A. Offner Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 11 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hubert Humphrey: The Conscience of the Country Author: Arnold A. Offner Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hubert Humphrey (1911–1978) was one of the great liberal leaders of postwar American politics, yet because he never made it to the Oval Office he has been largely overlooked by biographers. His career encompassed three well-known high points: the civil rights speech at the 1948 Democratic Convention that risked his political future; his shepherding of the 1964 Civil Rights Act through the Senate; and his nea-victory in the 1968 presidential election, one of the angriest and most divisive in the country's history. Historian Arnold A. Offner has explored vast troves of archival records to recapture Humphrey's life, giving us previously unknown details of the vice president’s fractious relationship with Lyndon Johnson, showing how Johnson colluded with Richard Nixon to deny Humphrey the presidency, and describing the most neglected aspect of Humphrey’s career: his major legislative achievements after returning to the Senate in 1970. This definitive biography rediscovers one of America’s great political figures.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/godless-citizens-in-a-godly-republic-atheists-in-american-public-life-by-r-laurence-moore-isaac-kramnick--65209486https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Godless Citizens in a Godly Republic: Atheists in American Public Life Author: R. Laurence Moore, Isaac Kramnick Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From colonial times into the twentieth century, our laws and court cases ignored atheism, assuming that all good Americans were religious. Americans came to associate atheism with radical social philosophies that advocated violence—especially anarchism and communism. Avowed nonbelievers were derided, even the famous patriot Thomas Paine. Only in the twentieth century, with the passage of laws allowing for conscientious objection to war, did nonbelief enter debates about religious liberty. Still, today every one of the fifty states has God written into its constitution, with eight requiring a belief in God for holding public office. God is everywhere in American public life: on our currency, in the Pledge of Allegiance, and in the national motto. R. Laurence Moore and Isaac Kramnick explore both God's omnipresence and the dramatic rise in nonbelievers that has led to an 'atheist awakening' intent on holding the country to its secular principles.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347690Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Godless Citizens in a Godly Republic: Atheists in American Public Life Author: R. Laurence Moore, Isaac Kramnick Narrator: Matthew Boston Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Godless Citizens in a Godly Republic: Atheists in American Public Life Author: R. Laurence Moore, Isaac Kramnick Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From colonial times into the twentieth century, our laws and court cases ignored atheism, assuming that all good Americans were religious. Americans came to associate atheism with radical social philosophies that advocated violence—especially anarchism and communism. Avowed nonbelievers were derided, even the famous patriot Thomas Paine. Only in the twentieth century, with the passage of laws allowing for conscientious objection to war, did nonbelief enter debates about religious liberty. Still, today every one of the fifty states has God written into its constitution, with eight requiring a belief in God for holding public office. God is everywhere in American public life: on our currency, in the Pledge of Allegiance, and in the national motto. R. Laurence Moore and Isaac Kramnick explore both God's omnipresence and the dramatic rise in nonbelievers that has led to an 'atheist awakening' intent on holding the country to its secular principles.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-land-of-open-graves-living-and-dying-on-the-migrant-trail-by-jason-de-leon--65209485https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land of Open Graves: Living and Dying on the Migrant Trail Author: Jason De León Narrator: Ramon De Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his gripping and provocative debut, anthropologist Jason De León sheds light on one of the most pressing political issues of our time—the human consequences of U.S. immigration policy. The Land of Open Graves reveals the suffering and deaths that occur daily in the Sonoran Desert of Arizona as thousands of undocumented migrants attempt to cross the border from Mexico into the United States. Drawing on the four major fields of anthropology, De León uses an innovative combination of ethnography, archaeology, linguistics, and forensic science to produce a scathing critique of 'Prevention through Deterrence,' the federal border enforcement policy that encourages migrants to cross in areas characterized by extreme environmental conditions and high risk of death. For two decades, this policy has failed to deter border crossers while successfully turning the rugged terrain of southern Arizona into a killing field. In harrowing detail, De León chronicles the journeys of people who have made dozens of attempts to cross the border and uncovers the stories of the objects and bodies left behind in the desert. The Land of Open Graves will spark debate and controversy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347665Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land of Open Graves: Living and Dying on the Migrant Trail Author: Jason De León Narrator: Ramon De Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land of Open Graves: Living and Dying on the Migrant Trail Author: Jason De León Narrator: Ramon De Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his gripping and provocative debut, anthropologist Jason De León sheds light on one of the most pressing political issues of our time—the human consequences of U.S. immigration policy. The Land of Open Graves reveals the suffering and deaths that occur daily in the Sonoran Desert of Arizona as thousands of undocumented migrants attempt to cross the border from Mexico into the United States. Drawing on the four major fields of anthropology, De León uses an innovative combination of ethnography, archaeology, linguistics, and forensic science to produce a scathing critique of 'Prevention through Deterrence,' the federal border enforcement policy that encourages migrants to cross in areas characterized by extreme environmental conditions and high risk of death. For two decades, this policy has failed to deter border crossers while successfully turning the rugged terrain of southern Arizona into a killing field. In harrowing detail, De León chronicles the journeys of people who have made dozens of attempts to cross the border and uncovers the stories of the objects and bodies left behind in the desert. The Land of Open Graves will spark debate and controversy.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/henry-clay-the-man-who-would-be-president-by-james-c-klotter--65209482https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347670 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Henry Clay: The Man Who Would Be President Author: James C. Klotter Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Charismatic, charming, and one of the best orators of his era, Henry Clay seemed to have it all. He offered a comprehensive plan of change for America, and he directed national affairs as Speaker of the House, as Secretary of State to John Quincy Adams—the man he put in office—and as acknowledged leader of the Whig party. As the broker of the Missouri Compromise and the Compromise of 1850, Henry Clay fought to keep a young nation united when westward expansion and slavery threatened to tear it apart. Yet, despite his talent and achievements, Henry Clay never became president. Three times he received Electoral College votes, twice more he sought his party's nomination, yet each time he was defeated. Alongside fellow senatorial greats Daniel Webster and John C. Calhoun, Clay was in the mix almost every moment from 1824 to 1848. Given his prominence, perhaps the years should be termed not the Jacksonian Era but rather the Age of Clay. James C. Klotter uses new research and offers a more focused, nuanced explanation of Clay's programs and politics in order to answer the question of why the man they called 'The Great Rejected' never won the presidency but did win the accolades of history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347670Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347670 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Henry Clay: The Man Who Would Be President Author: James C. Klotter Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 14...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347670 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Henry Clay: The Man Who Would Be President Author: James C. Klotter Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Charismatic, charming, and one of the best orators of his era, Henry Clay seemed to have it all. He offered a comprehensive plan of change for America, and he directed national affairs as Speaker of the House, as Secretary of State to John Quincy Adams—the man he put in office—and as acknowledged leader of the Whig party. As the broker of the Missouri Compromise and the Compromise of 1850, Henry Clay fought to keep a young nation united when westward expansion and slavery threatened to tear it apart. Yet, despite his talent and achievements, Henry Clay never became president. Three times he received Electoral College votes, twice more he sought his party's nomination, yet each time he was defeated. Alongside fellow senatorial greats Daniel Webster and John C. Calhoun, Clay was in the mix almost every moment from 1824 to 1848. Given his prominence, perhaps the years should be termed not the Jacksonian Era but rather the Age of Clay. James C. Klotter uses new research and offers a more focused, nuanced explanation of Clay's programs and politics in order to answer the question of why the man they called 'The Great Rejected' never won the presidency but did win the accolades of history.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/populism-a-very-short-introduction-by-cas-mudde-cristobal-rovira-kaltwasser--65209480https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Populism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Cas Mudde, Cristobal Rovira Kaltwasser Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Populism is a central concept in the current media debates about politics and elections. However, like most political buzzwords, the term often floats from one meaning to another, and both social scientists and journalists use it to denote diverse phenomena. What is populism really? Who are the populist leaders? And what is the relationship between populism and democracy? This book answers these questions in a simple and persuasive way, offering a swift guide to populism in theory and practice. Cas Mudde and Cristóbal Rovira Kaltwasser present populism as an ideology that divides society into two antagonistic camps, the 'pure people' versus the 'corrupt elite,' and that privileges the general will of the people above all else. They illustrate the practical power of this ideology through a survey of representative populist movements of the modern era: European right-wing parties, left-wing presidents in Latin America, and the Tea Party movement in the United States. The authors delve into the ambivalent personalities of charismatic populist leaders such as Juan Domingo Péron, H. Ross Perot, Jean-Marie le Pen, Silvio Berlusconi, and Hugo Chávez. If the strong male leader embodies the mainstream form of populism, many resolute women, such as Eva Péron, Pauline Hanson, and Sarah Palin, have also succeeded in building a populist status, often by exploiting gendered notions of society. Although populism is ultimately part of democracy, populist movements constitute an increasing challenge to democratic politics. Comparing political trends across different countries, this compelling book debates what the long-term consequences of this challenge could be, as it turns the spotlight on the bewildering effect of populism on today's political and social life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347674Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Populism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Cas Mudde, Cristobal Rovira Kaltwasser Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Populism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Cas Mudde, Cristobal Rovira Kaltwasser Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Populism is a central concept in the current media debates about politics and elections. However, like most political buzzwords, the term often floats from one meaning to another, and both social scientists and journalists use it to denote diverse phenomena. What is populism really? Who are the populist leaders? And what is the relationship between populism and democracy? This book answers these questions in a simple and persuasive way, offering a swift guide to populism in theory and practice. Cas Mudde and Cristóbal Rovira Kaltwasser present populism as an ideology that divides society into two antagonistic camps, the 'pure people' versus the 'corrupt elite,' and that privileges the general will of the people above all else. They illustrate the practical power of this ideology through a survey of representative populist movements of the modern era: European right-wing parties, left-wing presidents in Latin America, and the Tea Party movement in the United States. The authors delve into the ambivalent personalities of charismatic populist leaders such as Juan Domingo Péron, H. Ross Perot, Jean-Marie le Pen, Silvio Berlusconi, and Hugo Chávez. If the strong male leader embodies the mainstream form of populism, many resolute women, such as Eva Péron, Pauline Hanson, and Sarah Palin, have also succeeded in building a populist status, often by exploiting gendered notions of society. Although populism is ultimately part of democracy, populist movements constitute an increasing challenge to democratic politics. Comparing political trends across different countries, this compelling book debates what the long-term consequences of this challenge could be, as it turns the spotlight on the bewildering effect of populism on today's political and social life.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-chapo-guide-to-revolution-a-manifesto-against-logic-facts-and-reason-by-chapo-trap-house--65209441https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chapo Guide to Revolution: A Manifesto Against Logic, Facts, and Reason Author: Chapo Trap House Narrator: Virgil Texas, Will Menaker, Brendan James, Matt Christman, Felix Biederman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller “Howard Zinn on acid or some bullsh*t like that.” —Tim Heidecker The creators of the cult-hit podcast Chapo Trap House deliver a manifesto for everyone who feels orphaned and alienated—politically, culturally, and economically—by the lanyard-wearing Wall Street centrism of the left and the lizard-brained atavism of the right: there is a better way, the Chapo Way. In a guide that reads like “a weirder, smarter, and deliciously meaner version of The Daily Show’s 2004 America (The Book)” (Paste), Chapo Trap House shows you that you don’t have to side with either sinking ships. These self-described “assholes from the internet” offer a fully ironic ideology for all who feel politically hopeless and prefer broadsides and tirades to reasoned debate. Learn the “secret” history of the world, politics, media, and everything in-between that THEY don’t want you to know and chart a course from our wretched present to a utopian future where one can post in the morning, game in the afternoon, and podcast after dinner without ever becoming a poster, gamer, or podcaster. A book that’s “as intellectually serious and analytically original as it is irreverent and funny” (Glenn Greenwald, New York Times bestselling author of No Place to Hide) The Chapo Guide to Revolution features illustrated taxonomies of contemporary liberal and conservative characters, biographies of important thought leaders, “never before seen” drafts of Aaron Sorkin’s Newsroom manga, and the ten new laws that govern Chapo Year Zero (everyone gets a dog, billionaires are turned into Soylent, and logic is outlawed). If you’re a fan of sacred cows, prisoners being taken, and holds being barred, then this book is NOT for you. However, if you feel disenfranchised from the political and cultural nightmare we’re in, then Chapo, let’s go…]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chapo Guide to Revolution: A Manifesto Against Logic, Facts, and Reason Author: Chapo Trap House Narrator: Virgil Texas, Will Menaker, Brendan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chapo Guide to Revolution: A Manifesto Against Logic, Facts, and Reason Author: Chapo Trap House Narrator: Virgil Texas, Will Menaker, Brendan James, Matt Christman, Felix Biederman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller “Howard Zinn on acid or some bullsh*t like that.” —Tim Heidecker The creators of the cult-hit podcast Chapo Trap House deliver a manifesto for everyone who feels orphaned and alienated—politically, culturally, and economically—by the lanyard-wearing Wall Street centrism of the left and the lizard-brained atavism of the right: there is a better way, the Chapo Way. In a guide that reads like “a weirder, smarter, and deliciously meaner version of The Daily Show’s 2004 America (The Book)” (Paste), Chapo Trap House shows you that you don’t have to side with either sinking ships. These self-described “assholes from the internet” offer a fully ironic ideology for all who feel politically hopeless and prefer broadsides and tirades to reasoned debate. Learn the “secret” history of the world, politics, media, and everything in-between that THEY don’t want you to know and chart a course from our wretched present to a utopian future where one can post in the morning, game in the afternoon, and podcast after dinner without ever becoming a poster, gamer, or podcaster. A book that’s “as intellectually serious and analytically original as it is irreverent and funny” (Glenn Greenwald, New York Times bestselling author of No Place to Hide) The Chapo Guide to Revolution features illustrated taxonomies of contemporary liberal and conservative characters, biographies of important thought leaders, “never before seen” drafts of Aaron Sorkin’s Newsroom manga, and the ten new laws that govern Chapo Year Zero (everyone gets a dog, billionaires are turned into Soylent, and logic is outlawed). If you’re a fan of sacred cows, prisoners being taken, and holds being barred, then this book is NOT for you. However, if you feel disenfranchised from the political and cultural nightmare we’re in, then Chapo, let’s go…]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/armageddon-averted-the-soviet-collapse-1970-2000-by-stephen-kotkin--65209479https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armageddon Averted: The Soviet Collapse, 1970-2000 Author: Stephen Kotkin Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Featuring extensive revisions to the text as well as a new introduction and epilogue—bringing the book completely up to date on the tumultuous politics of the previous decade and the long-term implications of the Soviet collapse—this compact, original, and engaging book offers the definitive account of one of the great historical events of the last fifty years. Combining historical and geopolitical analysis with an absorbing narrative, Kotkin draws upon extensive research, including memoirs by dozens of insiders and senior figures, to illuminate the factors that led to the demise of Communism and the USSR. The new edition puts the collapse in the context of the global economic and political changes from the 1970s to the present day. Kotkin creates a compelling profile of post Soviet Russia and he reminds us, with chilling immediacy, of what could not have been predicted—that the world's largest police state, with several million troops, a doomsday arsenal, and an appalling record of violence, would liquidate itself with barely a whimper. Throughout the book, Kotkin also paints vivid portraits of key personalities. Using recently released archive materials, for example, he offers a fascinating picture of Gorbachev, describing this virtuoso tactician and resolutely committed reformer as 'flabbergasted by the fact that his socialist renewal was leading to the system's liquidation'—and more or less going along with it. At once authoritative and provocative, Armageddon Averted illuminates the collapse of the Soviet Union, revealing how 'principled restraint and scheming self-interest brought a deadly system to meek dissolution.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346977Tue, 14 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armageddon Averted: The Soviet Collapse, 1970-2000 Author: Stephen Kotkin Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armageddon Averted: The Soviet Collapse, 1970-2000 Author: Stephen Kotkin Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Featuring extensive revisions to the text as well as a new introduction and epilogue—bringing the book completely up to date on the tumultuous politics of the previous decade and the long-term implications of the Soviet collapse—this compact, original, and engaging book offers the definitive account of one of the great historical events of the last fifty years. Combining historical and geopolitical analysis with an absorbing narrative, Kotkin draws upon extensive research, including memoirs by dozens of insiders and senior figures, to illuminate the factors that led to the demise of Communism and the USSR. The new edition puts the collapse in the context of the global economic and political changes from the 1970s to the present day. Kotkin creates a compelling profile of post Soviet Russia and he reminds us, with chilling immediacy, of what could not have been predicted—that the world's largest police state, with several million troops, a doomsday arsenal, and an appalling record of violence, would liquidate itself with barely a whimper. Throughout the book, Kotkin also paints vivid portraits of key personalities. Using recently released archive materials, for example, he offers a fascinating picture of Gorbachev, describing this virtuoso tactician and resolutely committed reformer as 'flabbergasted by the fact that his socialist renewal was leading to the system's liquidation'—and more or less going along with it. At once authoritative and provocative, Armageddon Averted illuminates the collapse of the Soviet Union, revealing how 'principled restraint and scheming self-interest brought a deadly system to meek dissolution.']]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/marketcraft-how-governments-make-markets-work-by-steven-k-vogel--65209469https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marketcraft: How Governments Make Markets Work Author: Steven K. Vogel Narrator: Ryan Burke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Modern-day markets do not arise spontaneously or evolve naturally. Rather they are crafted by individuals, firms, and most of all, by governments. Thus 'marketcraft' represents a core function of government comparable to statecraft and requires considerable artistry to govern markets effectively. Just as real-world statecraft can be masterful or muddled, so it is with marketcraft. In Marketcraft, Steven Vogel builds his argument upon the recognition that all markets are crafted then systematically explores the implications for analysis and policy. In modern societies, there is no such thing as a free market. Markets are institutions, and contemporary markets are all heavily regulated. The 'free market revolution' that began in the 1980s did not see a deregulation of markets, but rather a re-regulation. Vogel looks at a wide range of policy issues to support this concept, focusing in particular on the U.S. and Japan. He examines how the U.S., the 'freest' market economy, is actually among the most heavily regulated advanced economies, while Japan's effort to liberalize its economy counterintuitively expanded the government's role in practice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346969Tue, 14 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marketcraft: How Governments Make Markets Work Author: Steven K. Vogel Narrator: Ryan Burke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marketcraft: How Governments Make Markets Work Author: Steven K. Vogel Narrator: Ryan Burke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Modern-day markets do not arise spontaneously or evolve naturally. Rather they are crafted by individuals, firms, and most of all, by governments. Thus 'marketcraft' represents a core function of government comparable to statecraft and requires considerable artistry to govern markets effectively. Just as real-world statecraft can be masterful or muddled, so it is with marketcraft. In Marketcraft, Steven Vogel builds his argument upon the recognition that all markets are crafted then systematically explores the implications for analysis and policy. In modern societies, there is no such thing as a free market. Markets are institutions, and contemporary markets are all heavily regulated. The 'free market revolution' that began in the 1980s did not see a deregulation of markets, but rather a re-regulation. Vogel looks at a wide range of policy issues to support this concept, focusing in particular on the U.S. and Japan. He examines how the U.S., the 'freest' market economy, is actually among the most heavily regulated advanced economies, while Japan's effort to liberalize its economy counterintuitively expanded the government's role in practice.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-are-americans-so-afraid-is-it-too-late-for-americans-to-save-america-by-raymoni-love--65209443https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Americans So Afraid?: Is It Too Late For Americans to Save America Author: Raymoni Love Narrator: Larry D Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: August 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: My fellow Americans, America is in trouble and today is the time that we fix what is wrong with our beloved country. In WHY ARE AMERICANS SO AFRAID? you will find a comprehensive book, that delves into concerns that we as Americans have today. See, we have to change America, because there are far too many children committing murder and doing drugs, and you have government restricting parents from disciplining them in fear of losing their parental rights. You have politicians speaking indifference when it comes to Muslims and Syrian refugees. In WHY ARE AMERICANS SO AFRAID?, Raymoni Love purports that every American, and religions alike must commit themselves to world peace, without having science and technology erase the pith of what our Constitution stands for. America let us stand loudly and proudly together for peace, improved housing, educational facilities, equality and civil liberties. We are Americans, and no longer shall we be afraid to live free and coexist as Americans.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349144Mon, 13 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Americans So Afraid?: Is It Too Late For Americans to Save America Author: Raymoni Love Narrator: Larry D Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Americans So Afraid?: Is It Too Late For Americans to Save America Author: Raymoni Love Narrator: Larry D Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: August 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: My fellow Americans, America is in trouble and today is the time that we fix what is wrong with our beloved country. In WHY ARE AMERICANS SO AFRAID? you will find a comprehensive book, that delves into concerns that we as Americans have today. See, we have to change America, because there are far too many children committing murder and doing drugs, and you have government restricting parents from disciplining them in fear of losing their parental rights. You have politicians speaking indifference when it comes to Muslims and Syrian refugees. In WHY ARE AMERICANS SO AFRAID?, Raymoni Love purports that every American, and religions alike must commit themselves to world peace, without having science and technology erase the pith of what our Constitution stands for. America let us stand loudly and proudly together for peace, improved housing, educational facilities, equality and civil liberties. We are Americans, and no longer shall we be afraid to live free and coexist as Americans.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/backpage-indictment-by-department-of-justice--65209435https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Backpage Indictment Author: Department Of Justice Narrator: Tony D. Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: August 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 93-count indictment on sex trafficking charges revealed against Backpage founders.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349085Thu, 09 Aug 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Backpage Indictment Author: Department Of Justice Narrator: Tony D. Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: August...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Backpage Indictment Author: Department Of Justice Narrator: Tony D. Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: August 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 93-count indictment on sex trafficking charges revealed against Backpage founders.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-historia-de-la-republica-by-chumel-torres--65209470https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La historia de la república Author: Chumel Torres Narrator: Chumel Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Acompáñenme a repasar los sucesos que nos dieron patria, bueno sí, ya sé, ¡que nos dieron en toda la madre!, desde el mundo prehispánico hasta la transición a la democracia... Chumel Torres, con su mirada ácida sobre el México que nos tocó vivir, analiza los desastres de nuestro país y sus gobernantes. El pulso de la república tiene más de 1.7 millones de suscriptores en su canal de Youtube y más de medio millón de seguidores en Twitter. El águila quiere salir del peso mexicano, advierte encabritada: 'Nunca había caído tan bajo.' En Gobernación se analiza su propuesta. En solemne acto promete el presidente de la República que habrá miles de empleos para el siguiente año... en los Estados Unidos, cuando retachen a millones de mexicanos. Con infinita emoción anuncian en rueda de prensa diversos secretarios del gobierno y ministros de justicia: 'La guerra contra el narco ha terminado... ¡Sí, ha terminado con la vida de cientos de miles de mexicanos!' Queridos amigos, pónganse cómodos y prepárense a gozar ('¿Gozar? ¡No jodas, Chumel!') un recorrido por la Histeria de México, ahora y como nunca sabrán cómo este país heroico, sublime y valiente logró convertirse en una facha gracias a los PRImeros pobladores de la Gran Tenochtitlán y sus numerosas PANdillas de mártires que combatieron con valor al más espurio obstinado en desestabilizar nuestro orden económico, político, social y cultural ('Pinche Chumel, ¡nunca hemos tenido estabilidad!'). Por fin sabrán sin censura quien fue Hidalgo, Morelos, Juárez, ah, no, ¡no son estaciones del metro! Acompáñenme a repasar los sucesos que nos dieron patria, bueno sí, ya sé, ¡que nos dieron en toda la madre!, desde el mundo prehispánico, pasando por la época colonial, la Independencia ('¡Ja, no ma...!'), el México ¡independiente!, el Porfiriato, la Revolución, la Devaluación, la transición a la democracia... Yo soy Chumel Torres y esto, ¡esto es La Histeria de la República! ('¡Historia baboso!'), ah chinga... Sí, ¡esto es... La Historia de la República!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347068Thu, 19 Apr 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La historia de la república Author: Chumel Torres Narrator: Chumel Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La historia de la república Author: Chumel Torres Narrator: Chumel Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Acompáñenme a repasar los sucesos que nos dieron patria, bueno sí, ya sé, ¡que nos dieron en toda la madre!, desde el mundo prehispánico hasta la transición a la democracia... Chumel Torres, con su mirada ácida sobre el México que nos tocó vivir, analiza los desastres de nuestro país y sus gobernantes. El pulso de la república tiene más de 1.7 millones de suscriptores en su canal de Youtube y más de medio millón de seguidores en Twitter. El águila quiere salir del peso mexicano, advierte encabritada: 'Nunca había caído tan bajo.' En Gobernación se analiza su propuesta. En solemne acto promete el presidente de la República que habrá miles de empleos para el siguiente año... en los Estados Unidos, cuando retachen a millones de mexicanos. Con infinita emoción anuncian en rueda de prensa diversos secretarios del gobierno y ministros de justicia: 'La guerra contra el narco ha terminado... ¡Sí, ha terminado con la vida de cientos de miles de mexicanos!' Queridos amigos, pónganse cómodos y prepárense a gozar ('¿Gozar? ¡No jodas, Chumel!') un recorrido por la Histeria de México, ahora y como nunca sabrán cómo este país heroico, sublime y valiente logró convertirse en una facha gracias a los PRImeros pobladores de la Gran Tenochtitlán y sus numerosas PANdillas de mártires que combatieron con valor al más espurio obstinado en desestabilizar nuestro orden económico, político, social y cultural ('Pinche Chumel, ¡nunca hemos tenido estabilidad!'). Por fin sabrán sin censura quien fue Hidalgo, Morelos, Juárez, ah, no, ¡no son estaciones del metro! Acompáñenme a repasar los sucesos que nos dieron patria, bueno sí, ya sé, ¡que nos dieron en toda la madre!, desde el mundo prehispánico, pasando por la época colonial, la Independencia ('¡Ja, no ma...!'), el México ¡independiente!, el Porfiriato, la Revolución, la Devaluación, la transición a la democracia... Yo soy Chumel Torres y esto, ¡esto es La Histeria de la República! ('¡Historia baboso!'), ah chinga... Sí, ¡esto es... La Historia de la República!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/marx-and-marxism-by-gregory-claeys--65209471https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx and Marxism Author: Gregory Claeys Narrator: Michael Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why was Marx so successful as a thinker? Did he have a system and if so, what does it consist of? How did Marxism develop in the twentieth century and what does it mean today? Karl Marx remains the most influential and controversial political thinker in history. The movements associated with his name have lent hope to many victims of tyranny and aggression but have also proven disastrous in practice and resulted in the unnecessary deaths of millions. If after the collapse of the Soviet Union his reputation seemed utterly eclipsed, a new generation is reading and discovering Marx in the wake of the recurrent financial crises, growing social inequality and an increasing sense of the injustice and destructiveness of capitalism. Both his critique of capitalism and his vision of the future speak across the centuries to our times, even if the questions he poses are more difficult to answer than ever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354904Thu, 05 Apr 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx and Marxism Author: Gregory Claeys Narrator: Michael Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx and Marxism Author: Gregory Claeys Narrator: Michael Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why was Marx so successful as a thinker? Did he have a system and if so, what does it consist of? How did Marxism develop in the twentieth century and what does it mean today? Karl Marx remains the most influential and controversial political thinker in history. The movements associated with his name have lent hope to many victims of tyranny and aggression but have also proven disastrous in practice and resulted in the unnecessary deaths of millions. If after the collapse of the Soviet Union his reputation seemed utterly eclipsed, a new generation is reading and discovering Marx in the wake of the recurrent financial crises, growing social inequality and an increasing sense of the injustice and destructiveness of capitalism. Both his critique of capitalism and his vision of the future speak across the centuries to our times, even if the questions he poses are more difficult to answer than ever.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/has-the-west-lost-it-a-provocation-by-kishore-mahbubani--65209370https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has the West Lost It?: A Provocation Author: Kishore Mahbubani Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin Audio presents Has the West Lost It? by Kishore Mahbubani, read by Jonathan Keeble. The West's centuries-old status as the centre of global wealth and power is coming to an end. As the new powers - China and India from Asia and others from Africa and Latin America - rise to the top of the world's pecking order, how should the West react? Kishore Mahbubani argues passionately and provocatively that the West can no longer impose its power and ideals on the world at large, and - paradoxically - that only by admitting its decline can the West set itself up for strategic success in the long term. Mahbubani examines the myths and self-delusions of Western power with an outsider's critical eye, and the shocking freshness of his geopolitical analysis will give all Westerners and political thinkers pause for thought.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351376Thu, 05 Apr 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has the West Lost It?: A Provocation Author: Kishore Mahbubani Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has the West Lost It?: A Provocation Author: Kishore Mahbubani Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin Audio presents Has the West Lost It? by Kishore Mahbubani, read by Jonathan Keeble. The West's centuries-old status as the centre of global wealth and power is coming to an end. As the new powers - China and India from Asia and others from Africa and Latin America - rise to the top of the world's pecking order, how should the West react? Kishore Mahbubani argues passionately and provocatively that the West can no longer impose its power and ideals on the world at large, and - paradoxically - that only by admitting its decline can the West set itself up for strategic success in the long term. Mahbubani examines the myths and self-delusions of Western power with an outsider's critical eye, and the shocking freshness of his geopolitical analysis will give all Westerners and political thinkers pause for thought.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secret-barrister-stories-of-the-law-and-how-it-s-broken-by-the-secret-barrister--65209313https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358244 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Barrister: Stories of the Law and How It's Broken Author: The Secret Barrister Narrator: Jack Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An anonymous barrister's darkly comic and moving first-hand account of life in the legal system, and how it's failing us all. The Sunday Times number one bestseller. Winner of the Books are My Bag Non-Fiction Award. Shortlisted for Waterstones Book of the Year. Shortlisted for Specsavers Non-Fiction Book of the Year. ‘Eye-opening, funny and horrifying’ – Observer You may not wish to think about it, but one day you or someone you love will almost certainly appear in a criminal courtroom. You might be a juror, a victim, a witness or – perhaps through no fault of your own – a defendant. Whatever your role, you’d expect a fair trial. I’m a barrister. I work in the criminal justice system, and every day I see how fairness is not guaranteed. Too often the system fails those it is meant to protect. The innocent are wronged and the guilty allowed to walk free. In The Secret Barrister: Stories of the Law and How It's Broken I want to share some stories from my daily life to show you how the system is broken, who broke it and why we should start caring before it’s too late. A Sunday Times top ten bestseller for twenty-four weeks. ‘Everyone who has any interest in public life should read it’ – Daily Mail]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358244Thu, 22 Mar 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358244 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Barrister: Stories of the Law and How It's Broken Author: The Secret Barrister Narrator: Jack Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358244 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Barrister: Stories of the Law and How It's Broken Author: The Secret Barrister Narrator: Jack Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An anonymous barrister's darkly comic and moving first-hand account of life in the legal system, and how it's failing us all. The Sunday Times number one bestseller. Winner of the Books are My Bag Non-Fiction Award. Shortlisted for Waterstones Book of the Year. Shortlisted for Specsavers Non-Fiction Book of the Year. ‘Eye-opening, funny and horrifying’ – Observer You may not wish to think about it, but one day you or someone you love will almost certainly appear in a criminal courtroom. You might be a juror, a victim, a witness or – perhaps through no fault of your own – a defendant. Whatever your role, you’d expect a fair trial. I’m a barrister. I work in the criminal justice system, and every day I see how fairness is not guaranteed. Too often the system fails those it is meant to protect. The innocent are wronged and the guilty allowed to walk free. In The Secret Barrister: Stories of the Law and How It's Broken I want to share some stories from my daily life to show you how the system is broken, who broke it and why we should start caring before it’s too late. A Sunday Times top ten bestseller for twenty-four weeks. ‘Everyone who has any interest in public life should read it’ – Daily Mail]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stranger-the-challenge-of-a-latino-immigrant-in-the-trump-era-by-jorge-ramos--65209358https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger: The Challenge of a Latino Immigrant in the Trump Era Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Jorge Ramos, Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “There are times when I feel like a stranger in this country. I am not complaining and it’s not for lack of opportunity. But it is something of a disappointment. I never would have imagined that after having spent thirty five years in the United States I would still be a stranger to so many. But that’s how it is”. Jorge Ramos, an Emmy award-winning journalist, Univision’s longtime anchorman and widely considered the “voice of the voiceless” within the Latino community, was forcefully removed from an Iowa press conference in 2015 by then-candidate Donald Trump after trying to ask about his plans on immigration. In this personal manifesto, Ramos sets out to examine what it means to be a Latino immigrant, or just an immigrant, in present-day America. Using current research and statistics, with a journalist’s nose for a story, and interweaving his own personal experience, Ramos shows us the changing face of America while also trying to find an explanation for why he, and millions of others, still feel like strangers in this country. “It is precisely this pattern of confrontation… that has won Ramos the trust of so many Hispanics. They know that in many countries south of the United States, direct questions can provoke not simply a loss of access but also a loss of life.” --Marcela Valdes, The New York Times]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684Tue, 27 Feb 2018 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger: The Challenge of a Latino Immigrant in the Trump Era Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Jorge Ramos, Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355684 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger: The Challenge of a Latino Immigrant in the Trump Era Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Jorge Ramos, Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “There are times when I feel like a stranger in this country. I am not complaining and it’s not for lack of opportunity. But it is something of a disappointment. I never would have imagined that after having spent thirty five years in the United States I would still be a stranger to so many. But that’s how it is”. Jorge Ramos, an Emmy award-winning journalist, Univision’s longtime anchorman and widely considered the “voice of the voiceless” within the Latino community, was forcefully removed from an Iowa press conference in 2015 by then-candidate Donald Trump after trying to ask about his plans on immigration. In this personal manifesto, Ramos sets out to examine what it means to be a Latino immigrant, or just an immigrant, in present-day America. Using current research and statistics, with a journalist’s nose for a story, and interweaving his own personal experience, Ramos shows us the changing face of America while also trying to find an explanation for why he, and millions of others, still feel like strangers in this country. “It is precisely this pattern of confrontation… that has won Ramos the trust of so many Hispanics. They know that in many countries south of the United States, direct questions can provoke not simply a loss of access but also a loss of life.” --Marcela Valdes, The New York Times]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/golden-bones-an-extraordinary-journey-from-hell-in-cambodia-to-a-new-life-in-america-by-sichan-siv--65209348https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Bones: An Extraordinary Journey from Hell in Cambodia to a New Life in America Author: Sichan Siv Narrator: David Thorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 14, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the United States battled the Communists of North Vietnam in the 1960s and ’70s, the neighboring country of Cambodia was attacked from within by dictator Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge. The Khmer Rouge came to power in 1975—the same year that the U.S. presence in Vietnam ended—and began a vicious genocide to return Cambodia to an agrarian society. The Khmer Rouge imprisoned, enslaved, and murdered the educated and intellectual members of the population, resulting in the harrowing “killing fields”—rice paddies where the harvest yielded nothing but millions of skulls. Young Sichan Siv—a target since he was a university graduate—was told by his mother to run and “never give up hope!” Removing his glasses (since only intellectuals wore them), he set out to bicycle across Cambodia. Captured and put to work in a slave labor camp, Siv knew it was only a matter of time before he would be worked to death—or killed. With a daring escape from a logging truck and a desperate run for freedom through the jungle, including falling into a dreaded pungi pit, Siv finally came upon a colorfully dressed farmer who said, “Welcome to Thailand.” He spent months teaching English in a refugee camp in Thailand while regaining his strength, eventually Siv was allowed entry into the United States. Upon his arrival in the U.S., Siv kept striving. Working variously as an apple picker in Connecticut (he saw his first July 4th parade in southern Vermont), a burger flipper, and a New York City cab driver, Siv became a graduate student at Columbia University. During this time he befriended Dith Pran—subject of The Killing Fields. His perseverance was noticed while working on the campaign of George H.W. Bush in 1988, and he was offered a job in the White House. Eventually rising to become a U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, Siv returned with great trepidation to the killing fields of Cambodia in 1992 as a senior representative of the U.S. government. It was an emotionally overwhelming visit. From his first Fourth of July parade in Vermont in 1976 during our nation’s bicentennial, to being the grandmaster at at 2006 July 4th parade in Texas, Sichan Siv has come a long way. A proud American, Siv is now in demand as a speaker at universities and businesses around the country, where his incredible life story never fails to get a standing ovation and bring tears to the eyes of his audience.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354652Tue, 14 Feb 2012 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Bones: An Extraordinary Journey from Hell in Cambodia to a New Life in America Author: Sichan Siv Narrator: David Thorn Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Bones: An Extraordinary Journey from Hell in Cambodia to a New Life in America Author: Sichan Siv Narrator: David Thorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 14, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the United States battled the Communists of North Vietnam in the 1960s and ’70s, the neighboring country of Cambodia was attacked from within by dictator Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge. The Khmer Rouge came to power in 1975—the same year that the U.S. presence in Vietnam ended—and began a vicious genocide to return Cambodia to an agrarian society. The Khmer Rouge imprisoned, enslaved, and murdered the educated and intellectual members of the population, resulting in the harrowing “killing fields”—rice paddies where the harvest yielded nothing but millions of skulls. Young Sichan Siv—a target since he was a university graduate—was told by his mother to run and “never give up hope!” Removing his glasses (since only intellectuals wore them), he set out to bicycle across Cambodia. Captured and put to work in a slave labor camp, Siv knew it was only a matter of time before he would be worked to death—or killed. With a daring escape from a logging truck and a desperate run for freedom through the jungle, including falling into a dreaded pungi pit, Siv finally came upon a colorfully dressed farmer who said, “Welcome to Thailand.” He spent months teaching English in a refugee camp in Thailand while regaining his strength, eventually Siv was allowed entry into the United States. Upon his arrival in the U.S., Siv kept striving. Working variously as an apple picker in Connecticut (he saw his first July 4th parade in southern Vermont), a burger flipper, and a New York City cab driver, Siv became a graduate student at Columbia University. During this time he befriended Dith Pran—subject of The Killing Fields. His perseverance was noticed while working on the campaign of George H.W. Bush in 1988, and he was offered a job in the White House. Eventually rising to become a U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, Siv returned with great trepidation to the killing fields of Cambodia in 1992 as a senior representative of the U.S. government. It was an emotionally overwhelming visit. From his first Fourth of July parade in Vermont in 1976 during our nation’s bicentennial, to being the grandmaster at at 2006 July 4th parade in Texas, Sichan Siv has come a long way. A proud American, Siv is now in demand as a speaker at universities and businesses around the country, where his incredible life story never fails to get a standing ovation and bring tears to the eyes of his audience.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/triple-cross-how-bin-laden-s-master-spy-penetrated-the-cia-the-green-berets-and-the-fbi-by-peter-lance--65209418https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Triple Cross: How Bin Laden’s Master Spy Penetrated the CIA, the Green Berets, and the FBI Author: Peter Lance Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the years leading to the 9/11 attacks, no single agent of al Qaeda was more successful in compromising the U.S. intelligence community than Ali Mohamed. A former Egyptian army captain, Mohamed succeeded in infiltrating the CIA in Europe, the Green Berets at Fort Bragg, and the FBI in California—even as he helped to orchestrate the al Qaeda campaign of terror that culminated in 9/11. As investigative reporter Peter Lance demonstrates in this gripping narrative, senior U.S. law enforcement officials—including the now-celebrated U.S. attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, who personally interviewed Mohamed long before he was brought to ground—were powerless to stop him. In the annals of espionage, few men have moved between the hunters and the hunted with as much audacity as Ali Mohamed. For almost two decades, the former Egyptian army commando succeeded in living a double life. Brazenly slipping past watch lists, he moved in and out of the U.S. with impunity, marrying an American woman, becoming a naturalized citizen, and posing as an FBI informant—all while acting as chief of security for Osama bin Laden and Ayman Al-Zawahiri. Known to his fellow terrorists as Ali Amiriki, or “Ali the American,” Mohamed gained access to the most sensitive intelligence in the U.S. counterterrorism arsenal while brokering terror summits, planning bombing missions, and training jihadis in bomb building, assassination, the creation of sleeper cells, and other acts of espionage. Building on the investigation he first chronicled in his previous books, 1000 Years for Revenge and Cover Up, Lance uses Mohamed to trace the untold story of al Qaeda’s rise in the 1980s and 1990s. Incredibly, Mohamed, who remains in custodial witness protection today, has never been sentenced for his crimes. He exists under a veil of secrecy—a living witness to how the U.S. intelligence community was outflanked for years by the terror network. From his first appearance on the FBI’s radar in 1989—training Islamic extremists on Long Island—to his presence in the database of Operation Able Danger eighteen months before 9/11, this devious triple agent was the one terrorist they had to sweep under the rug. Filled with news-making revelations, Triple Cross exposes the incompetence and duplicity of the FBI and Justice Department before 9/11 . . . and raises serious questions about how many more secrets the Feds may still be hiding.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350168Thu, 08 Dec 2011 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Triple Cross: How Bin Laden’s Master Spy Penetrated the CIA, the Green Berets, and the FBI Author: Peter Lance Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Triple Cross: How Bin Laden’s Master Spy Penetrated the CIA, the Green Berets, and the FBI Author: Peter Lance Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the years leading to the 9/11 attacks, no single agent of al Qaeda was more successful in compromising the U.S. intelligence community than Ali Mohamed. A former Egyptian army captain, Mohamed succeeded in infiltrating the CIA in Europe, the Green Berets at Fort Bragg, and the FBI in California—even as he helped to orchestrate the al Qaeda campaign of terror that culminated in 9/11. As investigative reporter Peter Lance demonstrates in this gripping narrative, senior U.S. law enforcement officials—including the now-celebrated U.S. attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, who personally interviewed Mohamed long before he was brought to ground—were powerless to stop him. In the annals of espionage, few men have moved between the hunters and the hunted with as much audacity as Ali Mohamed. For almost two decades, the former Egyptian army commando succeeded in living a double life. Brazenly slipping past watch lists, he moved in and out of the U.S. with impunity, marrying an American woman, becoming a naturalized citizen, and posing as an FBI informant—all while acting as chief of security for Osama bin Laden and Ayman Al-Zawahiri. Known to his fellow terrorists as Ali Amiriki, or “Ali the American,” Mohamed gained access to the most sensitive intelligence in the U.S. counterterrorism arsenal while brokering terror summits, planning bombing missions, and training jihadis in bomb building, assassination, the creation of sleeper cells, and other acts of espionage. Building on the investigation he first chronicled in his previous books, 1000 Years for Revenge and Cover Up, Lance uses Mohamed to trace the untold story of al Qaeda’s rise in the 1980s and 1990s. Incredibly, Mohamed, who remains in custodial witness protection today, has never been sentenced for his crimes. He exists under a veil of secrecy—a living witness to how the U.S. intelligence community was outflanked for years by the terror network. From his first appearance on the FBI’s radar in 1989—training Islamic extremists on Long Island—to his presence in the database of Operation Able Danger eighteen months before 9/11, this devious triple agent was the one terrorist they had to sweep under the rug. Filled with news-making revelations, Triple Cross exposes the incompetence and duplicity of the FBI and Justice Department before 9/11 . . . and raises serious questions about how many more secrets the Feds may still be hiding.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-trade-a-short-history-of-british-journalism-by-andrew-marr--65209332https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Trade: A Short History of British Journalism Author: Andrew Marr Narrator: Andrew Marr Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 17, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do you decide what is a 'story' and what isn't? What does a newspaper editor actually do all day? How do hacks get their scoops? How do the TV stations choose their news bulletins? How do you persuade people to say those awful, embarrassing things? Who earns what? How do journalists manage to look in the mirror after the way they sometimes behave? The purpose of this insider's account is to provide an answer to all these questions and more. My Trade, Andrew Marr's brilliant, and brilliantly funny, book is a guide to those of us who read newspapers, or who listen to and watch news bulletins but want to know more. Andrew Marr tells the story of modern journalism through his own experience. This is an extremely readable and utterly unique modern social history of British journalism, with all its odd glamour, smashed hopes and future possibility.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357647Fri, 17 Nov 2006 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Trade: A Short History of British Journalism Author: Andrew Marr Narrator: Andrew Marr Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Trade: A Short History of British Journalism Author: Andrew Marr Narrator: Andrew Marr Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 17, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do you decide what is a 'story' and what isn't? What does a newspaper editor actually do all day? How do hacks get their scoops? How do the TV stations choose their news bulletins? How do you persuade people to say those awful, embarrassing things? Who earns what? How do journalists manage to look in the mirror after the way they sometimes behave? The purpose of this insider's account is to provide an answer to all these questions and more. My Trade, Andrew Marr's brilliant, and brilliantly funny, book is a guide to those of us who read newspapers, or who listen to and watch news bulletins but want to know more. Andrew Marr tells the story of modern journalism through his own experience. This is an extremely readable and utterly unique modern social history of British journalism, with all its odd glamour, smashed hopes and future possibility.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mayflower-a-story-of-courage-community-and-war-by-nathaniel-philbrick--65209468https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayflower: A Story of Courage, Community, and War Author: Nathaniel Philbrick Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Vivid and remarkably fresh...Philbrick has recast the Pilgrims for the ages.' --The New York Times Book Review Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history New York Times Book Review Top Ten books of the Year How did America begin? That simple question launches the acclaimed author of Bunker Hill and Valiant Ambition on an extraordinary journey to understand the truth behind our most sacred national myth: the voyage of the Mayflower and the settlement of Plymouth Colony. As Philbrick reveals in this electrifying history of the Pilgrims, the story of Plymouth Colony was a fifty-five year epic that began in peril and ended in war. New England erupted into a bloody conflict that nearly wiped out the English colonists and natives alike. These events shaped the existing communities and the country that would grow from them.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804Tue, 09 May 2006 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayflower: A Story of Courage, Community, and War Author: Nathaniel Philbrick Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayflower: A Story of Courage, Community, and War Author: Nathaniel Philbrick Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Vivid and remarkably fresh...Philbrick has recast the Pilgrims for the ages.' --The New York Times Book Review Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history New York Times Book Review Top Ten books of the Year How did America begin? That simple question launches the acclaimed author of Bunker Hill and Valiant Ambition on an extraordinary journey to understand the truth behind our most sacred national myth: the voyage of the Mayflower and the settlement of Plymouth Colony. As Philbrick reveals in this electrifying history of the Pilgrims, the story of Plymouth Colony was a fifty-five year epic that began in peril and ended in war. New England erupted into a bloody conflict that nearly wiped out the English colonists and natives alike. These events shaped the existing communities and the country that would grow from them.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/master-of-the-senate-the-years-of-lyndon-johnson-volume-iii-part-2-of-a-3-part-recording-by-robert-a-caro--65209305https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master of the Senate: The Years of Lyndon Johnson, Volume III (Part 2 of a 3-Part Recording) Series: Part of The Years of Lyndon Johnson Author: Robert A. Caro Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 12, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Master of the Senate, Book Three of The Years of Lyndon Johnson, carries Johnson’s story through one of its most remarkable periods: his twelve years, from 1949 to 1960, in the United States Senate. At the heart of the book is its unprecedented revelation of how legislative power works in America, how the Senate works, and how Johnson, in his ascent to the presidency, mastered the Senate as no political leader before him had ever done.   It was during these years that all Johnson’s experience—from his Texas Hill Country boyhood to his passionate representation in Congress of his hardscrabble constituents to his tireless construction of a political machine—came to fruition. Caro introduces the story with a dramatic account of the Senate itself: how Daniel Webster, Henry Clay, and John C. Calhoun had made it the center of governmental energy, the forum in which the great issues of the country were thrashed out. And how, by the time Johnson arrived, it had dwindled into a body that merely responded to executive initiatives, all but impervious to the forces of change. Caro anatomizes the genius for political strategy and tactics by which, in an institution that had made the seniority system all-powerful for a century and more, Johnson became Majority Leader after only a single term-the youngest and greatest Senate Leader in our history; how he manipulated the Senate’s hallowed rules and customs and the weaknesses and strengths of his colleagues to change the “unchangeable” Senate from a loose confederation of sovereign senators to a whirring legislative machine under his own iron-fisted control.   Caro demonstrates how Johnson’s political genius enabled him to reconcile the unreconcilable: to retain the support of the southerners who controlled the Senate while earning the trust—or at least the cooperation—of the liberals, led by Paul Douglas and Hubert Humphrey, without whom he could not achieve his goal of winning the presidency. He shows the dark side of Johnson’s ambition: how he proved his loyalty to the great oil barons who had financed his rise to power by ruthlessly destroying the career of the New Dealer who was in charge of regulating them, Federal Power Commission Chairman Leland Olds. And we watch him achieve the impossible: convincing southerners that although he was firmly in their camp as the anointed successor to their leader, Richard Russell, it was essential that they allow him to make some progress toward civil rights. In a breathtaking tour de force, Caro details Johnson’s amazing triumph in maneuvering to passage the first civil rights legislation since 1875.   Master of the Senate, told with an abundance of rich detail that could only have come from Caro’s peerless research, is both a galvanizing portrait of the man himself—the titan of Capital Hill, volcanic, mesmerizing—and a definitive and revelatory study of the workings and personal and legislative power.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359633Fri, 12 Apr 2002 01:22:26 +0000Isobel MarquardtPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master of the Senate: The Years of Lyndon Johnson, Volume III (Part 2 of a 3-Part Recording) Series: Part of The Years of Lyndon Johnson Author: Robert...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master of the Senate: The Years of Lyndon Johnson, Volume III (Part 2 of a 3-Part Recording) Series: Part of The Years of Lyndon Johnson Author: Robert A. Caro Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 12, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Master of the Senate, Book Three of The Years of Lyndon Johnson, carries Johnson’s story through one of its most remarkable periods: his twelve years, from 1949 to 1960, in the United States Senate. At the heart of the book is its unprecedented revelation of how legislative power works in America, how the Senate works, and how Johnson, in his ascent to the presidency, mastered the Senate as no political leader before him had ever done.   It was during these years that all Johnson’s experience—from his Texas Hill Country boyhood to his passionate representation in Congress of his hardscrabble constituents to his tireless construction of a political machine—came to fruition. Caro introduces the story with a dramatic account of the Senate itself: how Daniel Webster, Henry Clay, and John C. Calhoun had made it the center of governmental energy, the forum in which the great issues of the country were thrashed out. And how, by the time Johnson arrived, it had dwindled into a body that merely responded to executive initiatives, all but impervious to the forces of change. Caro anatomizes the genius for political strategy and tactics by which, in an institution that had made the seniority system all-powerful for a century and more, Johnson became Majority Leader after only a single term-the youngest and greatest Senate Leader in our history; how he manipulated the Senate’s hallowed rules and customs and the weaknesses and strengths of his colleagues to change the “unchangeable” Senate from a loose confederation of sovereign senators to a whirring legislative machine under his own iron-fisted control.   Caro demonstrates how Johnson’s political genius enabled him to reconcile the unreconcilable: to retain the support of the southerners who controlled the Senate while earning the trust—or at least the cooperation—of the liberals, led by Paul Douglas and Hubert Humphrey, without whom he could not achieve his goal of winning the presidency. He shows the dark side of Johnson’s ambition: how he proved his loyalty to the great oil barons who had financed his rise to power by ruthlessly destroying the career of the New Dealer who was in charge of regulating them, Federal Power Commission Chairman Leland Olds. And we watch him achieve the impossible: convincing southerners that although he was firmly in their camp as the anointed successor to their leader, Richard Russell, it was essential that they allow him to make some progress toward civil rights. In a breathtaking tour de force, Caro details Johnson’s amazing triumph in maneuvering to passage the first civil rights legislation since 1875.   Master of the Senate, told with an abundance of rich detail that could only have come from Caro’s peerless research, is both a galvanizing portrait of the man himself—the titan of Capital Hill, volcanic, mesmerizing—and a definitive and revelatory study of the workings and personal and legislative power.]]>605cleanfull